# Dutch translation of denemo. # Copyright (C) 2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the denemo package. # # Frans Spiesschaert , 2020 - 2021. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: denemo-2.5-rc1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: denemo-devel@gnu.org\n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-09-21 10:41+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-03-12 23:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert \n" "Language-Team: Dutch \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. GtkFileFilter *filter; #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:211 msgid "Choose SoundFont File" msgstr "SoundFontbestand kiezen" #. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET)) #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:211 ../src/audio/playback.c:109 #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2911 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2560 ../src/core/utils.c:2687 ../src/core/utils.c:2782 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2890 ../src/export/file.c:179 ../src/export/file.c:966 #: ../src/export/file.c:1026 ../src/export/file.c:1256 #: ../src/export/print.c:750 ../src/printview/printview.c:1237 #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:732 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4787 #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:336 ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140 #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:483 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 #: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:133 ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:374 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:192 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:259 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:320 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:574 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236 #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Annuleren" #: ../src/audio/fluid.c:211 ../src/core/utils.c:2560 ../src/export/file.c:966 #: ../src/export/file.c:1028 ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:337 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:321 msgid "_Open" msgstr "_Openen" #: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:336 msgid "Cannot mix audio and MIDI recordings" msgstr "Kan geen audio- en MIDI-opnamen mixen" #: ../src/audio/midirecord.c:342 msgid "Cannot mix MIDI recordings with imported MIDI - delete imported MIDI first" msgstr "Kan MIDI-opnamen niet mixen met geïmporteerde MIDI - verwijder eerst geïmporteerde MIDI" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1433 msgid "Set the musical temperament (tuning) to be used for playback." msgstr "Instellen welke muzikale stemming (temperatuur) voor de weergave gebruikt moet worden." #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1526 msgid "Overlay Pitches" msgstr "Toonhoogtes overlappen" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1536 ../src/core/entries.h:347 msgid "Clear Overlay" msgstr "Overlap Wissen" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1542 ../src/export/print.h:13 msgid "Continuous" msgstr "Doorlopend" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1551 msgid "Click Volume" msgstr "Klikgeluidssterkte" #. spinners to select silence, threshold, smoothing #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1587 msgid "Pitch Recognition Parameters" msgstr "Parameters voor Toonhoogteherkenning" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1595 msgid "Silence" msgstr "Stilte" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1605 msgid "Threshold" msgstr "Drempelwaarde" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1615 msgid "Smoothing" msgstr "Afvlakking" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1622 msgid "Onset" msgstr "Aanzet" #. spinners to constrain the note values #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1634 msgid "Note validation criteria" msgstr "Nootvalideringscriteria" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1642 msgid "Lowest Pitch" msgstr "Laagste Toonhoogte" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1652 msgid "Highest Pitch" msgstr "Hoogste Toonhoogte" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1662 msgid "Greatest Interval" msgstr "Grootste Interval" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1674 msgid "Input handling" msgstr "Invoerverwerking" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1681 msgid "Disable repeated notes" msgstr "Nootherhaling uitschakelen" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1691 msgid "Delay" msgstr "Vertraging" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1698 msgid "Frequency Measurement" msgstr "Frequentiemeting" #: ../src/audio/pitchentry.c:1703 msgid "Frequency smoothing" msgstr "Frequentieafvlakking" #: ../src/audio/playback.c:109 msgid "Play range in seconds:" msgstr "Speelbereik in seconden:" #. parent window #. FIXME I think there is a function to do this already. #. GTK_WINDOW(gtk_text_view_get_window(GTK_TEXT_VIEW(Denemo.script_view), GTK_TEXT_WINDOW_WIDGET)) #. parent window #: ../src/audio/playback.c:109 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2356 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2910 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2687 ../src/core/utils.c:2782 ../src/core/utils.c:2889 #: ../src/export/print.c:750 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4786 #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:140 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:482 #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:133 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:374 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:205 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:574 ../src/ui/timedialog.c:236 #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "_OK" msgstr "_OK" #. g_list_length (((DenemoStaff *) (gui->movement->thescore->data))->measures); #: ../src/audio/playback.c:120 msgid "Play from time" msgstr "Afpelen vanaf maat" #: ../src/audio/playback.c:127 ../src/export/print.c:766 msgid "to" msgstr "tot" #. * #. * Array of different Notehead types #. #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:34 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Normaal" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:13 msgid "Cross" msgstr "Kruis" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:22 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:12 msgid "Diamond" msgstr "Ruit" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:23 ../src/command/changenotehead.c:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:9 msgid "Harmonic" msgstr "Harmonische" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:107 msgid "Change Notehead" msgstr "Nootkop aanpassen" #: ../src/command/changenotehead.c:111 msgid "Select Notehead Type" msgstr "Nootkoptype selecteren" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:463 #, c-format msgid "This movement is now number %d in the score" msgstr "Deze beweging is nu nummer %d in de partituur" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:470 msgid "There is no previous movement to swap with" msgstr "Er is geen eerdere beweging om mee te wisselen" #. give info about removing matching context #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490 ../src/command/staff.c:428 msgid "A context is set on this staff" msgstr "Op deze notenbalk wordt een context ingesteld" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:490 msgid "You will need to alter the staff → properties → context of this and the previous staff; Proceed?" msgstr "U zult de notenbalk → eigenschappen → context van deze en de vorige notenbalk moeten wijzigen; Doorgaan?" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:510 msgid "Use Voice to Staff command first on all the voices attached to this staff, swap them individually then use Staff to Voice to finish." msgstr "Gebruik eerst het commando Stem naar Notenbalk voor alle stemmen die aan deze notenbalk zijn gekoppeld, verwissel ze afzonderlijk en gebruik vervolgens Notenbalk naar Stem om te eindigen." #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:518 msgid "There is no previous staff to swap with" msgstr "Er is geen eerdere notenbalk om mee te wisselen" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:540 msgid "There is no voice below this one on this staff" msgstr "Er is geen stem onder deze op deze notenbalk" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:549 msgid "There is no voice below this one to split from" msgstr "Er is geen stem onder deze om van af te splitsen" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:576 msgid "There is no staff above to move this staff into" msgstr "Er is boven geen notenbalk om deze notenbalk naartoe te verplaatsen" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:612 msgid "This is the first voice" msgstr "Dit is de eerste stem" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:659 msgid "This is the first staff" msgstr "Dit is de eerste notenbalk" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:700 msgid "This is the last voice" msgstr "Dit is de laatste stem" #. is interactive #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:780 msgid "This is the last staff" msgstr "Dit is de laatste notenbalk" #: ../src/command/commandfuncs.c:3116 msgid "INTERNAL ERROR: trying to auto save before score initialized - please report on bug tracker!" msgstr "INTERNE FOUT: probeert automatisch op te slaan voordat de partituur geïnitialiseerd is - meld dit op het bugvolgsysteem!" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:148 msgid "There is no object here to attach a fakechord to." msgstr "Er is hier geen object om een nep-akkoord aan te koppelen." #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157 msgid "Chord Symbol Deletion" msgstr "Akkoordsymbool verwijderen" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:157 msgid "Delete all Chord Symbols from this staff?" msgstr "Alle Akkoordsymbolen van deze notenbalk verwijderen?" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207 msgid "Insert/Edit Chord Symbol" msgstr "Akkoordsymbool Invoegen/Bewerken" #: ../src/command/fakechord.c:207 msgid "" "Give Chord(s) in LilyPond Notation\n" "E.g. c:m7 aes:aug7\n" "(Separate chord changes with spaces)" msgstr "" "Akkoord(en) in LilyPond-notatie ingeven\n" "Bijv. c:m7 aes:aug7\n" "(Akkoordwisselingen scheiden met spaties)" #: ../src/command/figure.c:123 msgid "No current object to attach a figure to" msgstr "Geen huidig object om een cijfer aan te koppelen" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:32 msgid "Recursive key capture not possible!" msgstr "Toetsaanslagen recursief vastleggen is niet mogelijk!" #. some menu items should be insensitive if the Scheme window is not visible #. if upbeat is present #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/command/object.c:1642 #: ../src/command/object.c:2167 ../src/command/object.c:2441 #: ../src/core/entries.h:213 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804 #: ../src/core/view.c:3398 ../src/core/view.c:3538 #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1250 ../src/source/proof.c:349 #: ../src/source/proof.c:434 ../src/source/source.c:273 ../src/ui/markup.c:685 #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:345 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:106 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:1512 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:67 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hulp" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:190 ../src/core/menusystem.c:804 msgid "(use Fn12 to Repeat)" msgstr "(Fn12 gebruiken om te herhalen)" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:303 msgid ", or " msgstr ", of " #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Prefix Key %s, waiting for key %stype Esc to abort" msgstr "Prefixtoets %s wacht op toets %s typ Esc om af te breken" #: ../src/command/keyresponses.c:353 msgid "Fn12: Repeated Last Command" msgstr "Fn12: laatste commando herhaald" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:101 msgid "Different number of directives" msgstr "Verschillend aantal richtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:277 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:285 msgid "You must put the cursor on a chord to attach LilyPond" msgstr "U moet de cursor op een akkoord plaatsen om LilyPond aan te koppelen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:293 msgid "You must put the cursor on a note to attach LilyPond to the note" msgstr "U moet de cursor op een noot plaatsen om LilyPond aan de noot te koppelen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:346 msgid "Error in attach type" msgstr "Fout in koppelingstype" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361 msgid "Attach LilyPond" msgstr "Lilypond aankoppelen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:359 msgid "Give text to place before the note" msgstr "Tekst ingeven om voor de noot te plaatsen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Note" msgstr "LilyPond aan Noot koppelen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Attach LilyPond to Chord" msgstr "LilyPond aan Akkoord koppelen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to note of chord" msgstr "LilyPond-tekst ingeven om achteraan de noot van het akkoord toe te voegen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:360 msgid "Give LilyPond text to postfix to chord" msgstr "LilyPond-tekst ingeven om achteraan het akkoord toe te voegen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:361 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474 msgid "Give Display text if required" msgstr "Indien nodig weergavetekst ingeven" #. FIXME how is this supposed to be done? #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:474 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:990 msgid "Insert LilyPond" msgstr "LilyPond invoegen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:471 msgid "Give LilyPond text to insert" msgstr "In te voegen LilyPond-tekst ingeven" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1648 msgid "" "Repeat the command?\n" "(Hold Shift for advanced edit)" msgstr "" "Het commando herhalen?\n" "(Shift ingedrukt houden voor geavanceerd bewerken)" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1701 msgid "Denemo Editor:Newline to update, Esc for Advanced Edit" msgstr "Denemo-editor: Regeleinde om bij te werken, Esc voor Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1785 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3196 msgid "Cannot delete via this mechanism, use appropriate Object Editor" msgstr "Kan via dit mechanisme niet verwijderen, gebruik de passende Objecteditor" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1876 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s.\n" "(%s)\n" "Left click to run the command or right click for further options" msgstr "" "Commando: %s.\n" "(%s)\n" "Links klikken om het commando uit te voeren of rechts klikken voor meer opties" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:1878 #, c-format msgid "This button was created for the Denemo Directive whose tag is %s. Usually you click on it to alter the setting made or perform the action it is labelled with" msgstr "Deze knop is gemaakt voor de Denemo-richtlijn met tag %s. Gewoonlijk klikt u erop om de gemaakte instelling te wijzigen of om de actie uit te voeren waarmee het is gelabeld" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2353 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2516 msgid "Select Directive" msgstr "Richtlijn selecteren" #. DeleteCurrentVerse #. DeleteCurrentStaff #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2359 ../src/core/utils.c:2168 #: ../src/core/utils.c:2530 ../src/printview/printview.c:1768 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1322 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 #: ../actions/Simple.scm:9 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2408 msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the chord\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Een aan het akkoord gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren\n" "Shift-klik voor Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2425 msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the note\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Een aan de noot gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren\n" "Shift-klik voor Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2453 msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet start object" msgstr "Een aan het beginobject van de antimetrische figuur gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2454 msgid "Select a directive attached to the tuplet end object" msgstr "Een aan het eindobject van de antimetrische figuur gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2461 msgid "Select a directive attached to the stem control object" msgstr "Een aan het object voor nootstokbeheer gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2482 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2503 #, c-format msgid "" "Select a directive attached to the note \"%s\"\n" "Shift-click for Advanced Edit" msgstr "" "Een aan de noot \"%s\" gekoppelde richtlijn selecteren\n" "Shift-klik voor Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2514 #, c-format msgid "Select the directive %s on note \"%s\"?" msgstr "De richtlijn %s voor noot \"%s\" selecteren?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2578 msgid "Editing Object" msgstr "Objectbewerking" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2578 ../src/core/entries.h:310 msgid "Run Object Editor" msgstr "Objecteditor uitvoeren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2578 ../src/command/object.c:1965 msgid "Add/alter object from menu" msgstr "Object toevoegen/wijzigen vanuit menu" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2590 ../src/command/object.c:1783 msgid "No object here to edit" msgstr "Hier is geen object om te bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2652 msgid "Edit Chord (cursor not on a note)" msgstr "Akkoord bewerken (cursor niet op een noot)" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2653 msgid "Edit Directives attached to chord" msgstr "Aan akkoord gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2654 msgid "Look for Directives attached to nearest note?" msgstr "Zoeken naar aan dichtstbijzijnde noot gekoppelde richtlijnen?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2654 msgid "Edit chord itself" msgstr "Het akkoord zelf bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2700 msgid "Nothing to edit on this stem direction control object - use controls in Staffs → Voices menu" msgstr "Er valt niets te bewerken aan dit object voor nootstokrichtingsbeheer - gebruik opties uit het menu Notenbalken → Stemmen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2708 msgid "This marks the end of a tuplet (that is triplets etc) - it should come in the same measure as the tuplet start marker." msgstr "Dit markeert het einde van een antimetrische figuur (dat zijn triolen, enz.) - dit moet dezelfde maat hebben als de beginmarkering van de antimetrische figuur." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2711 msgid "No method for editing this type of object" msgstr "Geen methode voor het bewerken van dit soort objecten" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2845 #, c-format msgid "Could not get contents of %s" msgstr "Kan de inhoud van %s niet ophalen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2858 msgid "There is already an edit script for this tag" msgstr "Er is al een bewerkingsscript voor deze tag" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2858 ../src/core/menusystem.c:225 #: ../src/export/file.c:1389 msgid "Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Wilt u het vervangen?" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2868 msgid "Wrote edit script file to ~/.denemo/editscripts" msgstr "Bewerkingsscriptbestand weggeschreven naar ~/.denemo/editscripts" #. for reset #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2907 msgid "Low Level Denemo Directive Edit" msgstr "Basisbewerking van Denemo-richtlijnen" #. gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (dialog), _("Denemo Object Editor")); #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2915 msgid "Delete Directive" msgstr "Richtlijn verwijderen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2916 msgid "Create Script" msgstr "Script creëren" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2966 msgid " x:" msgstr " x:" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2973 msgid " y:" msgstr " y:" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2981 msgid "Postfix" msgstr "Achtervoegsel" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2982 msgid "Prefix" msgstr "Voorvoegsel" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2983 msgid "Display text" msgstr "Tekst weergeven" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2984 msgid "Text Position" msgstr "Tekstpositie" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2985 msgid "Graphic" msgstr "Grafisch element" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2986 msgid "Graphic Position" msgstr "Positie Grafisch element" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2987 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Tag" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2988 msgid "LilyPond Grob Name" msgstr "LilyPond grob-naam" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2989 msgid "Scheme Data" msgstr "Scheme-gegevens" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2990 msgid "MidiBytes" msgstr "MidiBytes" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2991 msgid "Override Mask" msgstr "Overschrijvingsmasker" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2992 msgid "Horizontal Display Space" msgstr "Horizontale weergaveruimte" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2997 msgid "Applies to all layouts/omission criteria" msgstr "Geldt voor alle opmaken/weglatingscriteria" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:2999 msgid "This directive is honored by all layouts/omission criteria. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to make it conditional on the Current Layout, the Default Layout or the Default Layout for the current part, or on an omission criterion set in the Print View." msgstr "Deze richtlijn wordt door alle opmaken/weglatingscriteria gehonoreerd. Gebruik de Partituur/Beweging/Notenbalk/Stem/Objecteditor om deze voorwaardelijk te maken voor de Huidige Opmaak, de Standaardopmaak of de Standaardopmaak voor het huidige stuk, of voor een in de Afdrukweergave ingesteld weglatingscriterium." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3008 msgid "Turned off by omission criterion: " msgstr "Uitgeschakeld door weglatingcriterium:" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3012 msgid "To allow this directive to apply turn off the omission criterion in the Print View or use the Conditional button in the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to change the directive's conditionality" msgstr "Om toe te staan dat deze richtlijn van toepassing is, moet u het weglatingscriterium uitschakelen in de Afdrukweergave of de knop Voorwaardelijk gebruiken in de Partituur/Beweging/Notenbalk/Stem/Objecteditor om de voorwaardelijkheid van de richtlijn aan te passen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3019 msgid "Applies only to certain layouts, excluding the current one." msgstr "Enkel van toepassing op bepaalde opmaken, met uitsluiting van deze." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3020 msgid "Applies only to certain layouts, including the current one." msgstr "Enkel van toepassing op bepaalde opmaken, met inbegrip van deze." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3022 msgid "This directive is honored only by certain layouts. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior." msgstr "Deze richtlijn wordt enkel door bepaalde opmaken gehonoreerd. Gebruik de Partituur/Beweging/Notenbalk/Stem/Objecteditor om dit gedrag te veranderen." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3027 msgid "Excludes the current layout." msgstr "Sluit de huidige opmaak uit." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3028 msgid "Excludes certain layouts/omission criteria, but applies to the current one." msgstr "Sluit bepaalde opmaken/weglatingscriteria uit, maar is van toepassing op deze." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3030 msgid "This directive is disregarded by certain layouts or when certain omission criteria are set. Use the Score/Movement/Staff/Voice/Object Editor to alter this behavior." msgstr "Deze richtlijn wordt door bepaalde opmaken genegeerd of wanneer bepaalde weglatingscriteria ingesteld zijn. Gebruik de Partituur/Beweging/Notenbalk/Stem/Objecteditor om dit gedrag te veranderen." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3037 msgid "Locked Directive" msgstr "Vergrendelde richtlijn" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3039 msgid "This directive is locked - usually to offer options other than just delete. If needed you can get rid of the directive by selecting it and using Edit->Cut." msgstr "Deze richtlijn is vergrendeld - meestal om andere opties aan te bieden dan gewoon verwijderen. Indien nodig kunt u de richtlijn verwijderen door deze te selecteren en Bewerken->Knippen te gebruiken." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3046 msgid "Get Edit Script" msgstr "Bewerkingsscript ophalen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3049 msgid "Put Edit Script" msgstr "Bewerkingsscript opslaan" #. disabled until website can take uploading again #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3054 msgid "Upload Edit Script" msgstr "Bewerkingsscript uploaden" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3059 msgid "Show Current Script" msgstr "Huidig script tonen" #. Vibrato #. here ) to match the string paren open #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3227 ../src/command/object.c:1010 #: ../src/command/object.c:1098 ../src/export/print.c:669 #: ../src/export/print.c:701 ../src/ui/palettes.c:232 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:63 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:30 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:42 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:403 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/MuteStaffs.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:157 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:181 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:35 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:35 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:128 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:35 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:134 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:138 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:179 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:188 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:90 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:130 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:143 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:21 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Geannuleerd" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3229 msgid "Use the ObjectMenu to modify this object - there are no directives here" msgstr "Het ObjectMenu gebruiken om dit object te wijzigen - hier zijn geen richtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3263 msgid "No directives here" msgstr "Hier zijn geen richtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3268 msgid "No directive selected" msgstr "Geen richtlijn geselecteerd" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3273 msgid "Directive Delete" msgstr "Richtlijnverwijdering" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3273 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the directive?" msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de richtlijn wilt verwijderen?" #. (TweakRelativeOffset tag (car amount) (cdr amount)) #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3276 ../src/core/menusystem.c:316 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:79 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:49 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:62 msgid "Operation cancelled" msgstr "Bewerking geannuleerd" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3301 msgid "" "Select a score or movement directive for advanced (low-level) edit.\n" "Note: these directives can be edited normally using Score/Movement Properties Editor from the Score or Movement menus." msgstr "" "Een richtlijn voor partituur of beweging selecteren voor (basale) geavanceerde bewerking.\n" "Opmerking: deze richtlijnen kunnen normaal bewerkt worden met de Eigenschappenbewerker voor Partituur/Beweging uit het menu Partituur of Beweging." #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3348 msgid "Select a score directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor partituur selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3355 msgid "Select a score header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor het kopblok van een partituur selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3363 msgid "Select a score paper block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor het partituurpapierblok selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3372 msgid "Select a movement header block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor het kopblok van een beweging selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3380 msgid "Select a movement layout block directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor het opmaakblok van een beweging selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3388 msgid "Select a movement control directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor het beheer van een beweging selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3397 msgid "Select a clef directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor een sleutel selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3406 msgid "Select a key signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor een voortekening selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3415 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3424 #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3433 msgid "Select a time signature directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor een maatsoort selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3445 msgid "Select a staff directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor een notenbalk selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3456 msgid "Select a voice directive - use Shift for advanced edit" msgstr "Een richtlijn voor een stem selecteren - gebruik Shift voor geavanceerd bewerken" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3599 msgid "ScoreDirectives" msgstr "Partituurrichtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3600 msgid "Score Header Block Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen voor het Kopblok van een Partituur" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3601 msgid "Score Paper Block Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen voor het Papierblok van een Partituur" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3602 ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3667 msgid "Movement Header Block Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen voor het Kopblok van een Beweging" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3603 msgid "Layout Block Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen voor het Opmaakblok" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3665 msgid "Layout Directives" msgstr "Opmaakrichtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lilydirectives.c:3666 msgid "Movement Directives" msgstr "Bewegingsrichtlijnen" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:223 msgid "" "The text of a verse can be typed or pasted here. Press Esc to return to editing notes.\n" "Separate syllables with space double hyphen space, -- , if they should have their own note(s).\n" "New lines and extra spaces have no special significance. Slurs on notes make them take only one syllable. Use the underscore _ for blank syllables." msgstr "" "Hier kan de tekst van een vers worden getypt of geplakt. Druk Esc om terug te keren naar het bewerken van noten.\n" "Scheid lettergrepen met spatie dubbel koppelteken spatie, -- , als ze hun eigen no(o)t(en) moeten hebben.\n" "Regeleinden en extra spaties hebben geen bijzondere betekenis. Een legatoboog op een noot doet deze slechts de plaats innemen van één lettergreep. Gebruik het onderstrepingsteken _ voor lege lettergrepen." #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:16 msgid "Stanza Number" msgstr "Coupletnummer" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 msgid "Give text to appear before lyrics" msgstr "Tekst ingeven die voor de songtekst moet verschijnen" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:525 msgid "1. " msgstr "1. " #: ../src/command/lyric.c:550 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Stanza Number" msgstr "Coupletnummer invoegen" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:550 msgid "Insert a stanza number using the LilyPond syntax" msgstr "Een coupletnummer invoegen met de syntaxis van LilyPond" #: ../src/command/lyric.c:590 #, c-format msgid "Verse %d" msgstr "Vers %d" #: ../src/command/measure.c:258 msgid "removemeasures: received request to delete more measures than exist. Junking request." msgstr "removemeasures: kreeg het verzoek om meer maten dan er bestaan te verwijderen. Verzoek wordt weggegooid." #: ../src/command/object.c:108 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch (extra object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistentie (extra object) bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch (missing object) at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistentie (ontbrekend object) bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:128 #, c-format msgid "%sat Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "%s bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:135 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente richtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch note at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente noot bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch dynamic at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente dynamiek bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:169 msgid "No figure" msgstr "Geen cijfer" #: ../src/command/object.c:174 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch chord symbol at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistent akkoordsymbool bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:178 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch chord Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente akkoordrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch tuplet Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente antimetrische-figuurrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch clef Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente sleutelrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch time signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente maatsoortrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch key signature Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente voortekeningsrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch Stem Control Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente Nootstokbeheersrichtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch standalone Directive at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente autonome richtlijn bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:241 #, c-format msgid "Mismatch objects at Movement %d Staff %d Measure %d Object %d" msgstr "Inconsistente objecten bij Beweging %d Notenbalk %d Maat %d Object %d" #: ../src/command/object.c:340 ../src/command/object.c:782 #: ../src/command/object.c:1650 ../src/command/object.c:2176 #: ../src/command/object.c:2452 msgid "No tooltip" msgstr "Geen knopinfo" #: ../src/command/object.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Directive for command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Richtlijn voor commando: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Directive tagged: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Richtlijn getagd: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:358 ../src/command/object.c:800 #, c-format msgid "Menu location for this command: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "Menulocatie voor dit commando: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:364 #, c-format msgid "" "The help for the command that created this directive is:\n" "\"%s\"\n" msgstr "" "De hulp voor het commando dat deze richtlijn creëerde is:\n" "\"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:370 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in prefix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "LilyPond ingevoegd in voorvoegsel bij dit object is \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:376 #, c-format msgid "LilyPond inserted in postfix to this object is \"%s\"\n" msgstr "LilyPond ingevoegd in achtervoegsel bij dit object is \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:380 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE IS IGNORED FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n" "" msgstr "" "DEZE RICHTLIJN WORDT BIJ SOMMIGE OPMAKEN GENEGEERD\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:382 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE ONLY FOR SOME LAYOUTS\n" "" msgstr "" "DEZE RICHTLIJN IS ENKEL VOOR SOMMIGE OPMAKEN\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:398 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond syntax generated is: \"%s\"\n" msgstr "De gegenereerde LilyPond-syntaxis is: \"%s\"\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:400 #, c-format msgid "This object does not affect the music typesetting, (no LilyPond syntax is generated)\n" msgstr "Dit object heeft geen invloed op de typografie van de muziek, (er werd geen LilyPond-syntaxis gegenereerd)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:446 msgid "Preceding measures are empty" msgstr "Voorafgaande maten zijn leeg" #: ../src/command/object.c:463 msgid "Subsequent measures are empty" msgstr "Eropvolgende maten zijn leeg" #: ../src/command/object.c:517 msgid "Denemo Object Inspector" msgstr "Denemo-objectcontroleur" #: ../src/command/object.c:546 msgid "Inspect next note in chord" msgstr "Volgende noot in het akkoord controleren" #: ../src/command/object.c:546 msgid "Inspect the note" msgstr "De noot controleren" #: ../src/command/object.c:559 msgid "Alternate note at cursor" msgstr "Noot bij de cursor wisselen" #: ../src/command/object.c:569 msgid "Run the Object Editor" msgstr "Objecteditor uitvoeren" #: ../src/command/object.c:576 ../src/command/object.c:1661 #: ../src/command/object.c:2186 ../src/command/object.c:2481 msgid "Create Button for Clone" msgstr "Een Knop maken voor Kloon" #: ../src/command/object.c:581 msgid "The cursor is in the appending position after " msgstr "De cursor staat op de toegevoegde positie na" #: ../src/command/object.c:581 msgid "The cursor is on " msgstr "De cursor staat op" #: ../src/command/object.c:592 msgid "chord" msgstr "akkoord" #: ../src/command/object.c:593 msgid "a chord.\n" msgstr "een akkoord.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:597 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:103 msgid "note" msgstr "noot" #: ../src/command/object.c:598 msgid "a one-note chord.\n" msgstr "een akkoord van één noot.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:601 msgid "" "A slur starts from here.\n" "There should be a matching end slur later.\n" msgstr "" "Vanaf hier begint een legatoboog.\n" "Er zou later een bijpassend legatoboogeinde moeten zijn.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:603 msgid "" "A slur ends here\n" "There should be a matching start slur earlier.\n" msgstr "" "Hier eindigt een legatoboog.\n" "Er zou eerder een bijpassend legatoboogbegin moeten zijn.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:605 msgid "" "This is tied to the following note or chord.\n" "The following note or chord should have the same pitch\n" msgstr "" "Dit heeft een overbinding met de volgende noot of akkoord.\n" "De volgende noot of akkoord moet dezelfde toonhoogte hebben\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:607 msgid "This note begins a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Bij deze noot begint een crescendo. Gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Dynamiek om dit te beheren.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:609 msgid "This note ends a crescendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Bij deze noot eindigt een crescendo. Gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Dynamiek om dit te beheren.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:611 msgid "This note begins a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Bij deze noot begint een diminuendo. Gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Dynamiek om dit te beheren.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:613 msgid "This note ends a diminuendo. Use the Right Click → Dynamics menu to control this.\n" msgstr "Bij deze noot eindigt een diminuendo. Gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Dynamiek om dit te beheren.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:616 msgid "This is an acciaccatura note\n" msgstr "Dit is een acciaccatura\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:619 msgid "This is an appoggiatura note\n" msgstr "Dit is een appoggiatura\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:621 msgid "This note denotes a rhythm - use a MIDI keyboard to add pitches by playing.\n" msgstr "Deze noot geeft een ritme aan - gebruik een MIDI-toetsenbord om al spelend toonhoogtes toe te voegen.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:623 #, c-format msgid "A Chord Symbol \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n" msgstr "Een Akkoordsymbool \"%s\" is aan deze noot gekoppeld.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:626 #, c-format msgid "A Bass Figure \"%s\" is attached to this note.\n" msgstr "Een bascijfer \"%s\" is aan deze noot gekoppeld.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:634 #, c-format msgid "Within the chord the cursor is on the note %s \n" msgstr "Binnen het akkoord staat de cursor op de noot %s \n" #: ../src/command/object.c:637 msgid "Attached to this note:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan deze noot:" #: ../src/command/object.c:642 msgid "This rhythm has extra notes added to it, delete them and use the foot-pedal or Alt key to enter chords with the MIDI controller.\n" msgstr "Aan dit ritme zijn extra noten toegevoegd, verwijder ze en gebruik het voetpedaal of de Alt-toets om akkoorden in te voeren met de MIDI-controller.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:647 msgid "rest" msgstr "rust" #: ../src/command/object.c:648 msgid "a rest.\n" msgstr "een rust.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:650 msgid "This rest has a slur start on it, use the Right Click → Slurs menu to remove it\n" msgstr "Op deze rust staat het begin van een legatoboog, gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Legatoboog om deze te verwijderen\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:652 msgid "This rest has a slur end on it, use the Right Click → Slurs menu to remove it\n" msgstr "Op deze rust staat het einde van een legatoboog, gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Legatoboog om deze te verwijderen\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:654 msgid "This rest has a tie starting on it, use the Right Click → Tied Note to remove it\n" msgstr "Op deze rust staat het begin van een overbinding, gebruik het menu Rechts-klikken → Overbinding om deze te verwijderen\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:658 msgid "This rest will not print, just act as a spacer.\n" msgstr "Deze rust wordt niet afgedrukt; zij fungeert enkel als afstandhouder.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:660 msgid "This rest has the grace attribute set: these objects are usually inserted automatically to match real grace notes in other parts, this helps the music typesetter place the grace note correctly in the Print View.\n" msgstr "Bij deze rust staat het voorslag-attribuut ingesteld: deze objecten worden meestal automatisch ingevoegd om overeen te komen met een echte versieringsnoten in andere partijen. Dit helpt de muziektypograaf om de versieringsnoot correct in de afdrukweergave te plaatsen.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:665 ../src/command/object.c:1849 msgid "Attached to the chord:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het akkoord:" #: ../src/command/object.c:673 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Deze %s begint met %d 𝅘𝅥 'n in de maat en duurt %d 𝅘𝅥 'n.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:675 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Deze %s begint met %d 𝅘𝅥 'n in de maat en duurt %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 'n.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:680 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Deze %s begint met %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 'n in de maat en duurt %d 𝅘𝅥 'n.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:682 #, c-format msgid "This %s starts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's into the measure and lasts %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 's.\n" msgstr "Deze %s begint met %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 'n in de maat en duurt %d/%d 𝅘𝅥 'n.\n" #. type = _("start tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:691 #, c-format msgid "" " a Start Tuplet object\n" "Meaning %d notes will take the time of %d notes\n" "until an End Tuplet object.\n" "See the Notes/Rests → Tuplets for control over how tuplets print\n" msgstr "" " een Begin-van-een-Antimetrische-Figuur-object\n" "Dit betekent dat %d noten de notenwaarde van %d noten zullen innemen\n" "tot aan een Einde-van-een-Antimetrische-Figuur-object.\n" "Zie Noten/Rusten → Antimetrische-Figuur voor het beheren van de manier waarop antimetrische figuren afgedrukt worden\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:694 msgid "Attached to the Start Tuplet:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het Begin van de Antimetrische Figuur:" #. type = _("end tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "an End Tuplet object\n" "Note: the Start Tuplet must be in the same measure.\n" msgstr "" "een Einde-van-een-Antimetrische-Figuur-object\n" "Opmerking: het Begin van de Antimetrische Figuur moet in dezelfde maat zijn.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:707 msgid "Attached to the End Tuplet:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het Einde van de Antimetrische Figuur:" #. type = _("clef change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:717 #, c-format msgid "a Clef Change object.\n" msgstr "een Sleutelveranderingsobject.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:720 msgid "Attached to the Clef Change:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan de Sleutelverandering:" #: ../src/command/object.c:724 msgid "This clef change is non-printing, it just affects the display.\n" msgstr "Deze sleutelverandering wordt niet afgedrukt, ze beïnvloedt enkel de weergave.\n" #. type = _("time signature change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:733 #, c-format msgid "a Time Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "een Maatsoortveranderingsobject.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:736 msgid "Attached to the Time Signature Change:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan de Maatsoortverandering:" #: ../src/command/object.c:741 #, c-format msgid "" "A Time Signature Change should be the first object in a measure\n" "unless you are trying to do something unusual" msgstr "" "Een Maatsoortverandering moet het eerste object van een maat zijn\n" "tenzij u probeert iets ongewoons te doen" #. type = _("key signature change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:749 #, c-format msgid "a Key Signature Change object.\n" msgstr "een Voortekeningveranderingsobject.\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:752 msgid "Attached to the Key Signature Change:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan de Voortekeningverandering:" #. type = _("stem direction change object"); #: ../src/command/object.c:762 #, c-format msgid "a Stem Direction Control Object. The notes after the cursor %s" msgstr "een object voor het beheer van de nootstokrichting. De noten na de cursor %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:762 msgid "will have stems downwards." msgstr "zullen naar onder gerichte nootstokken hebben." #: ../src/command/object.c:762 msgid "will have stems upwards." msgstr "zullen naar boven gerichte nootstokken hebben." #: ../src/command/object.c:762 msgid "will have stems up or down as needed." msgstr "zullen waar nodig naar boven of onder gerichte nootstokken hebben." #: ../src/command/object.c:765 msgid "" "\n" "Attached to the Stemming Change:" msgstr "" "\n" "Gekoppeld aan de Nootstokverandering:" #: ../src/command/object.c:785 #, c-format msgid "a Denemo Directive: %s\n" msgstr "een Denemo-richtlijn: %s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:787 #, c-format msgid "a Denemo Directive tagged: %s\n" msgstr "een Denemo-richtlijn met tag: %s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:792 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "The help for the command that created this directive is\n" "\"%s\"" msgstr "" "\n" "De hulp voor het commando dat deze richtlijn creëerde is\n" "\"%s\"" #: ../src/command/object.c:796 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../src/command/object.c:796 msgid "" "\n" "Not for some layouts\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Niet voor bepaalde opmaken\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:796 msgid "" "\n" "Only for some Layout(s)\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Enkel voor (een) bepaalde Opma(a)k(en)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:813 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond text inserted is %s%s\n" msgstr "De ingevoegde LilyPond-tekst is %s%s\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:818 #, c-format msgid "This object does not affect the printed output (no LilyPond syntax is generated for the typesetter)\n" msgstr "Dit object beïnvloedt de afgedrukte uitvoer niet (er wordt geen LilyPond-syntaxis gegenereerd voor de typograaf)\n" #: ../src/command/object.c:821 msgid "" "THIS DIRECTIVE IS CONDITIONAL ON THE LAYOUT\n" "" msgstr "" "DEZE RICHTLIJN IS VOORWAARDELIJK OP DE OPMAAK\n" "" #: ../src/command/object.c:824 msgid "" "This Directive is at the end of the music\n" "You may need a closing double bar line -\n" "see Directives → Markings → Inserting Barlines" msgstr "" "Deze richtlijn staat aan het einde van de muziek\n" "Mogelijk heeft u een afsluitende dubbele maatstreep nodig -\n" "zie Richtlijnen → Markeringen → Maatstrepen Invoegen" #: ../src/command/object.c:829 msgid "The cursor is on an unknown object type. Please report how this happened!" msgstr "De cursor staat op een onbekende objectsoort. Rapporteer hoe dit is gebeurd!" #: ../src/command/object.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Playback timing: %d minutes %1.2f seconds" msgstr "Afspeeltijd: %d minuten %1.2f seconden" #: ../src/command/object.c:846 msgid "Warning " msgstr "Waarschuwing " #: ../src/command/object.c:1002 #, c-format msgid "Clone %s" msgstr "Kloon %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1003 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56 msgid "Palette Button Creation" msgstr "Paletknopcreatie" #: ../src/command/object.c:1003 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:56 msgid "Give a (unique) name for the button" msgstr "Geef een (unieke) naam aan de knop" #: ../src/command/object.c:1006 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:96 msgid "Creates a cloned Denemo Directive" msgstr "Creëert een gekloonde Denemo-richtlijn" #: ../src/command/object.c:1007 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:60 msgid "Could not create a button of that name in that palette" msgstr "Kon geen knop met die naam aanmaken in dat palet" #: ../src/command/object.c:1078 msgid "Duplicate Directive" msgstr "Richtlijn dupliceren" #: ../src/command/object.c:1078 msgid "Give name identifying purpose of this duplicate " msgstr "Geef een naam die het doel van dit duplicaat aanduidt" #: ../src/command/object.c:1078 msgid "Transposed Version" msgstr "Getransponeerde Versie" #: ../src/command/object.c:1088 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The duplicate directive will appear at the end of the directives, so it will override the original. Use the Conditional button to choose which directive is active for an omission criterion or for specific layouts." msgid "The duplicate directive will appear after the directive cloned, so it will override the original. Use the Conditional button to choose which directive is active for an omission criterion or for specific layouts." msgstr "De duplicaatrichtlijn zal aan het einde van de richtlijnen verschijnen en zal dus het origineel overschrijven. Gebruik de knop Voorwaardelijk om te kiezen welke richtlijn actief moet zijn voor een weglatingscriterium of voor specifieke opmaken." #: ../src/command/object.c:1236 msgid "To add or remove built-in attributes right click on the object in the display window" msgstr "Om ingebouwde attributen toe te voegen of te verwijderen klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het object in het weergavevenster" #: ../src/command/object.c:1361 msgid "You have custom score layout(s). Making this directive conditional will not affect them until you Reload Score-wide Settings in the Score Layout view." msgstr "U heeft (een) aangepaste partituuropma(a)k(en). Het voorwaardelijk maken van deze richtlijn zal daarop geen invloed hebben, tenzij u in de weergave Partituuropmaak kiest voor Herladen Instellingen Volledige Partituur." #: ../src/command/object.c:1377 ../src/command/object.c:1399 msgid "Omission Criterion: " msgstr "Weglatingscriterium:" #: ../src/command/object.c:1377 ../src/command/object.c:1399 msgid " is set on this Directive" msgstr " is op deze richtlijn ingesteld" #: ../src/command/object.c:1378 ../src/command/object.c:1400 msgid "Remove: " msgstr "Verwijderen: " #: ../src/command/object.c:1378 ../src/command/object.c:1400 msgid " from this Directive" msgstr " uit deze richtlijn" #: ../src/command/object.c:1411 ../src/command/object.c:1606 #: ../src/command/object.c:2155 msgid "Conditional" msgstr "Voorwaardelijk" #: ../src/command/object.c:1501 ../src/command/object.c:2121 #: ../src/command/object.c:2397 msgid "Run the Edit Script for " msgstr "Het Edit-script uitvoeren voor" #: ../src/command/object.c:1510 ../src/command/object.c:2130 #: ../src/command/object.c:2406 msgid "Execute command: " msgstr "Commando uitvoeren: " #: ../src/command/object.c:1512 ../src/command/object.c:2132 #: ../src/command/object.c:2409 msgid "Re-run the command to edit the Denemo Directive" msgstr "Het commando voor het bewerken van de Denemo-richtlijn opnieuw uitvoeren" #. gtk_widget_override_color (inner_box, GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL, &color); #: ../src/command/object.c:1551 ../src/command/object.c:2142 #: ../src/command/object.c:2425 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:513 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:553 ../src/core/entries.h:408 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:34 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:109 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:164 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:45 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:69 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:87 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:291 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:298 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:317 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:324 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:341 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:348 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:365 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:372 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:5 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1596 ../src/command/object.c:2149 msgid "Next ➡" msgstr "Volgende ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:1627 ../src/core/entries.h:262 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Kopiëren" #: ../src/command/object.c:1654 ../src/command/object.c:2180 #: ../src/command/object.c:2465 msgid "Create Button for Command" msgstr "Knop voor Commando creëren" #: ../src/command/object.c:1655 ../src/command/object.c:2466 msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created this attribute." msgstr "Een paletknop maken om het commando uit te voeren dat dit attribuut maakte." #: ../src/command/object.c:1662 msgid "Make a palette button for installing this attribute elsewhere." msgstr "Een paletknop maken om dit attribuut elders te installeren." #: ../src/command/object.c:1667 ../src/command/object.c:2192 #: ../src/command/object.c:2493 ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:36 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:47 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:96 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:295 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:300 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:321 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:326 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:345 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:350 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:369 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:374 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:18 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Geavanceerd" #: ../src/command/object.c:1668 msgid "Examine/Edit this directive at a low-level" msgstr "Deze richtlijn Onderzoeken/Bewerken op een basaal niveau" #: ../src/command/object.c:1679 msgid "Built-in Chord Attributes" msgstr "Ingebouwde Akkoordattributen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1699 msgid "Remove slur start" msgstr "Begin van legatoboog verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1705 msgid "Remove slur end" msgstr "Einde van legatoboog verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1711 msgid "Remove tie" msgstr "Overbinding verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1717 msgid "Remove Start cresc. marking" msgstr "Begin cresc.-markering verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1723 msgid "Remove End cresc. marking" msgstr "Einde cresc.-markering verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1729 msgid "Remove Start dim. marking" msgstr "Begin dim.-markering verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1735 msgid "Remove End dim. marking" msgstr "Einde dim.-markering verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1742 msgid "Un-grace the note" msgstr "Voorslag-attribuut van noot verwijderen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1807 msgid "Denemo Object Editor" msgstr "Denemo Objecteditor" #: ../src/command/object.c:1812 ../src/command/object.c:2537 #: ../src/command/object.c:2788 msgid "Close" msgstr "Sluiten" #: ../src/command/object.c:1820 msgid "⬅ Previous Object" msgstr "⬅ Vorig Object" #: ../src/command/object.c:1827 msgid "Next note in chord" msgstr "Volgende noot in het akkoord" #: ../src/command/object.c:1831 msgid "Alternate note" msgstr "Noot wisselen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1835 msgid "Next Object ➡" msgstr "Volgende Object ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:1849 msgid "Attached to the rest:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan de rust:" #. only one note #: ../src/command/object.c:1870 msgid "Edit the note" msgstr "De noot bewerken" #: ../src/command/object.c:1897 #, c-format msgid "Attached to Note %s" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan Noot %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1915 #, c-format msgid "Nothing attached to Note %s" msgstr "Niets gekoppeld aan Noot %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:1931 msgid "Assign Pitch to Rhythm" msgstr "Toonhoogte aan Ritme toewijzen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1944 msgid "Edit Chord Symbol" msgstr "Akkoordsymbool bewerken" #: ../src/command/object.c:1951 msgid "Edit Bass Figure" msgstr "Bascijfer bewerken" #. type = _("start tuplet marker"); #: ../src/command/object.c:1976 msgid "Alter Tuplet Type" msgstr "Het Type Antimetrische figuur wijzigen" #: ../src/command/object.c:1981 msgid "Attached to the tuplet start:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het begin van de antimetrische figuur:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2000 msgid "Attached to the tuplet end:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het einde van de antimetrische figuur:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2021 msgid "Attached to the clef change object:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het sleutelveranderingsobject:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2034 msgid "Transform to printing clef" msgstr "Omvormen naar afdrukbare sleutel" #: ../src/command/object.c:2047 msgid "Attached to the time signature change object:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het maatsoortveranderingsobject:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2067 msgid "Attached to the key signature change object:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het voortekeningveranderingsobject:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2088 msgid "Attached to the stemming change object:" msgstr "Gekoppeld aan het nootstokveranderingsobject:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2111 msgid "Standalone Denemo Directive:" msgstr "Autonome Denemo-richtlijn:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2181 msgid "Make a palette button for running the command that created/inserted this object." msgstr "Een paletknop maken om het commando dat dit object maakte/invoegde, uit te voeren." #: ../src/command/object.c:2187 msgid "Make a palette button for inserting a clone of this object elsewhere." msgstr "Een paletknop maken om elders een kloon van dit object in te voegen." #: ../src/command/object.c:2321 msgid "Score " msgstr "Partituur " #: ../src/command/object.c:2323 msgid "Movement " msgstr "Beweging " #: ../src/command/object.c:2325 msgid "Score Header " msgstr "Partituurkop" #: ../src/command/object.c:2327 msgid "Paper " msgstr "Papier" #: ../src/command/object.c:2329 msgid "Movement Header " msgstr "Bewegingskop" #: ../src/command/object.c:2331 msgid "Movement Layout " msgstr "Bewegingsopmaak" #: ../src/command/object.c:2333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:11 msgid "Key Signature" msgstr "Voortekening" #: ../src/command/object.c:2335 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:13 msgid "Time Signature" msgstr "Maatsoort" #: ../src/command/object.c:2337 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:729 #: ../src/core/entries.h:290 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:7 msgid "Clef" msgstr "Sleutel" #: ../src/command/object.c:2339 ../src/core/entries.h:373 msgid "Staff" msgstr "Notenbalk" #: ../src/command/object.c:2341 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:9 msgid "Voice" msgstr "Stem" #: ../src/command/object.c:2345 ../src/core/entries.h:367 msgid "Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2371 #, c-format msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive tagged: %s %c%s%c" msgstr "%s Denemo-richtlijn %s getagd: %s %c%s%c" #: ../src/command/object.c:2371 ../src/command/object.c:2373 msgid "(Conditional) " msgstr "(Voorwaardelijk) " #: ../src/command/object.c:2373 #, c-format msgid "%sDenemo %s Directive: %s %c%s%c" msgstr "%s Denemo-richtlijn %s: %s %c%s%c" #: ../src/command/object.c:2454 msgid "Create Duplicate" msgstr "Duplicaat maken" #: ../src/command/object.c:2455 msgid "Duplicate this directive with a new name. Usually only makes sense when the two directives are conditional - different omission criteria or different layouts." msgstr "Deze richtlijn dupliceren met een nieuwe naam. Gewoonlijk enkel zinvol wanneer beide richtlijnen voorwaardelijk zijn - verschillende weglatingscriteria of verschillende opmaken." #: ../src/command/object.c:2472 msgid "Open Command Center" msgstr "Commandocentrale openen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2473 msgid "Opens the Command Center on this command. Here you can find the location of the command in the menu system, set shortcuts etc." msgstr "Opent de Commandocentrale voor dit commando. Hier kunt u de locatie van het commando in het menusysteem vinden, sneltoetsen instellen, enz." #: ../src/command/object.c:2482 msgid "Make a palette button for installing a clone of this attribute elsewhere." msgstr "Een palletknop maken om elders een kloon van dit attribuut te installeren." #: ../src/command/object.c:2487 ../src/core/menusystem.c:881 #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:377 msgid "Get Script into Scheme Window" msgstr "Script in het Scheme-venster binnenhalen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2488 msgid "Place a script to create this Directive into the Scheme Window. Use this after loading the initialization script into the Scheme window - once saved this Directive will be installed on new scores at startup." msgstr "" #: ../src/command/object.c:2529 msgid "Score and Movement Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor Partituur- en Bewegingseigenschappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2551 ../src/core/entries.h:267 msgid "Score Properties" msgstr "Partituureigenschappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2587 msgid "Edit Built-in Score Properties" msgstr "Ingebouwde Partituureigenschappen bewerken" #: ../src/command/object.c:2597 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324 ../src/core/utils.c:2412 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2705 msgid "Movement" msgstr "Beweging" #: ../src/command/object.c:2597 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Eigenschappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2632 ../actions/denemo.scm:1513 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Movement " msgid "Movement Tempo" msgstr "Beweging " #: ../src/command/object.c:2636 msgid "⬅ Previous Movement" msgstr "⬅ Vorige Beweging" #: ../src/command/object.c:2643 msgid "Next Movement ➡" msgstr "Volgende Beweging ➡" #: ../src/command/object.c:2696 msgid "" "The clef here only affects the display as this voice is typeset on the staff above.\n" "Normally you will want it set the same as the staff the notes will appear on.\n" "Dismiss this warning and make any needed changes via the popup dialog coming next." msgstr "" "De sleutel hier heeft alleen invloed op de weergave, aangezien deze stem op de bovenstaande notenbalk wordt gezet door de typograaf.\n" "Normaal gesproken wilt u dat deze hetzelfde gezet wordt als de notenbalk waarop de noten verschijnen.\n" "Verwijder deze waarschuwing en breng de nodige wijzigingen aan via het volgende pop-upvenster." #: ../src/command/object.c:2706 msgid "This voice should have the same key signature as the staff it appears on. Use the key signature menu commands to correct it if needed." msgstr "Deze stem moet dezelfde voortekening hebben als de notenbalk waarop ze voorkomt. Gebruik de commando's van het voortekeningmenu om dit indien nodig te corrigeren." #: ../src/command/object.c:2710 msgid "Change the keysignature by clicking on it, or via the Key Signatures menu (after closing this editor)." msgstr "Wijzig de voortekening door erop te klikken, of via het menu Voortekeningen (nadat u deze editor sloot)." #: ../src/command/object.c:2720 msgid "This voice should have the same time signature as the staff it appears on. Use the time signature menu commands to correct it if needed." msgstr "Deze stem moet dezelfde maatsoort hebben als de notenbalk waarop ze voorkomt. Gebruik de commando's van het maatsoortmenu om dit indien nodig te corrigeren." #: ../src/command/object.c:2780 msgid "Staff and Voice Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor Notenbalk- en Stemeigenschappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2805 ../src/core/entries.h:209 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:374 msgid "Staff Properties" msgstr "Notenbalkeigenschappen" #: ../src/command/object.c:2841 msgid "Staff Above" msgstr "Bovenstaande Notenbalk" #: ../src/command/object.c:2848 msgid "Staff Below" msgstr "Onderstaande Notenbalk" #: ../src/command/object.c:2857 msgid "This voice will be typeset on the staff above" msgstr "Deze stem zal op de bovenstaande notenbalk gezet worden door de typograaf" #: ../src/command/object.c:2864 msgid "Edit Built-in Staff Properties" msgstr "Ingebouwde notenbalkeigenschappen bewerken" #: ../src/command/object.c:2870 msgid "Clef: " msgstr "Sleutel:" #: ../src/command/object.c:2876 #, c-format msgid "Time: %d/%d" msgstr "Maat: %d/%d" #: ../src/command/object.c:2882 #, c-format msgid "Key: %s" msgstr "Toonsoort: %s" #: ../src/command/object.c:2910 msgid "Voice Properties" msgstr "Stemeigenschappen" #: ../src/command/score.c:132 #, c-format msgid "" "This is the current movement number %d\n" "Click on another button to change movements" msgstr "" "Dit is de huidige beweging nummer %d\n" "Klik op een andere knop om te wisselen van beweging" #: ../src/command/score.c:146 #, c-format msgid "Click to switch to movement number %d" msgstr "Klik om over te schakelen naar beweging nummer %d" #: ../src/command/score.c:305 msgid "This is the only movement" msgstr "Dit is de enige beweging" #: ../src/command/score.c:306 msgid "Delete it and start over?" msgstr "Deze verwijderen en opnieuw beginnen?" #: ../src/command/score.c:319 #, c-format msgid "This is movement #%d" msgstr "Dit is beweging #%d" #: ../src/command/score.c:320 msgid "Delete entire movement?" msgstr "De volledige beweging verwijderen?" #: ../src/command/score.c:362 msgid "No such movement" msgstr "Geen dergelijke beweging" #: ../src/command/score.c:382 msgid "No such voice" msgstr "Geen dergelijke stem" #: ../src/command/score.c:390 msgid "No such measure" msgstr "Geen dergelijke maat" #: ../src/command/score.c:513 msgid "This is the last movement" msgstr "Dit is de laatste beweging" #: ../src/command/score.c:569 msgid "This is the first movement" msgstr "Dit is de eerste beweging" #: ../src/command/score.c:674 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by Movement titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Een knoppenbalk die kan worden gevuld met titels van Bewegingen en andere door de gebruiker gegenereerde knoppen.\n" "Gewoonlijk kunt u door te klikken op de knop de titel of de waarde ervan bewerken of de actie van de knop uitvoeren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:34 msgid "LilyPond text editor" msgstr "LilyPond-teksteditor" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:35 msgid "Default Score Layout" msgstr "Standaard Partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:113 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1031 #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1101 msgid "This button is for changing the score itself, it will not affect this custom layout" msgstr "Deze knop is voor het wijzigen van de partituur zelf, ze heeft geen invloed op deze aangepaste opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "New Score Layout" msgstr "Nieuwe Partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "Give a name for this new score layout" msgstr "Geef een naam aan deze nieuwe partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:258 msgid "Custom Layout" msgstr "Aangepaste Opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458 msgid "Customize Layout" msgstr "Opmaak aanpassen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:458 msgid "Replace Standard Layout?" msgstr "De Standaardopmaak vervangen?" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:463 msgid "" "This layout will be used in place of the standard one, unless you delete it.\n" "Any new staffs added to the score will not appear in it unless you edit it." msgstr "" "Deze opmaak zal gebruikt worden in plaats van de standaardopmaak, tenzij u deze verwijdert.\n" "Alle nieuwe notenbalken die aan de partituur worden toegevoegd, zullen er niet in verschijnen, tenzij u deze bewerkt." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:480 msgid "Actions for this Layout" msgstr "Acties voor deze opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:484 ../src/printview/printview.c:2698 msgid "Typeset" msgstr "Typografie" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:485 msgid "Typeset the score using this layout to determine which movements, parts, titles, page breaks etc should be used" msgstr "De typografie voor de partituur met behulp van deze opmaak uitvoeren om te bepalen welke bewegingen, partijen, titels, pagina-einden, enz., moeten worden gebruikt" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:494 msgid "Edit LilyPond Text of Layout" msgstr "LilyPond-tekst van de opmaak bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:495 msgid "Opens the LilyPond window for further editing." msgstr "Opent het LilyPond-venster voor verdere bewerking." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:498 msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "Dupliceren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:499 msgid "Create a duplicate of this layout." msgstr "Een duplicaat maken van deze opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:507 msgid "Convert to LilyPond Text" msgstr "Omzetten naar Lilypond-tekst" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:508 msgid "Converts this layout to LilyPond text for further editing." msgstr "Zet deze lay-out om naar LilyPond-tekst voor verdere bewerking." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:514 msgid "Discard this customized score layout." msgstr "Deze aangepaste partituuropmaak weggooien." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:518 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:548 msgid "Create Default Score Layout" msgstr "Standaard Partituuropmaak creëren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:519 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:549 msgid "Creates the Default Score Layout" msgstr "Creëert de Standaard Partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:525 msgid "Append Current Movement" msgstr "Huidige Beweging toevoegen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:526 msgid "Appends the current movement at the end of this layout. Select the movement you wish to append to the layout in the Denemo Display first. The same movement can be placed multiple times in the layout, with individual edits as needed." msgstr "Voegt de huidige beweging toe aan het einde van deze opmaak. Selecteer eerst in het Denemo-scherm de beweging welke u wilt toevoegen aan de opmaak. Dezelfde beweging kan verschillende malen in de opmaak geplaatst worden met individuele bewerkingen indien nodig. " #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:530 msgid "Re-order Movement" msgstr "Beweging opnieuw ordenen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:531 msgid "" "Moves the first expanded movement in this layout to the end.\n" "This does not alter the score, just this layout. To re-order the actual movements of the score see the Movements menu." msgstr "" "Verplaatst de eerste uitgevouwen beweging in deze opmaak naar het einde.\n" "Dit wijzigt de partituur niet, enkel deze opmaak. Zie het menu Bewegingen om de eigenlijke bewegingen van de partituur opnieuw te ordenen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:538 ../src/printview/printview.c:2715 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Verversen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:539 msgid "Re-calculate this layout to incorporate changes made to the score structure." msgstr "Deze opmaak opnieuw berekenen om aan de structuur van de partituur aangebrachte wijzigingen erin op te nemen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:543 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Aanpassen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:544 msgid "Create a layout from this standard layout that you can then modify." msgstr "Vanuit deze standaardopmaak een opmaak creëren, welke u dan kunt aanpassen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:554 msgid "Discard this standard score layout." msgstr "Deze standaard partituuropmaak weggooien." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:697 #, c-format msgid "The music for this staff has been replaced by the music from the current staff, i.e. staff where the cursor is, Movement %d, Staff %d." msgstr "De muziek voor deze notenbalk werd vervangen door de muziek van de huidige notenbalk, d.w.z. de notenbalk waarop de cursor zich bevindt, Beweging %d,Notenbalk %d." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:709 ../src/command/scorelayout.c:908 #: ../src/core/entries.h:205 ../src/core/entries.h:371 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:155 ../actions/denemo.scm:165 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:218 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:234 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:238 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:273 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:277 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:292 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:297 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:318 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:323 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:342 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:347 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:366 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:371 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:710 msgid "Edit the voice directives for this layout" msgstr "De stemrichtlijnen voor deze opmaak bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:715 msgid "" "Delete this voice from the score layout\n" "Note that if it is the first voice the clef time and keysignatures will be deleted too." msgstr "" "Deze stem verwijderen uit de partituuropmaak\n" "Merk op dat indien dit de eerste stem is, ook de sleutel, de maatsoort en de voortekening verwijderd zullen worden." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:720 msgid "Initial Signatures" msgstr "Initiële voortekens" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:724 msgid "Click here to view and edit the clef, key and time signatures of this staff" msgstr "Klik hier om de sleutel, de toonsoort en de voortekening van deze notenbalk te bekijken en te bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:730 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the clef. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "De LilyPond-definitie van de sleutel bewerken. De bewerking heeft enkel invloed op deze opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:735 msgid "Key" msgstr "Toonsoort" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:736 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the key signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "De LilyPond-definitie van de voortekening bewerken. De bewerking heeft enkel invloed op deze opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:741 msgid "Time" msgstr "Maat" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:742 msgid "Edit the LilyPond definition of the time signature. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "De LilyPond-definitie van de maatsoort bewerken. De bewerking heeft enkel invloed op deze opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:752 msgid "The clef, time and key signatures attached to other voices are ignored, only the primary one has effect" msgstr "De aan andere stemmen gekoppelde sleutels, maatsoorten en voortekeningen worden genegeerd, alleen de primaire heeft effect" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:755 msgid "Music for " msgstr "Muziek voor" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:757 msgid "" "Click here to move the Denemo cursor to the start of this music.\n" "The actual notes live here. You can only edit these in the main Denemo display.\n" "However you can place conditional directives that are to be used only when using this layout. For example page breaks just for this layout can be placed at points in the music.\n" msgstr "" "Klik hier om de Denemo-cursor te verplaatsen naar het begin van deze muziek.\n" "De eigenlijke noten bevinden zich hier, U kunt deze enkel bewerken in het hoofdscherm van Denemo.\n" "U kunt echter voorwaardelijke richtlijnen plaatsen welke enkel gebruikt moeten worden bij het gebruik van deze opmaak. Zo kunnen bijvoorbeeld alleen voor deze opmaak geldende pagina-einden geplaatst worden op punten in de muziek.\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:763 msgid "Substitute" msgstr "Vervangen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:764 msgid "" "Substitute the music of this staff/voice with the music of the current staff/voice.\n" "You can click the \"Music for ...\" button to move the cursor in the Denemo Display onto the staff/voice whose music you want to use before clicking this button to substitute the music. The editing affects only this layout." msgstr "" "De muziek van deze notenbalk/stem vervangen door de muziek van de huidige notenbalk/stem.\n" "U kunt klikken op de knop \"Muziek voor ...\" om de cursor in het Denemo-scherm te verplaatsen naar de notenbalk/stem waarvan u de muziek wilt gebruiken, vooraleer u op deze knop klikt om de muziek te vervangen. De bewerking heeft alleen invloed op deze opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:777 msgid "Drop this lyric part from the score layout" msgstr "Deze songtekstpartij uit de partituuropmaak verwijderen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:785 msgid "Move this lyric part above the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Voor deze partituuropmaak deze songtekstpartij boven de notenbalk plaatsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:789 msgid "Move this lyric part below the staff for this score layout" msgstr "Voor deze partituuropmaak deze songtekstpartij onder de notenbalk plaatsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:35 msgid "Edit LilyPond" msgstr "Lilypond bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:866 msgid "" "Edit this using LilyPond syntax\n" "The editing applies just to this score layout" msgstr "" "Dit bewerken met behulp van de LilyPond-syntaxis\n" "De bewerking is alleen van toepassing op deze partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:909 msgid "Edit this element for this layout" msgstr "Dit element uit deze opmaak bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:913 msgid "Move this element upwards for this score layout" msgstr "Voor deze partituuropmaak dit element naar boven verplaatsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:917 msgid "Move this element downwards for this score layout" msgstr "Voor deze partituuropmaak dit element naar beneden verplaatsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:921 msgid "Remove this element from this layout" msgstr "Dit element uit deze opmaak verwijderen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:943 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break" msgstr "Pagina-einde" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:944 msgid "This forces a new page, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Dit dwingt een nieuwe pagina af, handig om het omslaan van pagina's te vermijden\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:955 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20 msgid "Blank Page" msgstr "Lege pagina" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:956 msgid "This prints a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns\n" msgstr "Dit drukt een opzettelijk leeg gelaten pagina af, handig om het omslaan van pagina's te vermijden\n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:968 msgid "" "This lets you insert your own titles etc just for this layout.\n" "For book titles use \\titledPiece \\markup \"myname\"\n" "Simple titles are not placed here, but appear in a header block at the end of the movement.\n" "For other possible uses, see LilyPond manual." msgstr "" "Hiermee kunt u uw eigen titels, enz. invoegen, alleen voor deze opmaak.\n" "Gebruik voor boektitels \\titledPiece \\markup \"mijnnaam\"\n" "Eenvoudige titels worden niet hier geplaatst, maar komen voor in een kopblok aan het einde van de beweging.\n" "Zie de LilyPond-handleiding voor andere mogelijke toepassingen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:980 msgid "Create Page Break" msgstr "Pagina-einde creëren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:981 msgid "" "This inserts a page break, useful for avoiding page turns\n" "Move it before the title (using the up arrow) once created!" msgstr "" "Dit voegt een pagina-einde in, handig om het omslaan van pagina's te vermijden\n" "Plaats het (met de pijl omhoog) voor de titel, nadat het aangemaakt werd!" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:985 msgid "Create Blank Page" msgstr "Lege pagina creëren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:986 msgid "This inserts a page intentionally left blank, useful for avoiding page turns when printing on both sides of the paper" msgstr "Dit voegt een opzettelijk leeg gelaten pagina in, handig om het omslaan van pagina's te vermijden wanneer u op beide zijden van het papier afdrukt" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:991 msgid "This creates a LilyPond comment which you can then edit to give titles etc for this movment, applying just to this layout." msgstr "Dit creëert een LilyPond-commentaar dat u daarna kunt bewerken om aan deze beweging een titel, enz. te geven, alleen op deze opmaak van toepassing." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1042 msgid "Movement Titles, Page Breaks etc" msgstr "Titels van bewegingen, pagina-einden, enz." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1043 msgid "In here are settings for the movement title, page breaks before the movement etc" msgstr "Hierin staan instellingen voor de titel van de beweging, pagina-einden voor de beweging, enz." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1056 msgid "Create Titles for Movement" msgstr "Titels voor beweging creëren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1058 msgid "Set book titles for this movement in the score" msgstr "Boektitels voor deze beweging in de partituur zetten" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1064 msgid "Create for Custom Layout" msgstr "Creëren voor aangepaste opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1065 msgid "Create page breaks, blank pages ...for this layout" msgstr "Pagina-einden, lege pagina's... creëren voor deze opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1347 msgid "This brace connects together several staffs - you can delete it for a customized layout." msgstr "Deze accolade verbindt verschillende notenbalken met elkaar - u kunt deze verwijderen voor een aangepaste opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1365 msgid "Remove this staff brace from these staffs for a customized layout." msgstr "Deze notenbalkaccolade van deze notenbalken verwijderen voor een aangepaste opmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1477 msgid "" "This shows the clef in the Denemo score - the actual clef printed may be modified by Directives attached to it.\n" "You can edit the clef for a custom layout - do this on the first voice on the staff." msgstr "" "Dit toont de sleutel in de Denemo-partituur - de daadwerkelijke gedrukte sleutel kan gewijzigd zijn door eraan gekoppelde richtlijnen.\n" "U kunt de sleutel bewerken voor een aangepaste opmaak - doe dit op de eerste stem op de notenbalk." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1481 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) above the preceding staff." msgstr "Deze notenbalk (met al zijn stemmen) boven de voorgaande notenbalk plaatsen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1485 msgid "Move this staff (with all its voices) after the following staff." msgstr "Deze notenbalk (met al zijn stemmen) achter de volgende notenbalk plaatsen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1490 msgid "Remove this staff (with all its voices) for customized layout." msgstr "Deze notenbalk (met al zijn stemmen) verwijderen voor de aangepaste opmaak." #. the reason these are outside the staff frame is it makes them appear above the staff #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1514 ../src/display/draw.c:1108 msgid "Chord Symbols" msgstr "Akkoordsymbolen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523 msgid "Staff Start" msgstr "Begin Notenbalk" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1523 #, c-format msgid "Staff %d Start" msgstr "Begin Notenbalk %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1531 msgid "" "Click for a menu to position the Denemo cursor on this staff\n" "or to alter this staff for a customized layout" msgstr "" "Klik voor een menu om de Denemo-cursor op deze notenbalk te plaatsen\n" "of om deze notenbalk te wijzigen voor een aangepaste opmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1535 msgid "Move Denemo Cursor to this staff" msgstr "De Denemo-cursor naar deze notenbalk verplaatsen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1536 msgid "This will move the Denemo Cursor to the start of this staff in this movement" msgstr "Dit zal de Denemo-cursor verplaatsen naar het begin van deze notenbalk in deze beweging" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1542 msgid "Edit Staff Opening Syntax" msgstr "Syntaxis voor het openen van de notenbalk bewerken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1543 msgid "" "Edit the syntax creating this staff to customize this layout\n" "Take care only alter the obvious bits, such as instrument name etc\n" "Injudicious deletion of the LilyPond typesetting characters {<<# etc can make the layout unreadable by the LilyPond typesetter. Just delete the layout if you get stuck." msgstr "" "De syntaxis voor het creëren van deze notenbalk bewerken om deze opmaak aan te passen\n" "Pas op dat u alleen de voor de hand liggende elementen wijzigt, zoals instrumentnaam, enz.\n" "Onoordeelkundig verwijderen van de LilyPond typografische tekens {<<# enz. kan de opmaak onleesbaar maken voor de LilyPond-typograaf. Verwijder gewoon de opmaak als u vastloopt." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1553 msgid "Set Staff Group Start/End" msgstr "Begin/Einde van notenbalkgroep instellen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1556 msgid "" "The braces { and [ binding staffs together can be set here. Set the start on one staff and the end on a later staff.\n" "This is editing the score, not just customizing a layout.\n" "Refresh the layout view (see under Options for this Layout button at the top) once you have made the changes." msgstr "" "De accolades { en [ welke notenbalken met elkaar verbinden, kunnen hier ingesteld worden. Stel het begin in op een notenbalk en het einde op een latere notenbalk.\n" "Dit is de partituur bewerken, niet enkel een opmaak aanpassen.\n" "Ververs de weergave van de opmaak (zie bovenaan onder de knop Opties voor deze Opmaak) nadat u klaar bent met de veranderingen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1591 ../src/core/entries.h:211 msgid "Voices" msgstr "Stemmen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1593 msgid "This holds the voice(s) of the staff - the clef, time signature, key signature and music are all here" msgstr "Dit bevat de stem(men) van de notenbalk - de sleutel, de maatsoort, de voortekening en de muziek bevinden zich allemaal hier" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612 msgid "Staff End" msgstr "Notenbalkeinde" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1612 #, c-format msgid "Staff %d End" msgstr "Einde Notenbalk %d" #. things like transpose whole score etc #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677 msgid "The Staff" msgstr "De Notenbalk" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1677 msgid "The Staffs" msgstr "De Notenbalken" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1679 msgid "This holds the staffs below which are the voices with the music." msgstr "Dit bevat de notenbalken waaronder zich de stemmen met de muziek bevinden." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1684 msgid "Append Current Staff" msgstr "Huidige notenbalk toevoegen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1685 msgid "Appends the current staff (the one where the cursor is in the Denemo Display) to this layout. The same staff can be placed at multiple positions in the layout with individual edits in each." msgstr "Voegt de huidige notenbalk (deze waarop de cursor zich bevindt in het Denemo-scherm) toe aan deze opmaak. Dezelfde notenbalk kan op verschillende posities in de opmaak geplaatst worden, met in elk ervan individuele bewerkingen." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1770 #, c-format msgid "Movement %d" msgstr "Beweging %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1800 msgid "paper size" msgstr "papiergrootte" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1802 msgid "Global staff size" msgstr "Algemene notenbalkgrootte" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1803 msgid "Paper Block" msgstr "Papierblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1804 msgid "Settings for whole score: includes overall staff size, paper size ...\n" msgstr "Instellingen voor de hele partituur: bevat de globale notenbalkgrootte, papiergrootte... \n" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1810 msgid "the paper block contents" msgstr "de inhoud van het papierblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1820 ../actions/denemo.scm:1207 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1211 ../actions/denemo.scm:1269 msgid "Score Titles" msgstr "Partituurtitels" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1823 msgid "" "Titles, layout settings, preferences etc for the whole score.\n" "Includes main title, composer, date, instrumentation, tagline" msgstr "" "Titels, opmaakinstellingen, voorkeuren, enz. voor de globale partituur.\n" "Bevat hoofdtitel, componist, datum, instrumentatie, slagzin" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1831 msgid "Default tagline" msgstr "Standaardslagzin" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1857 msgid "Score Directives" msgstr "Partituurrichtlijnen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1858 msgid "Includes the indent before first measure, LilyPond include files ..." msgstr "Omvat de insprong voor de eerste maat, de Lilypond include-bestanden, ..." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1886 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Score Directives" msgid "Alt Score Directives" msgstr "Partituurrichtlijnen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1887 msgid "Includes the global font size ..." msgstr "" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1913 msgid "Score-wide Settings." msgstr "Instellingen voor de volledige partituur." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1914 msgid "Setting the score title, composer, headers and footers for this layout" msgstr "De partituurtitel, de componist, de kopregels en voetregels voor deze opmaak instellen" #. having buttons that affect the score itself is confusing #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1922 msgid "Create Book Titles" msgstr "Boektitels creëren" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1924 msgid "Set book titles for the score" msgstr "Boektitels voor deze partituur instellen" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1938 msgid "Reload Score-Wide Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor de volledige partituur opnieuw laden" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1939 msgid "" "Reload the score wide settings for this layout from the current values in the score.\n" "Do this if you have made changes to the score titles etc which you wish to be used for this layout." msgstr "" "De voor de volledige partituur geldende instellingen voor deze opmaak opnieuw laden vanuit de huidige waarden in de partituur.\n" "Doe dit indien u veranderingen aangebracht heeft aan de partituurtitels, enz., welke u voor deze opmaak wilt laten gebruiken." #. if(sb)g_print ("Typesetting for id = %d\n\n\n\n", sb->id); else g_print ("No score layout\n\n"); #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "Movement %d" msgstr "Beweging %d" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1978 msgid "This contains the layout of the movement- the movement title, and the actual music itself" msgstr "Dit bevat de opmaak van de beweging - de titel van de beweging en de eigenlijke muziek zelf" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:1989 msgid "Remove this movement from the score layout" msgstr "Deze beweging verwijderen uit de partituuropmaak" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2012 msgid "Header block" msgstr "Kopblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2034 msgid "Layout block" msgstr "Opmaakblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2057 msgid "Movement Block" msgstr "Bewegingsblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2081 msgid "Movement Epilog" msgstr "Bewegingsepiloog" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2137 msgid "The currently expanded movement is already at the end" msgstr "De huidige uitgevouwen beweging is al ten einde" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2144 msgid "No movement is expanded - don't know which movement to move" msgstr "Er is geen beweging uitgevouwen - weet niet welke beweging verplaatst moet worden" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2324 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.scm:8 msgid "Full Score" msgstr "Volledige partituur" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:2622 msgid "" "This is a score layout - the buttons mostly customize the layout\n" "You can have several layouts and use them to print different versions of your score.\n" "Once customized e.g. by adding page breaks, deleting certain parts etc the layout will be saved with your score and can be used for printing from even though you may have made corrections to the music.\n" "Standard layouts are created by invoking the standard print commands - print, print part, print movement etc.\n" "These standard layouts provide a convenient starting point for your customized layouts.Note 1Custom layouts are not saved for further graphical editing, only the typesetting commands are saved, so, unless you are familiar with LilyPond do all your work on the layout in one session.Note 2The first comment in the LilyPond text of the layout holds the name of the layout. If you change it any conditional directives that are for the layout will need refreshing" msgstr "" "Dit is een partituuropmaak - de knoppen dienen hoofdzakelijk voor het aanpassen van de opmaak\n" "U kunt verschillende opmaken hebben en ze gebruiken om verschillende versies van uw partituur af te drukken.\n" "Nadat u de opmaak aangepast heeft, bijv. door pagina-einden toe te voegen,door bepaalde onderdelen te verwijderen, enz., zal deze opmaak opgeslagen worden samen met uw partituur en kan ze gebruikt worden om een afdruk te maken, ook al heeft u misschien correcties in de muziek aangebracht.\n" "Een standaardopmaak wordt gemaakt door de standaard afdrukopdrachten aan te roepen - print, print part, print movement, enz.\n" "Een dergelijke standaardopmaak biedt een handig startpunt voor uw aangepaste opmaken.Opmerking 1Een aangepaste opmaak wordt niet opgeslagen voor verdere bewerking in een grafische omgeving, enkel de typografische commando's worden opgeslagen. Tenzij u vertrouwd bent met Lilypond doet u er daarom best aan alle werk aan de opmaak in één sessie af te werken. Opmerking 2Het eerste commentaar in de Lilypond-tekst van de opmaak bevat de naam van de opmaak. Indien u die wijzigt zullen eventuele conditionele richtlijnen welke voor de opmaak bedoeld zijn, ververst moeten worden" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3125 msgid "" "The LilyPond text for this layout can be edited in the LilyPond view window.\n" "You can safely delete this layout if you no longer need it\n" "(for example if you have made structural changes to the score\n" "not reflected in this layout)." msgstr "" "De LilyPond-tekst voor deze opmaak kan worden bewerkt in het LilyPond-weergavevenster.\n" "U kunt deze opmaak veilig verwijderen als u deze niet meer nodig heeft\n" "(bijvoorbeeld indien u structurele wijzigingen aangebracht heeft\n" "aan de partituur welke niet weergegeven worden in deze opmaak)." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3134 msgid "" "This is a customized layout, which has been transformed into instructions for the LilyPond music typesetter.\n" "This is the form in which customized layouts are stored in a Denemo score on disk - the graphical interface is no longer available. You can, however still edit the layout with care (and some understanding of LilyPond).\n" "Use the View → LilyPond window to do this.\n" "Otherwise you can delete it and create a new one from a standard layout." msgstr "" "Dit is een aangepaste opmaak, welke omgezet werd naar richtlijnen voor de Lilypond muziektypograaf.\n" "Dit is de vorm waarin aangepaste opmaken op schijf opgeslagen worden in een Denemo-partituur - de grafische interface is niet langer beschikbaar. U kunt de opmaak echter nog steeds bewerken met zorg (en enige kennis van Lilypond).\n" "Gebruik daarvoor het venster Weergave → LilyPond.\n" "Anders kunt u de opmaak verwijderen en een nieuwe aanmaken vanuit een standaardopmaak." #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3159 msgid "Custom Scoreblock" msgstr "Aangepast partituurblok" #: ../src/command/scorelayout.c:3269 msgid "Typesets this layout" msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van deze opmaak" #: ../src/command/staff.c:39 msgid "Clefs differ" msgstr "Sleutels verschillen" #: ../src/command/staff.c:45 msgid "Time Signatures differ" msgstr "Maatsoorten verschillen" #: ../src/command/staff.c:52 msgid "Key Signatures differ" msgstr "Voortekeningen verschillen" #: ../src/command/staff.c:316 msgid "Part 1" msgstr "Deel 1" #: ../src/command/staff.c:318 #, c-format msgid "Part %d" msgstr "Deel %d" #: ../src/command/staff.c:424 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This is the last staff" msgid "Cannot delete last staff" msgstr "Dit is de laatste notenbalk" #: ../src/command/staff.c:428 msgid "You will need to alter/delete the matching staff; Proceed?" msgstr "U zult de bijpassende notenbalk moeten wijzigen/verwijderen. Doorgaan?" #: ../src/command/staff.c:494 msgid "" "The staff deleted had a start/end context; if you still have the staff with the matching end/start context\n" " then you should remove it (or its context) now.\n" "See Staff->properties->context\n" "You will not be able to print with miss-matched contexts." msgstr "" "De verwijderde notenbalk had een begin/einde-context; indien u nog steeds de notenbalk met de bijpassende einde/begin-context heeft, moet u deze (of de context ervan) nu verwijderen.\n" "Zie Notenbalk->eigenschappen->context\n" "Met inconsistente contexten zult u niet kunnen afdrukken." #. ******* built-in commands #: ../src/core/entries.h:3 msgid "Selection Cursor Left" msgstr "Selectie cursor naar links" #: ../src/core/entries.h:3 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één object naar links en wijzigt de selectie indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:4 msgid "Move Cursor Left" msgstr "Cursor naar links verplaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:4 msgid "Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één object naar links zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:5 msgid "Cursor Down" msgstr "Cursor omlaag" #: ../src/core/entries.h:5 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step down" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één toonladderstap omlaag" #: ../src/core/entries.h:6 msgid "Cursor Up" msgstr "Cursor omhoog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:6 msgid "Moves the cursor one scale step up" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één toonladderstap omhoog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:7 msgid "Selection Cursor Right" msgstr "Selectie cursor naar rechts" #: ../src/core/entries.h:7 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één object naar rechts en wijzigt de selectie indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:8 msgid "Move Cursor Right" msgstr "Cursor naar rechts verplaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:8 msgid "Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor één object naar rechts zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:9 msgid "To Mark" msgstr "Naar markering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:9 msgid "Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de markering zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:10 msgid "Swap Ends of Selection" msgstr "De uiteinden van de selectie omwisselen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:10 msgid "Swaps the active end of the selection" msgstr "Verwisselt het actieve uiteinde van de selectie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:11 msgid "To Selection Start" msgstr "Naar begin van de selectie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:11 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het eerste object in de selectie zonder de selectie te wijzigen. Geeft #f terug als er geen selectie is" #: ../src/core/entries.h:12 msgid "Push Position" msgstr "Positie wegzetten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:12 msgid "Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack" msgstr "Zet de huidige cursorpositie op een stapel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:13 msgid "Pop Position" msgstr "Positie afhalen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:13 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there" msgstr "Haalt een positie af van de stapel cursorposities en verplaatst de cursor daarheen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:14 msgid "Pop and Push Position" msgstr "Positie afhalen en wegzetten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:14 msgid "Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position" msgstr "Haalt een positie af van de stapel cursorposities, zet de huidige positie weg en verplaatst de cursor naar de afgehaalde positie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:15 msgid "Hide/Show Menus" msgstr "Menu's verbergen/weergeven" #: ../src/core/entries.h:15 msgid "Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu." msgstr "Verbergt/toont menu's, kaders, enz. De getoonde zijn die welke in het weergavemenu zijn aangevinkt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:16 msgid "Selection Staff Up" msgstr "Selectie notenbalk omhoog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:16 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de notenbalk erboven en vergroot de selectie indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:17 msgid "Selection Staff Down" msgstr "Selectie notenbalk omlaag" #: ../src/core/entries.h:17 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de notenbalk eronder en vergroot de selectie indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:18 msgid "Move to Staff Up" msgstr "Naar bovenstaande notenbalk gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:18 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection. On the top staff it adds space above the staffs." msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de bovenstaande notenbalk zonder de selectie te wijzigen. Op de bovenste notenbalk voegt het ruimte toe boven de notenbalken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:19 msgid "Move to Staff Down" msgstr "Naar onderstaande notenbalk gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:19 msgid "Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar de notenbalk eronder zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:20 msgid "Measure Left" msgstr "Maat links" #: ../src/core/entries.h:20 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het eerste object in de volgende maat, waarbij de selectie wordt uitgebreid, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:21 msgid "Measure Right" msgstr "Maat rechts" #: ../src/core/entries.h:21 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het eerste object in de vorige maat, waarbij de selectie wordt uitgebreid, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:22 msgid "Move to Measure Left" msgstr "Naar maat links gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:22 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het eerste object in de volgende maat en laat de selectie, indien aanwezig, ongewijzigd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:23 msgid "Move to Measure Right" msgstr "Naar maat rechts gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:23 msgid "Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged" msgstr "Verplaatst de cursor naar het eerste object in de vorige maat en laat de selectie, indien aanwezig, ongewijzigd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:24 msgid "Change/Append A" msgstr "A toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:24 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot A.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:25 msgid "Change/Append B" msgstr "B toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:25 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot B.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:26 msgid "Change/Append C" msgstr "C toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:26 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot C.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:27 msgid "Change/Append D" msgstr "D toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:27 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot D.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:28 msgid "Change/Append E" msgstr "E toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:28 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot E.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:29 msgid "Change/Append F" msgstr "F toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:29 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot F.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:30 msgid "Change/Append G" msgstr "G toevoegen/ernaar veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:30 msgid "" "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G.\n" "If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" "Verandert de noot waarop de cursor staat naar noot G.\n" "Als de cursor zich in de toevoegpositie bevindt, voegt dit een noot toe met de heersende toonduur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:31 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Up" msgstr "Octaaf hoger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:31 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:69 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave higher" msgstr "Verandert de noot bij de cursor naar een octaaf hoger" #: ../src/core/entries.h:32 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Octave Down" msgstr "Octaaf lager" #: ../src/core/entries.h:32 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:70 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to an octave lower" msgstr "Verandert de noot bij de cursor naar een octaaf lager" #: ../src/core/entries.h:33 msgid "WholeNote" msgstr "HeleNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:33 msgid "Insert 𝅝" msgstr "𝅝 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:34 msgid "HalfNote" msgstr "HalveNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:34 msgid "Insert 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "𝅗𝅥 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:35 msgid "QuarterNote" msgstr "KwartNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:35 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "𝅘𝅥 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:36 msgid "EighthNote" msgstr "AchtsteNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:36 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅮 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:37 msgid "SixteenthNote" msgstr "ZestiendeNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:37 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅯 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:38 msgid "ThirtysecondNote" msgstr "TweeëndertigsteNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:38 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅰 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:39 msgid "SixtyfourthNote" msgstr "VierenzestigsteNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:39 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅱 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:40 msgid "OneHundredTwentyEighthNote" msgstr "HonderdachtentwintigsteNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:40 msgid "Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "𝅘𝅥𝅲 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:41 msgid "TwoHundredFiftySixthNote" msgstr "TweehonderdzesenvijftigsteNoot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:41 msgid "Insert 𝅥" msgstr " 𝅥 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:42 msgid "Insert a 𝄻" msgstr "Een 𝄻 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:42 msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "𝄻 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:43 msgid "Insert a 𝄼" msgstr "Een 𝄼 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:43 msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "𝄼 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:44 msgid "Insert a 𝄽" msgstr "Een 𝄽 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:44 msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "𝄽 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:45 msgid "Insert a 𝄾" msgstr "Een 𝄾 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:45 msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "𝄾 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:46 msgid "Insert a 𝄿" msgstr "Een 𝄿 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:46 msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "𝄿 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:47 msgid "Insert a 𝅀" msgstr "Een 𝅀 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:47 msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "𝅀 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:48 msgid "Insert a 𝅁" msgstr "Een 𝅁 invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:48 msgid "Insert 𝅁 rest" msgstr "𝅁 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:49 msgid "Insert a 𝄻 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝄻 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:49 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝄻 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:50 msgid "Insert a 𝄼 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝄼 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:50 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝄼 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:51 msgid "Insert a 𝄽 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝄽 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:51 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest" msgstr "Een niet afdrukbare 𝄽 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:52 msgid "Insert a 𝄾 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝄾 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:52 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝄾 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:53 msgid "Insert a 𝄿 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝄿 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:53 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝄿 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:54 msgid "Insert a 𝅀 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝅀 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:54 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝅀 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:55 msgid "Insert a 𝅁 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝅁 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:55 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝅁 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:56 msgid "Insert a 𝅂 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝅂 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:56 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝅂 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:57 msgid "Insert a 𝅃 Spacer" msgstr "Een 𝅃 afstandhouder invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:57 msgid "Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest" msgstr "Een niet-afdrukbare 𝅃 rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:58 msgid "Insert Duplet" msgstr "Duool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:58 ../src/core/entries.h:62 ../src/core/entries.h:63 #: ../src/core/entries.h:64 ../src/core/entries.h:65 ../src/core/entries.h:87 #: ../src/core/entries.h:88 ../src/core/entries.h:89 ../src/core/entries.h:90 #: ../src/core/entries.h:91 ../src/core/entries.h:92 ../src/core/entries.h:93 #: ../src/core/entries.h:94 ../src/core/entries.h:95 ../src/core/entries.h:96 #: ../src/core/entries.h:97 ../src/core/entries.h:98 ../src/core/entries.h:99 #: ../src/core/entries.h:100 ../src/core/entries.h:101 #: ../src/core/entries.h:102 ../src/core/entries.h:103 #: ../src/core/entries.h:104 ../src/core/entries.h:105 #: ../src/core/entries.h:106 ../src/core/entries.h:107 #: ../src/core/entries.h:108 ../src/core/entries.h:109 #: ../src/core/entries.h:110 ../src/core/entries.h:111 #: ../src/core/entries.h:112 ../src/core/entries.h:113 #: ../src/core/entries.h:114 ../src/core/entries.h:115 #: ../src/core/entries.h:116 ../src/core/entries.h:117 #: ../src/core/entries.h:118 ../src/core/entries.h:119 #: ../src/core/entries.h:120 ../src/core/entries.h:121 #: ../src/core/entries.h:122 ../src/core/entries.h:123 #: ../src/core/entries.h:124 ../src/core/entries.h:125 #: ../src/core/entries.h:126 ../src/core/entries.h:127 #: ../src/core/entries.h:128 ../src/core/entries.h:129 #: ../src/core/entries.h:130 ../src/core/entries.h:131 #: ../src/core/entries.h:132 ../src/core/entries.h:133 #: ../src/core/entries.h:134 ../src/core/entries.h:135 #: ../src/core/entries.h:136 ../src/core/entries.h:137 #: ../src/core/entries.h:138 ../src/core/entries.h:139 #: ../src/core/entries.h:140 ../src/core/entries.h:141 #: ../src/core/entries.h:142 ../src/core/entries.h:143 #: ../src/core/entries.h:144 ../src/core/entries.h:145 #: ../src/core/entries.h:146 ../src/core/entries.h:147 #: ../src/core/entries.h:148 ../src/core/entries.h:149 #: ../src/core/entries.h:150 ../src/core/entries.h:151 #: ../src/core/entries.h:152 ../src/core/entries.h:153 #: ../src/core/entries.h:154 ../src/core/entries.h:155 #: ../src/core/entries.h:156 ../src/core/entries.h:157 #: ../src/core/entries.h:158 ../src/core/entries.h:159 #: ../src/core/entries.h:160 ../src/core/entries.h:161 #: ../src/core/entries.h:162 ../src/core/entries.h:163 #: ../src/core/entries.h:164 ../src/core/entries.h:165 #: ../src/core/entries.h:166 ../src/core/entries.h:167 #: ../src/core/entries.h:168 ../src/core/entries.h:169 #: ../src/core/entries.h:170 ../src/core/entries.h:171 #: ../src/core/entries.h:172 ../src/core/entries.h:173 #: ../src/core/entries.h:174 ../src/core/entries.h:175 #: ../src/core/entries.h:176 ../src/core/entries.h:177 #: ../src/core/entries.h:178 ../src/core/entries.h:179 #: ../src/core/entries.h:180 ../src/core/entries.h:181 #: ../src/core/entries.h:182 ../src/core/entries.h:183 #: ../src/core/entries.h:184 msgid "No Tooltip yet" msgstr "Nog geen knopinfo" #: ../src/core/entries.h:59 msgid "Insert Triplet" msgstr "Triool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:59 msgid "Inserts a Start Triplet object and an End Tuplet object and places the cursor between these two" msgstr "Voegt een trioolbegin-object en een triooleinde-object in en plaatst de cursor tussen deze twee" #: ../src/core/entries.h:60 msgid "Start Triplet" msgstr "Trioolbegin" #: ../src/core/entries.h:60 msgid "Inserts an Start Triplet object, which makes the notes following take 2/3 of their written duration. Later in this measure there should be an End Tuplet object." msgstr "Voegt een trioolbegin-object in, waardoor de volgende noten 2/3 van hun geschreven duur in beslag nemen. Verder in deze maat moet er een triooleinde-object zijn." #: ../src/core/entries.h:61 msgid "End Tuplet" msgstr "Einde antimetrische figuur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:61 msgid "Inserts an End Tuplet object, which terminates a tuplet started earlier in this measure." msgstr "Voegt een einde-antimetrische-figuur-object in, dat een antimetrische figuur afsluit die eerder in deze maat begon." #: ../src/core/entries.h:62 msgid "Insert Quadruplet" msgstr "Kwartool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:63 msgid "Insert Quintuplet" msgstr "Kwintool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:64 msgid "Insert Sextuplet" msgstr "Sextool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:65 msgid "Insert Septuplet" msgstr "Septool invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:66 msgid "Add note" msgstr "Noot toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:66 msgid "" "Add a note to the current chord\n" "The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" "Een noot toevoegen aan het huidige akkoord\n" "De cursorpositie bepaalt welke noot moet worden toegevoegd" #: ../src/core/entries.h:67 msgid "Remove note" msgstr "Noot verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:67 msgid "Remove a note from the current chord, based on the cursor position" msgstr "Een noot verwijderen uit het huidige akkoord op basis van de cursorpositie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:252 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:257 msgid "Sharpen" msgstr "Chromatische verhoging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:68 msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor" msgstr "De noot bij de cursor chromatisch verhogen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:69 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:253 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:258 msgid "Flatten" msgstr "Chromatische verlaging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:69 msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor" msgstr "De noot bij de cursor chromatisch verlagen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:70 msgid "Sharpen Next Note" msgstr "Volgende noot chromatisch verhogen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:70 msgid "Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Voegt een chromatische verhoging toe aan de volgende ingevoerde noot. De statusbalk toont de huidige toestand." #: ../src/core/entries.h:71 msgid "Flatten Next Note" msgstr "Volgende noot chromatisch verlagen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:71 msgid "Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state." msgstr "Voegt een chromatische verlaging toe aan de volgende ingevoerde noot. De statusbalk toont de huidige toestand." #: ../src/core/entries.h:72 msgid "StemUp" msgstr "NootstokOmhoog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:72 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up." msgstr "Verandert een NootstokNeutraal-object naar nootstok omhoog." #: ../src/core/entries.h:73 msgid "StemDown" msgstr "NootstokOmlaag" #: ../src/core/entries.h:73 msgid "Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down." msgstr "Verandert een NootstokNeutraal-object naar nootstok omlaag." #: ../src/core/entries.h:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Dot" msgstr "Punt toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:74 msgid "Lengthen the chord, note or rest at the cursor by dotting it." msgstr "Akkoord, noot of rust bij de cursor verlengen door deze te punteren." #: ../src/core/entries.h:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Remove Dot" msgstr "Punt verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:75 msgid "Reduce the dotting of the chord note or rest at the cursor." msgstr "Puntering verminderen van akkoord, noot of rust bij de cursor." #: ../src/core/entries.h:76 msgid "Tied note" msgstr "Overbonden noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:76 msgid "Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied" msgstr "Voegt een duplicaat van de huidige noot in, overbonden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:77 msgid "Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "Overbinding (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:77 msgid "Ties/unties the note at the cursor. The following note should be the same pitch." msgstr "Plaatst/verwijdert een overbinding op de noot bij de cursor. De volgende noot moet dezelfde toonhoogte hebben." #: ../src/core/entries.h:78 msgid "Delete Object" msgstr "Object verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:78 msgid "Delete the object at the cursor" msgstr "Het object bij de cursor verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:79 msgid "Delete Previous Object" msgstr "Vorige object verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:79 msgid "Delete to the left of the cursor." msgstr "Links van de cursor verwijderen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:80 msgid "Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Maat hiervoor invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:80 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Een lege maat invoegen voor de huidige maat (in alle notenbalken)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:81 msgid "Insert Measure After" msgstr "Maat hierna invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:81 msgid "Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)" msgstr "Een lege maat invoegen achter de huidige maat (in alle notenbalken)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:82 msgid "Staff Insert Measure Before" msgstr "Maat hiervoor invoegen op notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:82 msgid "Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)" msgstr "Een lege maat invoegen voor de huidige maat (in de huidige notenbalk)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:83 msgid "Staff Insert Measure After" msgstr "Maat hierna invoegen op notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:83 msgid "Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure" msgstr "Een lege maat invoegen in de huidige notenbalk na de huidige maat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:84 msgid "Staff Append Measure" msgstr "Maat achteraan toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:84 msgid "Append an empty measure at the end of the current staff" msgstr "Een lege maat toevoegen aan het einde van de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:85 msgid "Staff Delete Measure" msgstr "Maat verwijderen uit notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:85 msgid "Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short" msgstr "De huidige maat uit deze notenbalk verwijderen, waarbij de notenbalk kort gelaten wordt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:86 msgid "Delete Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Maat verwijderen uit alle notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:86 msgid "Delete the current measure in all staffs" msgstr "De huidige maat verwijderen uit alle notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:87 msgid "Shrink Measure" msgstr "Maat versmallen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:88 msgid "Widen Measures" msgstr "Maten verbreden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:89 msgid "Shorter Staffs" msgstr "Kortere notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:90 msgid "Taller Staffs" msgstr "Langere notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:91 msgid "New Treble Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe solsleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:92 msgid "New Bass Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe bassleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:93 msgid "New G8 Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe G8-sleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:94 msgid "New Alto Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe altsleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:95 msgid "New Tenor Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe tenorsleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:96 msgid "New Soprano Clef" msgstr "Nieuwe sopraansleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:97 msgid "Set Treble Clef" msgstr "Solsleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:98 msgid "Set Bass Clef" msgstr "Bassleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:99 msgid "Set G8 Clef" msgstr "G8-sleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:100 msgid "Set Alto Clef" msgstr "Altsleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:101 msgid "Set Tenor Clef" msgstr "Tenorsleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:102 msgid "Set Soprano Clef" msgstr "Sopraansleutel instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:103 msgid "Insert 2/2 Time" msgstr "2/2-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:104 msgid "Insert 3/2 Time" msgstr "3/2-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:105 msgid "Insert 4/2 Time" msgstr "4/2-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:106 msgid "Insert 4/4 Time" msgstr "4/4-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:107 msgid "Insert 3/4 Time" msgstr "3/4-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:108 msgid "Insert 2/4 Time" msgstr "2/4-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:109 msgid "Insert 6/4 Time" msgstr "6/4-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:110 msgid "Insert 3/8 Time" msgstr "3/8-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:111 msgid "Insert 6/8 Time" msgstr "6/8-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:112 msgid "Insert 12/8 Time" msgstr "12/8-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:113 msgid "Insert 9/8 Time" msgstr "9/8-tijd invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:114 msgid "Set 2/2 Time" msgstr "2/2-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:115 msgid "Set 3/2 Time" msgstr "3/2-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:116 msgid "Set 4/2 Time" msgstr "4/2-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:117 msgid "Set 4/4 Time" msgstr "4/4-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:118 msgid "Set 3/4 Time" msgstr "3/4-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:119 msgid "Set 2/4 Time" msgstr "2/4-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:120 msgid "Set 6/4 Time" msgstr "6/4-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:121 msgid "Set 3/8 Time" msgstr "3/8-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:122 msgid "Set 6/8 Time" msgstr "6/8-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:123 msgid "Set 12/8 Time" msgstr "12/8-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:124 msgid "Set 9/8 Time" msgstr "9/8-tijd instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:125 msgid "Insert Cmaj" msgstr "C-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:126 msgid "Insert Gmaj" msgstr "G-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:127 msgid "Insert Dmaj" msgstr "D-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:128 msgid "Insert Amaj" msgstr "A-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:129 msgid "Insert Emaj" msgstr "E-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:130 msgid "Insert Bmaj" msgstr "B-maj invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:131 msgid "Insert F# Major" msgstr "F#-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:132 msgid "Insert C# Major" msgstr "C#-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:133 msgid "Insert F Major" msgstr "F-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:134 msgid "Insert Bb Major" msgstr "Bb-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:135 msgid "Insert Eb Major" msgstr "Eb-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:136 msgid "Insert Ab Major" msgstr "Ab-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:137 msgid "Insert Db Major" msgstr "Db-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:138 msgid "Insert Gb Major" msgstr "Gb-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:139 msgid "Insert Cb Major" msgstr "Cb-majeur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:140 msgid "Insert A Minor" msgstr "A-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:141 msgid "Insert E Minor" msgstr "E-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:142 msgid "Insert B Minor" msgstr "B-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:143 msgid "Insert F# Minor" msgstr "F#-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:144 msgid "Insert C# Minor" msgstr "C#-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:145 msgid "Insert G# Minor" msgstr "G#-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:146 msgid "Insert D# Minor" msgstr "D#-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:147 msgid "Insert A# Minor" msgstr "A#-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:148 msgid "Insert D Minor" msgstr "D-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:149 msgid "Insert G Minor" msgstr "G-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:150 msgid "Insert C Minor" msgstr "C-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:151 msgid "Insert F Minor" msgstr "F-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:152 msgid "Insert Bb Minor" msgstr "Bb-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:153 msgid "Insert Eb Minor" msgstr "Eb-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:154 msgid "Insert Ab Minor" msgstr "Ab-mineur invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:155 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to C Major" msgstr "Initiële voortekening instellen op C-majeur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:156 msgid "Set Initial Keysig to G Major" msgstr "Initiële voortekening instellen op G-majeur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:157 msgid "Set D Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "D-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:158 msgid "Set A Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "A-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:159 msgid "Set E Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "E-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:160 msgid "Set B Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "B-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:161 msgid "Set F# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "F#-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:162 msgid "Set C# Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "C#-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:163 msgid "Set F Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "F-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:164 msgid "Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Bb-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:165 msgid "Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Eb-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:166 msgid "Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ab-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:167 msgid "Set Db Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Db-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:168 msgid "Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Gb-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:169 msgid "Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Cb-majeur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:170 msgid "Set A Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "A-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:171 msgid "Set E Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "E-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:172 msgid "Set B Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "B-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:173 msgid "Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "F#-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:174 msgid "Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "C#-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:175 msgid "Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "G#-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:176 msgid "Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "D#-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:177 msgid "Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "A#-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:178 msgid "Set D Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "D-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:179 msgid "Set G Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "G-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:180 msgid "Set C Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "C-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:181 msgid "Set F Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "F-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:182 msgid "Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Bb-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:183 msgid "Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Eb-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:184 msgid "Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig" msgstr "Ab-mineur instellen als initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:185 msgid "Set Selection Start" msgstr "Begin selectie instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:185 msgid "Sets the start and end point of the selection to the object at the cursor." msgstr "Stelt het begin- en eindpunt van de selectie in op het object bij de cursor." #: ../src/core/entries.h:186 msgid "Drop the Selection" msgstr "De selectie ongedaan maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:186 msgid "Gets rid of the selection." msgstr "Doet de selectie weg." #: ../src/core/entries.h:187 msgid "Extend Selection to Cursor" msgstr "Selectie uitbreiden tot cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:187 msgid "Extends and existing selection to the current cursor position (selection start must have been set)" msgstr "Verruimt een bestaande selectie tot aan de huidige cursorpositie (er moet een selectiebegin ingesteld zijn)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:188 msgid "Begin Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "Begin legatoboog (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:188 msgid "Insert/delete begin slur on this note" msgstr "Invoegen/verwijderen van het begin van een legatoboog op deze noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:189 msgid "End Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "Einde legatoboog (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:189 msgid "Insert/delete end slur on this note" msgstr "Invoegen/verwijderen van het einde van een legatoboog op deze noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:190 msgid "Start Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Begin crescendo (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:190 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a crescendo." msgstr "Markeert/maakt-markering-ongedaan-van het akkoord of de noot bij de cursor als het begin van een crescendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:191 msgid "End Crescendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Einde crescendo (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:191 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a crescendo." msgstr "Markeert/maakt-markering-ongedaan-van het akkoord of de noot bij de cursor als het einde van een crescendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:192 msgid "Start Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Begin diminuendo (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:192 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the start of a diminuendo." msgstr "Markeert/maakt-markering-ongedaan-van het akkoord of de noot bij de cursor als het begin van een diminuendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:193 msgid "End Diminuendo (Off/On)" msgstr "Einde diminuendo (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:193 msgid "Marks/Unmarks the chord or note at the cursor as the end of a diminuendo." msgstr "Markeert/maakt-markering-ongedaan-van het akkoord of de noot bij de cursor als het einde van een diminuendo." #: ../src/core/entries.h:194 msgid "Grace Note Off/On" msgstr "Versieringsnoot Uit/Aan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:194 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an appoggiatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Maakt van de noot bij de cursor een appoggiatura-versieringsnoot; maakt er een normale noot van als het er een is" #: ../src/core/entries.h:195 msgid "Acciaccatura Off/On" msgstr "Acciaccatura Uit/Aan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:195 msgid "Makes the note at the cursor an acciaccatura grace note, if it is one, makes it normal" msgstr "Maakt van de noot bij de cursor een acciaccatura--versieringsnoot; maakt er een normale noot van als het er een is" #: ../src/core/entries.h:196 msgid "Force Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "Een herstellingsteken afdwingen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:196 msgid "Give a cautionary accidental to the note at the cursor" msgstr "Een herstellingsteken toekennen aan de noot bij de cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:197 msgid "Change Pitch" msgstr "Toonhoogte wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:197 msgid "Changes the pitch of the note at the cursor to the cursor height" msgstr "Verandert de toonhoogte van de noot bij de cursor naar de cursorhoogte" #: ../src/core/entries.h:198 msgid "Insert Snippet" msgstr "Fragment invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:198 msgid "Inserts the current music snippet, or if none is selected prompts for a number 1,2... for the snippet to insert." msgstr "Voegt het huidige muziekfragment in, of als er geen geselecteerd is, wordt om een getal 1,2 ... gevraagd voor het in te voegen fragment." #: ../src/core/entries.h:199 ../src/ui/markup.c:664 msgid "Next Snippet" msgstr "Volgende fragment" #: ../src/core/entries.h:199 msgid "" "Make next snippet\n" "the current snippet.\n" "Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet" msgstr "" "Van het volgende fragment het huidige fragment maken.\n" "De ingevoerde noten zullen het ritmische patroon van dit fragment volgen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:200 msgid "Append Measure All Staffs" msgstr "Maat toevoegen in alle notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:200 msgid "Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement" msgstr "Voegt een blanco maat toe aan elke notenbalk in deze beweging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:201 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:64 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:89 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:95 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:113 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:117 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:130 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:134 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:148 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:167 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:171 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:184 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:187 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:199 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:202 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:215 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:219 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:235 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:239 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:254 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:259 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:274 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:278 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:293 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:299 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:319 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:325 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:343 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:349 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:367 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:373 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:67 msgid "Execute Scheme" msgstr "Scheme uitvoeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:201 msgid "Execute the scheme code from the scripting window" msgstr "De scheme-code uit het scriptvenster uitvoeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:202 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:505 msgid "File" msgstr "Bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:202 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating, saving, loading, exporting, importing, typesetting and printing musical scores" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Maken, opslaan, laden, exporteren, importeren, typografie verzorgen en afdrukken van muziekpartituren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:203 msgid "Bookmarks" msgstr "Bladwijzers" #: ../src/core/entries.h:203 msgid "Creating, saving places in musical scores" msgstr "Plaatsen in muziekpartituren creëren, opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:204 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:204 msgid "Different keyboard and MIDI entry modes" msgstr "Verschillende toetsenbord- en MIDI-invoermodi" #: ../src/core/entries.h:205 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "General editing commands" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Algemene bewerkingscommando's" #. #. * Note entry settings #. #: ../src/core/entries.h:206 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:580 msgid "View" msgstr "Weergeven" #: ../src/core/entries.h:206 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Control which tools are to be shown" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Bepalen welke gereedschappen getoond moeten worden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:207 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1956 msgid "Hidden" msgstr "Verborgen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:207 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Hidden Items" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Verborgen items" #: ../src/core/entries.h:208 msgid "Staffs/Voices" msgstr "Notenbalken/Stemmen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:208 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that manipulate Staffs and voices on staffs.\n" "Commands that apply to the current staff." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het manipuleren van notenbalken en stemmen op notenbalken.\n" "Commando's die van toepassing zijn op de huidige notenbalk." #: ../src/core/entries.h:209 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for properties of the current staff." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor eigenschappen van de huidige notenbalk." #: ../src/core/entries.h:210 msgid "Movement Properties" msgstr "Eigenschappen van bewegingen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:210 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for properties of the current movement." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor eigenschappen van de huidige beweging." #: ../src/core/entries.h:211 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Things that manipulate Voices, that is separately stemmed and beamed parts that will be typeset on the same staff.\n" "Keep them displayed on separate staffs for editing purposes at least.\n" "The typesetter will amalgamate them for you.\n" "See also commands for hiding rests and moving notes and rests to avoid collisions in the Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Zaken voor het manipuleren van stemmen, welke afzonderlijk van nootstokken en van waardestrepen voorziene partijen zijn die bij de typografie op dezelfde notenbalk zullen gezet worden.\n" "Behoud minstens voor bewerkingsdoeleinden hun weergave op afzonderlijke notenbalken.\n" "De typograaf zal ze voor u samenvoegen.\n" "Zie in het menu Noten/Rusten ook de opdrachten voor het verbergen van rusten en het verplaatsen van noten en rusten om botsingen te vermijden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:212 msgid "Movements" msgstr "Bewegingen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:212 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that apply to the current movement in your score.\n" "Movements in a score could be songs in a song book etc\n" "Any piece of continuous music." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's die van toepassing zijn op de huidige beweging in uw partituur.\n" "Bewegingen in een partituur kunnen liedjes in een liedboek zijn, enz.\n" "Elk stuk onafgebroken muziek." #: ../src/core/entries.h:213 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Information and help for Denemo" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Informatie en hulp voor Denemo" #: ../src/core/entries.h:214 msgid "Input" msgstr "Invoer" #: ../src/core/entries.h:214 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose whether to get input audio (e.g. microphone) or MIDI controller (e.g. MIDI keyboard)\n" "or just from the pc keyboard." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Selecteren of u invoer wilt ontvangen van een audiobron (bijv. microfoon) of van een MIDI-controller (bijv. MIDI-toetsenbord) of gewoon van het pc-toetsenbord." #: ../src/core/entries.h:215 msgid "Shift Accidentals Sharpwise" msgstr "Alteraties ♯-gewijs veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:215 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper" msgstr "Verhoogt de reeks alteraties één ♯-stap" #: ../src/core/entries.h:216 msgid "Shift Accidentals Flatwise" msgstr "Alteraties ♭-gewijs veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:216 msgid "Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter" msgstr "Verlaagt de reeks alteraties één ♭-stap" #: ../src/core/entries.h:217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Playback" msgid "Playback/Record" msgstr "Afspelen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:217 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Music playback. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and playback end (red bar).\n" #| "There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the cursor to the end." msgid "" "Music playback and recording. Music is played between the playback start (green bar) and playback end (red bar).\n" "There are playback controls (See View->Playback Controls) which make it easy to set and re-set these and also to loop-play, choose the temperament to play in etc. Or use items in this menu to play the whole piece from the cursor to the end." msgstr "" "Muziek afspelen. Muziek wordt afgespeeld tussen het afspeelbeginpunt (groene balk) en het afspeeleindpunt (rode balk).\n" "Er zijn afspeelknoppen (zie Weergave->Afspeelknoppen) die het gemakkelijk maken om deze (opnieuw) in te stellen en ook om in een lus af te spelen, de temperatuur (muzikale stemming) te kiezen waarin gespeeld moet worden, enz. Of gebruik items uit dit menu om het hele stuk vanaf de cursor tot het einde af te spelen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:218 msgid "Empty Score" msgstr "Lege partituur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:218 msgid "Start a new musical score" msgstr "Een nieuwe muziekpartituur starten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1538 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:466 msgid "New" msgstr "Nieuw" #: ../src/core/entries.h:219 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1540 msgid "Start a new musical score for a named instrument/voice." msgstr "Een nieuwe muziekpartituur voor een benoemd(e) instrument/stem starten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:220 ../src/core/entries.h:221 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1547 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:472 msgid "Open" msgstr "Openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:220 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Open a previously edited score, or a source file for transcription" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Een eerder bewerkte partituur of een bronbestand voor transcriptie openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:221 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1549 msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing" msgstr "Een bestand dat een muziekpartituur bevat, openen om te bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:222 msgid "Import Lilypond" msgstr "Lilypond importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:222 msgid "Import a Lilypond file" msgstr "Een Lilypond-bestand importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:223 msgid "Import Midi" msgstr "Midi importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:223 msgid "Import a Midi file" msgstr "Een Midi-bestand importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:224 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:1 msgid "Import MusicXml" msgstr "MusicXml importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:224 msgid "Import a MusicXml file" msgstr "Een MusicXml-bestand importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:225 msgid "Add Staffs" msgstr "Notenbalken toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:225 msgid "Add staffs from a Denemo file" msgstr "Notenbalken toevoegen vanuit een Denemo-bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:226 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Movement" msgstr "Beweging toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:226 msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file" msgstr "Bewegingen toevoegen vanuit een Denemo-bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:227 msgid "Change Properties" msgstr "Eigenschappen wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:227 msgid "Change properties of this movement" msgstr "De eigenschappen van deze beweging wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:228 msgid "Open In New" msgstr "Openen in nieuw gebied" #: ../src/core/entries.h:228 msgid "Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab)" msgstr "Een bestand met een muziekpartituur openen voor bewerking in een apart werkgebied (tabblad)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/entries.h:240 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1556 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:484 msgid "Save" msgstr "Opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:229 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1558 msgid "Save the score. The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "De partituur opslaan. De partituur wordt in XML-formaat op schijf opgeslagen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:230 ../src/export/file.c:1304 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Opslaan als" #: ../src/core/entries.h:230 msgid "Save the score under a new name" msgstr "De partituur opslaan onder een andere naam" #: ../src/core/entries.h:231 msgid "Create Copy" msgstr "Een kopie maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:231 msgid "Save a copy of the score" msgstr "Een kopie van de partituur opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:232 msgid "Open Standard Template" msgstr "Standaardsjabloon openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:232 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in template file" msgstr "Een nieuwe partituur starten vanuit een ingebouwd sjabloonbestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:233 msgid "Open Example" msgstr "Voorbeeld openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:233 msgid "Start a new score from a built-in example" msgstr "Een nieuwe partituur starten vanuit een ingebouwd voorbeeld" #: ../src/core/entries.h:234 msgid "Open Custom Template" msgstr "Aangepast sjabloon openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:234 msgid "Start a new score from one of your own template files" msgstr "Een nieuwe partituur starten vanuit een van uw eigen sjabloonbestanden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:235 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Template" msgstr "Als sjabloon opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:235 msgid "Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores" msgstr "De partituur voor hergebruik opslaan als een sjabloon, als uitgangspunt voor nieuwe partituren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:236 msgid "New Tab" msgstr "Nieuw tabblad" #: ../src/core/entries.h:236 msgid "Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)" msgstr "Werkgebied creëren (tabblad met een lege partituur erin)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:237 msgid "Insert Movement Before" msgstr "Beweging hiervoor invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:237 msgid "Insert a new movement before the current one" msgstr "Een nieuwe beweging invoegen vóór de huidige" #: ../src/core/entries.h:238 msgid "Insert Movement After" msgstr "Beweging hierna invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:238 msgid "Insert a new movement after the current one" msgstr "Een nieuwe beweging invoegen na de huidige" #: ../src/core/entries.h:239 msgid "New Movement" msgstr "Nieuwe beweging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:239 msgid "Create a new movement, using any default template" msgstr "Een nieuwe beweging maken met een standaardsjabloon" #: ../src/core/entries.h:240 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Save the score\n" "Besides saving for later you can save the score for use as a template for future works, or save under a new name etc\n" "The score is saved to disk in XML format." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De partituur opslaan\n" "Behalve opslaan voor later, kunt u de partituur bewaren om te gebruiken als sjabloon voor toekomstige werken, of opslaan onder een nieuwe naam, enz.\n" "De partituur wordt in XML-formaat op schijf opgeslagen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:241 msgid "Save Parts" msgstr "Partijen opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:241 msgid "Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format" msgstr "Partijen opslaan: elke notenbalk wordt een bestand in lilypond-formaat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:242 msgid "Export Lilypond" msgstr "Exporteren als Lilypond" #: ../src/core/entries.h:242 msgid "Export the score as a lilypond file" msgstr "De partituur exporteren als een lilypond-bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:243 msgid "Export MusicXML" msgstr "Exporteren als MusicXml" #: ../src/core/entries.h:243 msgid "Export the score as a MusicXML file" msgstr "De partituur exporteren als een MusicXML-bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:244 msgid "Export PDF" msgstr "Exporteren als PDF" #: ../src/core/entries.h:244 msgid "Export the score as a PDF document file" msgstr "De partituur exporteren als een PDF-documentbestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:245 msgid "Export Score as PNG" msgstr "Partituur exporteren als PNG" #: ../src/core/entries.h:245 msgid "Export the score as a PNG image file" msgstr "De partituur exporteren als een PNG-afbeeldingsbestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:246 msgid "Export MIDI" msgstr "Exporteren als MIDI" #: ../src/core/entries.h:246 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Export the score as a MIDI file" msgid "Export the current score as a MIDI file" msgstr "De partituur exporteren als een MIDI-bestand" #: ../src/core/entries.h:247 ../src/core/entries.h:252 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1563 ../src/printview/printview.c:2688 msgid "Print" msgstr "Afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:247 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for typesetting and then printing the music.\n" "A part, movement, full score or various reduced scores can be typeset.\n" " See also the Score Layout view for further options." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor de typografie en nadien het afdrukken van de muziek.\n" "De typografie kan betrekking hebben op een partij, een beweging, een volledige partituur of op verschillende gereduceerde partituren.\n" " Zie ook de weergave Partituuropmaak voor meer opties." #: ../src/core/entries.h:248 msgid "Print Preview" msgstr "Afdrukvoorbeeld" #: ../src/core/entries.h:248 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1574 msgid "" "Typesets the score\n" "If you have a score layout selected it will use that\n" "otherwise all movements staffs and lyrics are typeset by default.\n" "Be patient! It takes time to create a beautifully laid out score.\n" "Once complete you can view and then send to your printer or to a file as a .pdf document." msgstr "" "Verzorgt de typografie van de partituur\n" "Indien u een partituuropmaak selecteerde, zal deze gebruikt worden\n" "anders wordt standaard typografie gebruikt voor alle bewegingen, notenbalken en songteksten.\n" "Wees geduldig! Het kost tijd om een mooi opgemaakte partituur te maken.\n" "Eenmaal voltooid, kunt u deze bekijken en vervolgens naar uw printer, of als een pdf-document naar een bestand sturen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:249 msgid "Print Selection" msgstr "Selectie afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:249 msgid "Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer" msgstr "Geeft geselecteerde muziek van partituur weer in uw programma voor pdf-documentweergave" #: ../src/core/entries.h:250 msgid "Export Selection as PNG" msgstr "Selectie exporteren als PNG" #: ../src/core/entries.h:250 msgid "Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer" msgstr "Geeft een muzikaal fragment weer in uw programma voor afbeeldingsweergave" #: ../src/core/entries.h:251 msgid "Print Movement" msgstr "Beweging afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:251 msgid "Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de huidige beweging en opent een afdrukvenster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:252 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1565 msgid "Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog" msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de partituur met behulp van LilyPond en opent een afdrukvenster" #: ../src/core/entries.h:253 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Non Printing" msgid "History of Printing" msgstr "Niet afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:253 msgid "Shows the history of print outs for this score. Only saved documents have their printing recorded" msgstr "Toont de afdrukgeschiedenis van deze partituur. Enkel van opgeslagen documenten wordt de afdrukgeschiedenis opgeslagen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:254 msgid "Print Part" msgstr "Partij afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:254 msgid "Typesets the current part (the one containing the cursor)." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de huidige partij (die welke de cursor bevat)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:255 msgid "Indexing" msgstr "Indexeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:255 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to Index directories of Denemo Scores." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het indexeren van mappen met Denemo-partituren." #: ../src/core/entries.h:256 msgid "Close Score" msgstr "Partituur sluiten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:256 msgid "Close the current score. Other scores (tabs) will stay open" msgstr "De huidige partituur sluiten. Andere partituren (tabbladen) zullen open blijven" #: ../src/core/entries.h:257 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Afsluiten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:257 msgid "Quit the Denemo program - closes tabs one at a time." msgstr "Het programma Denemo afsluiten - sluit de tabbladen één voor één." #: ../src/core/entries.h:258 msgid "Undo" msgstr "Ongedaan maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:258 msgid "Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the music in the Display Window. Does not work for titles, settings etc - repeat the command for those." msgstr "Maakt een (extra) stap van uw bewerkingen aan de muziek in het weergavevenster ongedaan. Werkt niet voor titels, instellingen, enz. - herhaal hiervoor de opdracht." #: ../src/core/entries.h:259 msgid "Redo" msgstr "Opnieuw" #: ../src/core/entries.h:259 msgid "Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone" msgstr "Voert de volgende van de stappen die u ongedaan gemaakt hebt, opnieuw uit" #: ../src/core/entries.h:260 msgid "Select" msgstr "Selecteren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:260 msgid "Selecting stretches of notes" msgstr "Een aantal noten selecteren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:261 msgid "Create and Extend Selection" msgstr "Een selectie maken en uitbreiden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:261 msgid "Create/Extend the selection." msgstr "De selectie maken/uitbreiden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:262 msgid "Copy the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "De geselecteerde muziek naar het Denemo-klembord selecteren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:263 msgid "Cut" msgstr "Knippen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:263 msgid "Cut the music selected to the Denemo clipboard" msgstr "De geselecteerde muziek naar het Denemo-klembord knippen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:264 msgid "Paste" msgstr "Plakken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:264 msgid "Paste the Denemo clipboard into the score where the cursor is positioned" msgstr "Het Denemo-klembord plakken in de partituur waar de cursor staat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:265 ../src/export/file.c:1424 msgid "Paste LilyPond notes" msgstr "Lilypond-noten plakken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:265 msgid "" "Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard\n" "This will import music written as LilyPond syntax\n" "You open the LilyPond file in a texteditor, copy the stretch of notes (control-c command in your texteditor usually) and then use this command." msgstr "" "LilyPond-noten vanuit het tekstklembord plakken\n" "Hiermee wordt muziek geïmporteerd die als LilyPond-syntaxis is geschreven\n" "U opent het LilyPond-bestand in een teksteditor, kopieert het aantal noten (meestal het commando control-c in je teksteditor) en gebruikt dan dit commando." #: ../src/core/entries.h:266 msgid "Paste a Comment" msgstr "Een commentaar plakken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:266 msgid "Paste the text clipboard as a comment inserted at the cursor." msgstr "Het tekstklembord plakken als commentaar welke bij de cursor ingevoegd wordt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:267 msgid "Change built-in properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window" msgstr "De ingebouwde eigenschappen van de huidige partituur wijzigen. Dit zal een dialoogvenster openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:268 msgid "Change Preferences" msgstr "Voorkeuren aanpassen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:268 msgid "" "Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup.\n" "Advanced users can edit .denemo-XXXX/denemorc for missing ones" msgstr "" "Uw voorkeuren voor hoe Denemo bij het opstarten werkt instellen en opslaan.\n" "Gevorderde gebruikers kunnen .denemo-XXXX/denemorc bewerken voor ontbrekende voorkeuren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:269 msgid "Customize Commands, Shortcuts ..." msgstr "Commando's, sneltoetsen aanpassen ..." #: ../src/core/entries.h:269 msgid "Set actions to take in response to keypresses" msgstr "Te ondernemen acties als gevolg van toetsaanslagen instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:270 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1625 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:841 msgid "Save Command Set" msgstr "Commandopakket opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:270 msgid "Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default" msgstr "De huidige opdrachten en sneltoetsen opslaan als standaard" #: ../src/core/entries.h:271 msgid "Manage Command Set" msgstr "Commandopakket beheren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:271 msgid "View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts" msgstr "Help bekijken, sneltoetsen wijzigen en opslaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:272 msgid "Swap Staffs" msgstr "Notenbalken verwisselen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:272 msgid "" "Swap this staff with the one higher up.\n" "Be aware that if you have inserted directives to move a voice to another staff\n" "these may need re-making." msgstr "" "Deze notenbalk verwisselen met degene die hoger staat.\n" "Houd er rekening mee dat als u richtlijnen heeft ingevoegd om een stem naar een andere notenbalk te verplaatsen, deze mogelijk opnieuw moeten worden gemaakt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:273 msgid "Split Voices" msgstr "Stemmen afsplitsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:273 msgid "Split off the next voice as a separate staff" msgstr "De volgende stem afsplitsen als een aparte notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:274 msgid "Join Voices" msgstr "Stemmen samenvoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:274 msgid "Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff" msgstr "Deze notenbalk als een stem samenvoegen op de vorige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:275 msgid "Swap Movements" msgstr "Bewegingen verwisselen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:275 msgid "Swap this movement with the one before" msgstr "Deze beweging met de vorige verwisselen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:276 msgid "Selection Voice Up" msgstr "Selectie stem omhoog" #: ../src/core/entries.h:276 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Naar de stem met het hogere nummer op de notenbalk gaan en de selectie, indien aanwezig, uitbreiden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:277 msgid "Selection Voice Down" msgstr "Selectie stem omlaag" #: ../src/core/entries.h:277 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any" msgstr "Naar de stem met het lagere nummer op deze notenbalk gaan en de selectie, indien aanwezig, uitbreiden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:278 msgid "Move to Voice Up" msgstr "Naar stem omhoog gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:278 msgid "Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection" msgstr "Naar de stem met het hogere nummer op de notenbalk gaan zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:279 msgid "Move to Voice Down" msgstr "Naar stem omlaag gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:279 msgid "Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection" msgstr "Naar de stem met het lagere nummer op deze notenbalk gaan zonder de selectie te wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:280 msgid "Add Staff Before" msgstr "Notenbalk hiervoor toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:280 msgid "Inserts a new staff before the current staff" msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe notenbalk in voor de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:281 msgid "Add Staff After" msgstr "Notenbalk hierna toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:281 msgid "Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff" msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe notenbalk in/toe na de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:282 msgid "Add Initial Staff" msgstr "Initiële notenbalk toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:282 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the top of the score" msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe notenbalk toe bovenaan de partituur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:283 msgid "Add Last Staff" msgstr "Laatste notenbalk toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:283 msgid "Inserts a new staff at the end of the score" msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe notenbalk toe onderaan de partituur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:284 msgid "Delete Staff Before" msgstr "Notenbalk hiervoor verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:284 msgid "Deletes the staff before the current staff" msgstr "Verwijdert de notenbalk voor de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:285 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.scm:2 msgid "Delete Current Staff" msgstr "Huidige notenbalk verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:285 msgid "Deletes the current staff" msgstr "Verwijdert de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:286 msgid "Delete Staff After" msgstr "Notenbalk hierna verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:286 msgid "Deletes the staff after the current staff" msgstr "Verwijdert de notenbalk na de huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:287 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Voice" msgstr "Stem toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:287 msgid "Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs" msgstr "Voegt een nieuwe stem (partij) toe aan de huidige notenbalk. Het is lastig om tussen de stemmen te wisselen. De suggestie is om samenvoegen van notenbalken te gebruiken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:288 ../actions/denemo.scm:1503 msgid "Built-in Staff Properties" msgstr "Ingebouwde notenbalkeigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:288 msgid "Change the built-in properties of the current staff" msgstr "De ingebouwde eigenschappen van de huidige notenbalk wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:289 msgid "InsertMenu" msgstr "InvoegMenu" #: ../src/core/entries.h:289 ../src/core/entries.h:352 #: ../src/core/entries.h:387 ../src/ui/markup.c:659 msgid "Insert" msgstr "Invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:290 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Clef" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Sleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:291 msgid "Initial Clef" msgstr "Initiële sleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:291 msgid "Change the initial clef of the current staff" msgstr "De initiële sleutel van de huidige notenbalk wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:292 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:73 msgid "Clef Change" msgstr "Sleutelverandering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:292 msgid "Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor" msgstr "Bij de cursor een sleutelverandering invoegen/bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:293 msgid "Keys" msgstr "Voortekens" #: ../src/core/entries.h:293 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the key signature or insert a change of key signature\n" "Sharpen or flatten a key signature or\n" "hide it on printing" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De voortekening instellen of een wijziging van de voortekening invoegen\n" "Een chromatische verhoging of verlaging toevoegen aan een voortekening of\n" "de voortekening verbergen bij het afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:294 msgid "Initial Key" msgstr "Initiële voortekening" #: ../src/core/entries.h:294 msgid "Set the initial key signature of the current staff" msgstr "De initiële voortekening van de huidige notenbalk instellen" #. GUI setup #: ../src/core/entries.h:295 ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:384 msgid "Key Signature Change" msgstr "Voortekeningverandering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:295 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:11 msgid "Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position" msgstr "Een voortekeningverandering invoegen/bewerken op de cursorpositie " #: ../src/core/entries.h:296 msgid "Time Signatures" msgstr "Maatsoorten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:296 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Set the time signature, insert or edit a change of timesignature,\n" "hide a time signature on printing.\n" "Control whether to use numerical or traditional styles." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De maatsoort instellen, een maatsoortverandering invoegen of bewerken,\n" "een maatsoort verbergen bij het afdrukken.\n" "Bepalen of een numerieke of een traditionele stijl gebruikt wordt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:297 msgid "Inital Time Signature" msgstr "Initiële maatsoort" #: ../src/core/entries.h:297 msgid "Set the initial time signature of the current staff" msgstr "De initiële maatsoort voor de huidige notenbalk instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:298 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:69 msgid "Time Signature Change" msgstr "Maatsoortverandering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:298 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:12 msgid "Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure" msgstr "Een maatsoortverandering voor de huidige maat bewerken/invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:299 msgid "Set Notehead" msgstr "Nootkop instellen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:299 msgid "Change the type of notehead for the current note" msgstr "Het type nootkop voor de huidige noot wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:300 msgid "Auto Stemming" msgstr "Automatisch nootstokken toekennen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:300 msgid "Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction" msgstr "Voegt een nootstokneutraal object in. Vanaf dan is het automatisch toekennen van nootstokken actief. U kunt op deze tag klikken en de commando's Chromatische verhoging/Nootstok omhoog, enz. gebruiken om de richting van de nootstok te veranderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:301 msgid "Add Lyric Verse" msgstr "Songtekstvers toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:301 msgid "Add a verse of lyrics" msgstr "Een songtekstvers toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:302 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Verse" msgstr "Vers verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:302 msgid "Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice" msgstr "Verwijdert het huidige vers uit de songtekst van de huidige stem" #: ../src/core/entries.h:303 msgid "Insert/Edit Figured Bass" msgstr "Becijferde bas invoegen/bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:303 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. Directly insert the LilyPond syntax for the current note by enclosing it with $ signs. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgstr "Een bascijfer toevoegen aan de huidige noot. Gebruik het | teken om de duur van een noot te splitsen om zo meerdere cijfers op één noot te kunnen plaatsen. Raadpleeg de Lilypond-documentatie voor andere notaties" #: ../src/core/entries.h:304 msgid "Delete Figures" msgstr "Cijfers verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:304 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:166 msgid "Delete the figured bass on the current staff" msgstr "Becijferde bas op de huidige notenbalk verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:305 msgid "Delete Chord Symbols" msgstr "Akkoordsymbolen verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:305 msgid "Delete the chord symbols on the current staff" msgstr "De akkoordsymbolen op de huidige notenbalk verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:306 msgid "Hide Figures (Print)" msgstr "Cijfers verbergen (Afdrukken)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:306 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:164 msgid "Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Becijferde bas op de huidige notenbalk verbergen bij het afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:307 msgid "Show Figures (Print)" msgstr "Cijfers tonen (Afdrukken)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:307 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:165 msgid "Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing" msgstr "Becijferde bas op de huidige notenbalk zichtbaar laten bij het afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:308 msgid "Edit Chord Symbols" msgstr "Akkoordsymbolen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:308 msgid "Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u akkoordsymbolen toevoegen aan de huidige noot. Bijv. cis:dim7 voor Cis verminderde septiem. Raadpleeg de documentatie bij Lilypond voor de notatie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:309 msgid "Edit at Cursor" msgstr "Bewerken bij cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:309 msgid "Edit in the context of the object at the cursor." msgstr "De context van het object bij de cursor bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:310 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the object at the cursor." msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om het object bij de cursor te bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:311 msgid "Score Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor partituureigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:311 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the score properties." msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om de partituureigenschappen te bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:312 msgid "Movement Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor bewegingseigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:312 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the movement properties." msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om de bewegingseigenschappen te bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:313 msgid "Staff Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor notenbalkeigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:313 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the current staff properties." msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om de eigenschappen van de huidige notenbalk te bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:314 msgid "Voice Properties Editor" msgstr "Editor voor stemeigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:314 msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the voice properties of the current staff." msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om de stemeigenschappen van de huidige notenbalk te bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:315 msgid "Edit Directives" msgstr "Richtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:315 msgid "Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor." msgstr "Alle aan het akkoord/de noot bij de cursor gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:316 msgid "Edit Staff Directives" msgstr "Notenbalkrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:316 msgid "Edit any directives attached to staff." msgstr "Alle aan de notenbalk gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:317 msgid "Edit Voice Directives" msgstr "Stemrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:317 msgid "Edit any directives attached to voice." msgstr "Alle aan de stem gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:318 msgid "Edit Score Directives" msgstr "Partituurrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:318 msgid "Edit any directives attached to score." msgstr "Alle aan de partituur gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:319 msgid "Edit Movement Directives" msgstr "Bewegingsrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:319 msgid "Edit any directives attached to movement." msgstr "Alle aan de beweging gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:320 msgid "Edit Clef Directives" msgstr "Sleutelrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:320 msgid "Edit any directives attached to clef." msgstr "Alle aan de sleutel gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:321 msgid "Edit Time Signature Directives" msgstr "Maatsoortrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:321 msgid "Edit any directives attached to time signature." msgstr "Alle aan de maatsoort gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:322 msgid "Edit Key Signature Directives" msgstr "Voortekeningsrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:322 msgid "Edit any directives attached to key signature." msgstr "Alle aan de voortekening gekoppelde richtlijnen bewerken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:323 msgid "Delete a Directive" msgstr "Een richtlijn verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:323 msgid "Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor." msgstr "Een aan het akkoord/de noot bij de cursor gekoppelde richtlijn verwijderen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:324 ../src/core/entries.h:368 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5 msgid "Navigation" msgstr "Navigatie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:324 msgid "Moving the cursor within the current movement, setting bookmarks, seeking things in the score" msgstr "De cursor binnen de huidige beweging verplaatsen, bladwijzers instellen, dingen zoeken in de partituur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:325 msgid "Go to Measure" msgstr "Naar maat gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:325 msgid "Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure" msgstr "Opent een dialoogvenster om naar een genummerde maat te gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:326 msgid "Go to Beginning" msgstr "Naar het begin gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:326 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Cursor naar het begin van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen met uitbreiding van de selectie, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:327 msgid "Go to End" msgstr "Naar het einde gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:327 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any" msgstr "Cursor naar het einde van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen met uitbreiding van de selectie, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1581 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice Beginning" msgstr "Naar het begin van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:328 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1588 msgid "Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Cursor naar het begin van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen zonder de selectie uit te breiden, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1593 msgid "Move to Staff/Voice End" msgstr "Naar het einde van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:329 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1601 msgid "Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any" msgstr "Cursor naar het einde van de notenbalk/stem verplaatsen zonder de selectie uit te breiden, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/core/entries.h:330 msgid "Next Movement" msgstr "Volgende beweging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:330 msgid "Go to the next movement" msgstr "Naar de volgende beweging gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:331 msgid "Previous Movement" msgstr "Vorige beweging" #: ../src/core/entries.h:331 msgid "Go to the previous movement" msgstr "Naar de vorige beweging gaan" #: ../src/core/entries.h:332 msgid "Delete Movement" msgstr "Beweging verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:332 msgid "Delete the current movement" msgstr "De huidige beweging verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:333 ../src/core/view.c:3153 ../src/core/view.c:3346 #: ../src/core/view.c:3348 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:1 msgid "Play" msgstr "Afspelen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:333 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:224 msgid "Playback from start marker to end marker (Set these markers in the playback controls)" msgstr "Afspelen vanaf startmarkering tot eindmarkering (deze markeringen in de afspeelknoppen instellen)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:334 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:90 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:114 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:131 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:149 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:168 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:185 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:200 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:216 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:236 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:255 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:275 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:294 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:320 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:344 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:368 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:652 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:64 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:81 msgid "Stop" msgstr "Stoppen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:334 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:225 msgid "Stop Playback" msgstr "Afspelen stoppen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:335 msgid "Playback Properties" msgstr "Afspeeleigenschappen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:335 msgid "Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u eigenschappen opgeven die worden gebruikt bij het afspelen (midi)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:336 msgid "Browse Manual" msgstr "Handleiding doorbladeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:336 msgid "Opens a browser on the user manual" msgstr "Opent een browser met de gebruikershandleiding" #: ../src/core/entries.h:337 msgid "About" msgstr "Info" #: ../src/core/entries.h:337 msgid "Gives the version number etc of this program" msgstr "Geeft het versienummer, enz., van dit programma" #: ../src/core/entries.h:338 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2180 msgid "Shortcuts" msgstr "Sneltoetsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:338 msgid "Gives a list of shortcuts currently available. Explains how to set them too." msgstr "Geeft een lijst met momenteel beschikbare sneltoetsen. Legt ook uit hoe u ze kunt instellen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:339 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:51 msgid "More" msgstr "Extra" #: ../src/core/entries.h:339 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from disk" msgstr "Maakt het mogelijk om extra commando's/menu-items van schijf te kiezen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:340 msgid "More Commands" msgstr "Extra commando's " #: ../src/core/entries.h:340 msgid "Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items" msgstr "Maakt het mogelijk om standaard extra commando's/menu-items te kiezen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:341 msgid "My Commands" msgstr "Mijn commado's" #: ../src/core/entries.h:341 msgid "Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u extra commando's/menu-items kiezen uit uw eigen verzameling extra's" #: ../src/core/entries.h:342 msgid "Update Commands from Internet" msgstr "Commando's van internet updaten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:342 msgid "" "Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.\n" "Use More Commands after this has finished" msgstr "" "Vernieuwt de verzameling commando's die beschikbaar zijn op Denemo.org.\n" "Meer commando's kunnen gebruiken nadat dit is voltooid" #: ../src/core/entries.h:343 msgid "Open Recent" msgstr "Recente bestanden openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:343 msgid "Open previously used files" msgstr "Eerder gebruikte bestanden openen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:344 msgid "Import File" msgstr "Bestand importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:344 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Import the supported file formats" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Bestanden in de ondersteunde bestandsindelingen importeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:345 msgid "Export As" msgstr "Exporteren als" #: ../src/core/entries.h:345 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Export the music to another file format.\n" "These file formats will not support all the features of the score." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De muziek exporteren naar een andere bestandsindeling\n" "Deze bestandsindelingen ondersteunen niet alle eigenschappen van de partituur." #: ../src/core/entries.h:347 msgid "Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes" msgstr "De lijst met toonhoogtes die de noten overlappen, wissen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1614 msgid "Create Snippet" msgstr "Fragment maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:348 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1616 msgid "Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered" msgstr "De selectie kopiëren als muziekfragment of ritmepatroon dat door noten gevolgd moet worden terwijl ze ingevoerd worden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:349 ../src/core/view.c:1555 msgid "Delete Snippet" msgstr "Fragment verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:349 msgid "Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern" msgstr "Het geselecteerde muziekfragment/ritmepatroon verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:350 msgid "Classic Mode" msgstr "Klassieke modus" #: ../src/core/entries.h:350 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor and inserting notes or rests there" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De cursor verplaatsen en daar noten of rusten invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:351 ../src/core/utils.c:2132 msgid "Select Note" msgstr "Noot selecteren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:351 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De cursor verplaatsen naar de dichtstbijzijnde ..." #: ../src/core/entries.h:352 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes: inserting, deleting, etc." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor noten: invoegen, verwijderen, enz." #: ../src/core/entries.h:353 msgid "Stem Direction" msgstr "Nootstokrichting" #: ../src/core/entries.h:353 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to control the stem up/down" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om de nootstok omhoog/omlaag te richten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:354 msgid "Notehead Types" msgstr "Nootkoptypes" #: ../src/core/entries.h:354 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different types of notehead" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Verschillende nootkoptypes" #: ../src/core/entries.h:355 msgid "Tied Notes" msgstr "Overbonden noten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:355 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating Tied Notes\n" "Do not confuse with slurs!!" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Overbonden noten creëren\n" "Niet te verwarren met legatobogen!!" #: ../src/core/entries.h:356 msgid "Display Effects" msgstr "Weergave-effecten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:356 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Effects that are only for the Denemo display,\n" "not affecting the printed page." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Effecten die enkel voor het Denemo-scherm gelden,\n" "en geen invloed hebben op de afgedrukte pagina." #: ../src/core/entries.h:357 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:117 msgid "Articulations" msgstr "Articulaties" #: ../src/core/entries.h:357 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Articulations" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Articulaties" #: ../src/core/entries.h:358 msgid "Slurs" msgstr "Legatobogen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:358 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Slurs\n" "Do not confuse with ties which in print can look the same\n" "Slurs have little ticks at the end in the Denemo display." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Legatobogen\n" "Niet te verwarren met overbindingen die er hetzelfde kunnen uitzien bij het afdrukken\n" "Op het Denemo-scherm hebben legatobogen een klein vinkje aan het einde." #: ../src/core/entries.h:359 msgid "Grace Notes" msgstr "Versieringsnoten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:359 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Grace Notes" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Versieringsnoten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:360 ../src/core/menusystem.c:749 msgid "Score" msgstr "Partituur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:360 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands that affect the entire piece of music across all movements." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's die het hele muziekstuk over alle bewegingen heen beïnvloeden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:361 msgid "Instruments" msgstr "Instrumenten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:361 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instruments" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Instrumenten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:362 msgid "Markings" msgstr "Markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:362 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings to be applied to the note at the cursor.\n" "Includes articulations, string numbers, chord symbols, arbitrary text ..." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Markeringen die op de noot bij de cursor moeten worden toegepast.\n" "Onder meer articulaties, snaarnummers, akkoordsymbolen, willekeurige tekst ..." #: ../src/core/entries.h:363 msgid "Text/Symbol" msgstr "Tekst/symbool" #: ../src/core/entries.h:363 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Text and symbol Markings" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Tekst- en symboolmarkeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:364 msgid "Fingerings etc for Instruments" msgstr "Vingerzettingen, enz., voor instrumenten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:364 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Markings on scores for Instruments" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Markeringen op partituren voor instrumenten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:365 msgid "Note Insertion" msgstr "Noot invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:365 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting the note ..." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De noot invoegen ..." #: ../src/core/entries.h:366 msgid "Lyrics" msgstr "Songteksten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:366 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Lyrics consist of syllables which are placed under or above the notes of the voice they are attached to\n" "You can use the hyphen - and underscore _ to affect the placement\n" "as well as slurs placed over notes. Spaces, tabs or new lines can serve to separate the syllables, it makes no difference which." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Songteksten bestaan uit lettergrepen die worden geplaatst onder of boven de noten van de stem waaraan ze gekoppeld zijn\n" "U kunt het koppelteken - en het onderstrepingsteken _ gebruiken om de plaatsing te beïnvloeden, evenals over noten geplaatste legatobogen. Spaties, tabs en regeleinden kunnen dienen om de lettergrepen te scheiden, het maakt niet uit wat gebruikt wordt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:367 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Directives tell Denemo to do something special with the object they are attached to\n" "or at the point in the music they are placed\n" "This can be directing the typesetter to do something special\n" "or issuing MIDI instructions to alter the playback\n" "or even take an action, such as linking to source manuscript when clicked" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Richtlijnen dragen Denemo op om iets speciaals te doen met het object waaraan ze gekoppeld zijn of op het punt in de muziek waar ze geplaatst zijn\n" "Dit kan zijn de typograaf ertoe aanzetten iets speciaals te doen\n" "of MIDI-instructies geven om het afspelen te beïnvloeden\n" "of zelfs een actie ondernemen, zoals, wanneer erop geklikt wordt, de koppeling maken met het bronmanuscript" #: ../src/core/entries.h:368 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor around the piece" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De Denemo-cursor verplaatsen in het stuk" #: ../src/core/entries.h:369 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Note" msgstr "Noot invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:369 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering notes" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten invoeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:370 msgid "Articulation" msgstr "Articulatie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:370 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Marks placed on notes and chords" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Op noten en akkoorden geplaatste markeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:371 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:372 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Maat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:372 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Manipulating measures\n" "Commands that apply to the current measure" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Maten manipuleren\n" "Commando's die van toepassing zijn op de huidige maat" #: ../src/core/entries.h:373 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for staffs" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor notenbalken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:374 ../src/core/menusystem.c:702 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:222 msgid "Playback" msgstr "Afspelen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:374 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Playing the music via the computer's soundcard.\n" "All or part of the piece can be played controlled by the green and red markers (start and stop playing)\n" "Use the Playback Controls (from the View menu) to set/reset these and to loop play while editing the score" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De muziek afspelen via de geluidskaart van de computer.\n" "Het stuk kan geheel of gedeeltelijk worden afgespeeld, gestuurd door de groene en rode markeringen (starten en stoppen met spelen)\n" "Gebruik de afspeelknoppen (uit het menu Weergeven) om deze in te stellen/opnieuw in te stellen en om tijdens het bewerken van de partituur het afspelen steeds te herhalen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:375 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Duration" msgstr "Toonduur selecteren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:375 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the prevailing duration or rhythm pattern" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De heersende toonduur of het ritmepatroon wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:376 msgid "Append/Edit" msgstr "Toevoegen/Bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:376 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending, Changing, and deleting notes" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten toevoegen, wijzigen en verwijderen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:377 msgid "Append/Edit Note" msgstr "Noot Toevoegen/Bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:377 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing notes" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten toevoegen of bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:378 msgid "Append/Insert Duration" msgstr "Toonduur Toevoegen/Invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:378 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Appending or Editing durations" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Toonduur toevoegen of bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:379 msgid "Cursor" msgstr "Cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:379 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De cursor verplaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:380 msgid "Cursor to Note" msgstr "Cursor naar noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:380 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the cursor to note positions" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De cursor verplaatsen naar nootposities" #: ../src/core/entries.h:381 msgid "Clefs" msgstr "Sleutels" #: ../src/core/entries.h:381 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert/change clef, set initial clef, hide a clef on printing,\n" "or display in a different clef" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Een sleutel invoegen/wijzigen, de initiële sleutel instellen, een sleutel verbergen bij het afdrukken of weergeven in een andere sleutel" #: ../src/core/entries.h:382 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:37 msgid "Chords" msgstr "Akkoorden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:382 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for creating chords. Note that chord symbols and figured bass are under markings on notes.\n" "See Notes/Rests menu" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het creëren van akkoorden. Merk op dat akkoordsymbolen en becijferde bas onder markeringen op noten staan.\n" "Zie het menu Noten/Rusten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:383 msgid "Add Note" msgstr "Noot toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:383 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to a note or chord at the cursor to make chords" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten aan een noot of akkoord toevoegen bij de cursor om akkoorden te maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:384 msgid "Chords Symbols" msgstr "Akkoordsymbolen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:384 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Chord Symbols over music" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Akkoordsymbolen toevoegen aan muziek" #. KEY_MARGIN #: ../src/core/entries.h:385 ../src/display/draw.c:1109 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:159 msgid "Figured Bass" msgstr "Becijferde bas" #: ../src/core/entries.h:385 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding Figured Bass Figures" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Cijfers voor becijferde bas toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:386 msgid "Measures" msgstr "Maten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:386 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Measures: adding, deleting, navigating etc" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Maten: toevoegen, verwijderen, navigeren, enz." #: ../src/core/entries.h:387 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes, measures, staffs, keysignatures etc" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten, maten, notenbalken, voortekeningen, enz. invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:388 msgid "Add Staff" msgstr "Notenbalk toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:388 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new staff postioned relative to current staff" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Een nieuwe notenbalk invoegen die ten opzichte van de huidige notenbalk geplaatst wordt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:389 msgid "Insert Movement" msgstr "Beweging invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:389 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Insert a new movement positioned relative to current movement" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Een nieuwe beweging invoegen die ten opzichte van de huidige beweging geplaatst wordt" #: ../src/core/entries.h:390 msgid "Insert at Cursor" msgstr "Invoegen bij de cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:390 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting notes of a given duration at cursor note height" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten van een bepaalde duur invoegen ter hoogte van de noot bij de cursor" #: ../src/core/entries.h:391 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:391 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing properties of notes, measures, staffs, keysigs etc" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Eigenschappen van noten, maten, voortekeningen, enz. wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:392 msgid "Notes/Durations" msgstr "Noten/Toonduur" #: ../src/core/entries.h:392 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless actions on notes/rests" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Modusloze acties op noten/rusten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:393 msgid "Notes/Rests" msgstr "Noten/Rusten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:393 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for notes/rests" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor noten/rusten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:394 msgid "Rest Insertion" msgstr "Rust invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:394 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Modeless entry of rests" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Modusloos invoeren van rusten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:395 msgid "Educational" msgstr "Educatief" #: ../src/core/entries.h:395 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Educational Games" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Educatieve spelletjes" #: ../src/core/entries.h:396 msgid "Edit Directive(s)" msgstr "Richtlijn(en) bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:396 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Editing directives" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Richtlijnen bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:397 msgid "Change Note" msgstr "Noot wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:397 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changing the note at the cursor to the nearest ..." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De noot bij de cursor veranderen naar de dichtstbijzijnde ..." #: ../src/core/entries.h:398 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:52 msgid "Edit Duration" msgstr "Toonduur bewerken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:398 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current note" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Wijzigt de duur van de huidige noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:399 msgid "Change Rest" msgstr "Rust wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:399 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Changes the duration of the current rest" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Wijzigt de duur van de huidige rust" #: ../src/core/entries.h:400 msgid "Expression Marks" msgstr "Expressiemarkeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:400 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Dynamics, staccato, slurs, ties and other expressive marks" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Dynamiek, staccato, legatoboog, overbinding en andere markeringen van muzikale expressie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:401 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:25 msgid "Dynamics" msgstr "Dynamiek" #: ../src/core/entries.h:401 msgid "Dynamic markings" msgstr "Dynamiekmarkeringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:402 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:75 msgid "Ornaments" msgstr "Versieringen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:402 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "grace notes etc" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "versieringsnoten, enz." #: ../src/core/entries.h:403 msgid "Other" msgstr "Ander" #: ../src/core/entries.h:403 msgid "Lyrics, chord symbols, figured basses etc" msgstr "Songteksten, akkoordsymbolen, becijferde bassen, enz." #: ../src/core/entries.h:404 msgid "Others" msgstr "Andere" #: ../src/core/entries.h:404 msgid "Less used actions" msgstr "Minder gebruikte acties" #: ../src/core/entries.h:405 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favorieten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:405 msgid "Customized LilyPond inserts. Store often-used inserts here labelled with what they do" msgstr "Aangepaste LilyPond-inzetstukken. Bewaar hier vaak gebruikte inzetstukken met labels die aangeven wat ze doen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:406 msgid "Add Favorite" msgstr "Favoriet toevoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:406 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Add a custom LilyPond insert to favorites menu" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Aangepast LilyPond-inzetstuk toevoegen aan het favorietenmenu" #: ../src/core/entries.h:407 msgid "Tuplets" msgstr "Antimetrische figuren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:407 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Entering triplets and other tuplets" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Triolen en andere antimetrische figuren invoeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:408 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Deleting notes, measures, staffs, key signatures as well as meta-objects such as imported MIDI or audio recordings." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten, maten, notenbalken, voortekeningen verwijderen evenals meta-objecten zoals geïmporteerde MIDI- of audio-opnamen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:409 ../actions/palettes.xml.h:142 msgid "Beaming" msgstr "Waardestrepen plaatsen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:409 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Beaming - controlling which notes are beamed together" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Waardestrepen plaatsen - bepalen welke noten met een waardestreep verbonden worden" #: ../src/core/entries.h:410 msgid "Conditional Directives" msgstr "Voorwaardelijke richtlijnen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:410 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For making directives apply only to one score layout or be omitted from one score layout" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Om richtlijnen alleen te laten gelden voor één partituuropmaak of uit één partituuropmaak weg te laten" #. MIDI tab #: ../src/core/entries.h:411 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:766 #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:479 msgid "MIDI" msgstr "MIDI" #: ../src/core/entries.h:411 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For issuing MIDI instructions during playback at the time indicated by the current cursor position." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Voor het tijdens het afspelen geven van MIDI-richtlijnen op de door de huidige cursorpositie aangegeven maat." #: ../src/core/entries.h:412 ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:692 msgid "Audio" msgstr "Audio" #: ../src/core/entries.h:412 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "For commands related to audio as opposed to MIDI." msgstr "" #: ../src/core/entries.h:413 msgid "PC Keyboard" msgstr "Pc-toetsenbord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:413 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of entering notes from the computer keyboard." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Kiezen uit verschillende manieren om noten in te voeren met het toetsenbord van de computer." #: ../src/core/entries.h:414 ../src/core/utils.c:3293 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Muis" #: ../src/core/entries.h:414 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Choose between different ways of using the mouse." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Kiezen uit verschillende manieren om de muis te gebruiken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:415 msgid "Print Transposed" msgstr "Getransponeerd afdrukken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:415 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Transposing the score when typesetting." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De partituur transponeren bij het verzorgen van de typografie." #: ../src/core/entries.h:416 msgid "Start/Stop Transposing" msgstr "Transponering starten/stoppen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:416 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Inserting markers to start/stop transposition when typesetting. The markers affect only the music in the staff/voice they are placed in." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Markeringen invoegen om het transponeren bij het verzorgen van de typografie te starten/stoppen. De markeringen hebben enkel invloed op de muziek in de notenbalk/stem waarin ze geplaatst werden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:417 msgid "Inserting Barlines" msgstr "Maatstrepen invoegen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:417 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Different sorts of barline (repeat barlines, double bars, end of movement ...)." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Verschillende soorten maatstrepen (herhalingsmaatstrepen, dubbele maatstrepen, bewegingseindestreep ...)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:418 msgid "Seek" msgstr "Zoeken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:418 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Moving the Denemo cursor forwards/backwards to find useful places in the score." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De Denemo-cursor vooruit/achteruit verplaatsen om nuttige plaatsen in de partituur te vinden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:419 msgid "Titles" msgstr "Titels" #: ../src/core/entries.h:419 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various titling schemes, (main title, movement titles, composer etc) and adding table of contents, critical commentary." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Diverse titeltoepassingen (hoofdtitel, bewegingstitels, componist, enz.) en toevoegen van inhoudsopgave, cruciale commentaar." #: ../src/core/entries.h:420 msgid "Print Layout" msgstr "Afdrukopmaak" #: ../src/core/entries.h:420 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to affect the layout of the typeset score." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om bij de typografie de opmaak van de partituur te beïnvloeden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:421 msgid "Vertical Spacing" msgstr "Verticale spatiëring" #: ../src/core/entries.h:421 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to affect the vertical spacing of the typeset score." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om bij de typografie de verticale spatiëring van de partituur te beïnvloeden." #: ../src/core/entries.h:422 msgid "Capture Score" msgstr "Partituur oppakken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:422 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to embed images taken from original manuscripts etc into the score (one for each measure)." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Opdrachten om afbeeldingen uit originele manuscripten, enz. in de partituur in te sluiten (één voor elke maat)." #: ../src/core/entries.h:423 msgid "Ossia" msgstr "Ossia" #: ../src/core/entries.h:423 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating an Ossia staff, which appears with alternative interpretations for a bar or two on typesetting." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Een Ossia-notenbalk maken, waarbij alternatieve interpretaties voor een of twee maten verschijnen bij het verzorgen van de typografie." #: ../src/core/entries.h:424 msgid "Bar and Page Numbering" msgstr "Maat- en paginanummering" #: ../src/core/entries.h:424 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for setting how often bar numbers appear in the typeset version of this staff." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om in te stellen hoe vaak maatnummers verschijnen in de typografische versie van deze notenbalk." #: ../src/core/entries.h:425 msgid "Staff Groupings (Braces)" msgstr "Notenbalken groeperen (Accolades)" #: ../src/core/entries.h:425 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Various sorts of brace linking the staffs together. These may be nested, see the Score Layout view for a display of the staff groups created." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Verschillende soorten accolades die de notenbalken met elkaar verbinden. Deze kunnen worden genest. Zie Weergave Partituuropmaak voor een weergave van de aangemaakte notenbalkgroeperingen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:426 msgid "Add Note Above Base of Chord" msgstr "Noot toevoegen boven de basis van het akkoord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:426 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals above base note." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten aan het akkoord toevoegen bij de cursor op verschillende intervallen boven de basisnoot." #: ../src/core/entries.h:427 msgid "Add Note Below Top of Chord" msgstr "Noot toevoegen onder de top van het akkoord" #: ../src/core/entries.h:427 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Adding notes to the chord at the cursor at various intervals below the top-most note." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Noten aan het akkoord toevoegen bij de cursor op verschillende intervallen onder de bovenste noot." #: ../src/core/entries.h:428 msgid "Change Duration of Note" msgstr "Nootduur wijzigen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:428 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to include other durations in a chord (instead of polyphony - this is specialized stuff!) The note at the cursor height is altered." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om een andere tijdsduur in een akkoord op te nemen (in plaats van polyfonie - dit is materie voor specialisten!). De noot op de cursorhoogte wordt gewijzigd." #. 0 - Open String #: ../src/core/entries.h:429 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingerings" msgstr "Vingerzettingen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:429 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Fingerings (numbers) to typeset near to notes." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Vingerzettingen (cijfers) om bij de typografie naast de noten te plaatsen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:430 msgid "Transpose Music" msgstr "Muziek transponeren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:430 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Alters the note/chord at the cursor or the selection transposing it by the interval chosen. This alters the music in the score - see other transpose options for transposing the printed output, leaving the music untouched." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Wijzigt de noot/het akkoord bij de cursor of de selectie en transponeert deze met het gekozen interval. Dit verandert de muziek in de partituur - zie andere transponeeropties voor het transponeren van de gedrukte uitvoer, waarbij de muziek onaangeroerd blijft." #: ../src/core/entries.h:431 msgid "Make a Directive Conditional" msgstr "Een richtlijn voorwaardelijk maken" #: ../src/core/entries.h:431 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Mark the directive at the cursor as applying to just the current score layout, or to exclude the current layout. Use this for example to exclude redundant first and second time markings in parts which don't need them." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De richtlijn bij de cursor markeren als alleen van toepassing op de huidige partituuropmaak, of om de huidige opmaak uit te sluiten. Gebruik dit bijvoorbeeld om overbodige markeringen van eerste en tweede tijd uit te sluiten uit partijen die deze niet nodig hebben." #: ../src/core/entries.h:432 msgid "Single Random Note" msgstr "Een enkele willekeurige noot" #: ../src/core/entries.h:432 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "To insert random notes at cursor." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Om bij de cursor willekeurige noten in te voegen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:433 msgid "Generate Rhythm from String" msgstr "Ritme genereren vanuit tekenreeks" #: ../src/core/entries.h:433 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Creating rhythms from a sequence of characters." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Ritmes creëren uit een opeenvolging van tekens." #: ../src/core/entries.h:434 msgid "Notation Magick" msgstr "Notatiemagie" #: ../src/core/entries.h:434 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Methods of generating music of guided randomness." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Methoden voor het genereren van muziek met geleide willekeurigheid." #: ../src/core/entries.h:435 msgid "Display Zoom" msgstr "Zoomen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:435 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Zooming the Denemo display. Usually Control and mouse wheel are used for this." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Zoomen in het Denemo-scherm. Meestal worden hiervoor Control en muiswiel gebruikt." #: ../src/core/entries.h:436 msgid "Aural Training" msgstr "Auditieve training" #: ../src/core/entries.h:436 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your musical ear." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Spelletjes om uw muzikale gehoor te testen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:437 msgid "Note Reading" msgstr "Noten lezen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:437 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Games for testing your music reading ability. Notice there is (elsewhere) the Checking Pitches feature which lets you test your ability to play via Midi Controller." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Spelletjes om uw leesvaardigheid voor muziek te testen. Merk op dat u (elders) de functie Toonhoogtes Controleren heeft waarmee u uw vermogen om te spelen via Midi-controller kunt testen." #: ../src/core/entries.h:438 msgid "Simple Titling" msgstr "Eenvoudige titels" #: ../src/core/entries.h:438 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to place titles etc at the start of the music (and each movement if needed). Do not mix with Book Titles." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om titels e.d. aan het begin van de muziek te plaatsen (en zo nodig bij elke beweging). Niet verwarren met Boektitels." #: ../src/core/entries.h:439 msgid "Book Titling" msgstr "Boektitels" #: ../src/core/entries.h:439 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to create a title page, table of contents, commentaries, appendices etc." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om een titelpagina, inhoudsopgave, commentaren, bijlagen, enz. te maken." #: ../src/core/entries.h:440 msgid "Palettes" msgstr "Paletten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:440 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to manipulate the palettes of commands." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het manipuleren van de commandopalletten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:441 msgid "Spanning" msgstr "Overspannen" #: ../src/core/entries.h:441 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands to tell the typesetter to start or stop a particular effect. Use these around passages that are to be treated differently, or over which a marking should be placed." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's om de typograaf te vertellen een bepaald effect te starten of te stoppen. Gebruik deze rond passages die anders behandeld moeten worden, of waarboven een markering moet worden geplaatst." #: ../src/core/entries.h:442 msgid "Alternative Bars" msgstr "Alternatieve maten" #: ../src/core/entries.h:442 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for creating first/second/nth time bars." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het creëren van eerste/tweede/n-de tijdmaten." #: ../src/core/entries.h:443 ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:167 msgid "Typesetter" msgstr "Typograaf" #: ../src/core/entries.h:443 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instructions for the typesetter to do something at the cursor position." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Instructies voor de typograaf om iets te doen op de cursorpositie." #: ../src/core/entries.h:444 msgid "Part-Combining" msgstr "Partijen combineren" #: ../src/core/entries.h:444 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Instructions for the typesetter to combine two voices in various ways." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Instructies voor de typograaf om twee stemmen op verschillende manieren te combineren." #: ../src/core/entries.h:445 ../src/core/menusystem.c:736 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1215 msgid "Object Menu" msgstr "Objectmenu" #: ../src/core/entries.h:445 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "Commands for working with the musical object hierarchy." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "Commando's voor het werken met de muzikale objecthiërarchie." #: ../src/core/entries.h:446 ../src/core/menusystem.c:1211 msgid "Main Menu" msgstr "Hoofdmenu" #: ../src/core/entries.h:446 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "The top level commands for operating Denemo." msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De commando's op het hoogste niveau voor het werken met Denemo." #: ../src/core/external.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse command line: %s" msgstr "Kon opdrachtregel niet ontleden: %s" #: ../src/core/graphicseditor.c:48 msgid "Graphics File" msgstr "Grafisch bestand" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1668 ../src/core/importxml.c:1680 msgid "This score was last successfully typeset with LilyPond version " msgstr "De typografie van deze partituur werd voor het laatst succesvol uitgevoerd met LilyPond versie " #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1669 ../src/core/importxml.c:1681 msgid "" "\n" "You have your Denemo Preferences -> Externals -> lilypond set to " msgstr "" "\n" "U heeft uw Denemo Voorkeuren -> Extern -> lilypond ingesteld op " #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1670 msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to update to using the newer version of LilyPond." msgstr "Dit zal waarschijnlijk in orde zijn, maar het kan zijn dat u moet opwaarderen naar de nieuwere versie van LilyPond." #: ../src/core/importxml.c:1682 msgid " This will likely be fine, but you may need to adjust any custom LilyPond syntax to the older version, or change your preferences to point to the newer version of LilyPond." msgstr "Dit zal waarschijnlijk in orde zijn, maar het kan zijn dat u iedere aangepaste LilyPond-syntaxis moet aanpassen aan de oudere versie, of uw voorkeuren moet wijzigen om naar de nieuwere versie van LilyPond te verwijzen." #: ../src/core/importxml.c:2544 ../src/core/importxml.c:2548 msgid "Obsolete form, use earlier Denemo version to convert" msgstr "Verouderde vorm, gebruik eerdere Denemo-versie om te converteren" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:3097 msgid "Custom prolog is no longer supported. Use score directive prefix instead" msgstr "Aangepaste proloog wordt niet langer ondersteund. Gebruik in plaats daarvan een voorvoegsel bij de notenbalkrichtlijn" #: ../src/core/importxml.c:3177 msgid "Erroneous call" msgstr "Foutieve aanroep" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:106 msgid "No name" msgstr "Geen naam" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:107 msgid "No label" msgstr "Geen label" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:108 msgid "No indication what this done beyond the name and label" msgstr "Geen indicatie wat dit nog gedaan heeft behalve de naam en het label" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:672 msgid "This should not happen..." msgstr "Dit zou niet mogen gebeuren..." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:749 msgid "" "List of all current command shortcuts\n" "The name of the shortcut key is given first \n" "E.g. \"0\" is the shortcut name of the number key for the number zero.\n" "(a \",\" separates the two names if is a two-key shortcut)\n" "Then the label as it appears in the menu\n" "and finally the tooltip.\n" "You can search the tooltip in the Command Center to locate the command. See View->Command Center.\n" "This list is in alphabetical order by name.\n" "----------------\n" msgstr "" "Lijst van alle huidige commando-sneltoetsen\n" "Eerst wordt de naam van de sneltoets gegeven\n" "Bijv. \"0\" is de sneltoetsnaam van de cijfertoets voor het cijfer nul.\n" "(een \",\" scheidt de twee namen als het een sneltoets met twee toetsen is)\n" "Vervolgens het label zoals het in het menu verschijnt\n" "en tenslotte de knopinfo.\n" "U kunt in de knopinfo in de Commandocentrale zoeken om de opdracht te vinden. Zie Weergave->Commandocentrale.\n" "Deze lijst staat in alfabetische volgorde op naam.\n" "----------------\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:756 msgid "Shortcut key name: " msgstr "Sneltoetsnaam:" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:760 msgid "" "\n" "End of shortcuts\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Einde van de sneltoetsen\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1198 #, c-format msgid "The Command %s Responds to the Shortcut %s" msgstr "Het commando %s reageert op de sneltoets %s" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1199 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Lose the shortcut %s for this?" msgstr "De sneltoets %s voor dit verloren laten gaan?" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1214 #, c-format msgid "" "The key %s is the first keypress of some two key shortcuts.\n" "If you wish to re-assign it you will need to remove those first.\n" "Open the View->Command Center to find and remove the shortcuts." msgstr "" "De toets %s is de eerste toetsaanslag van sommige sneltoetsen die uit twee toetsen bestaan.\n" "Als u de toets opnieuw wilt toewijzen, moet u deze eerst verwijderen.\n" "Open Weergave->Commandocentrale om de sneltoetsen te vinden en te verwijderen." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1327 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:72 msgid "Fn12 is hard-wired to repeat the last command" msgstr "Fn12 is vast geprogrammeerd om het laatste commando te herhalen" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1451 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions for your customized commands" msgstr "Kon geen .denemo/actions aanmaken voor uw aangepaste commando's" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499 msgid "Key Map Loading" msgstr "Toetsenbordindeling laden" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1499 msgid "Load Shortcuts only?" msgstr "Enkel sneltoetsen laden?" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1523 msgid "Cannot access your local .denemo" msgstr "Kan geen toegang krijgen tot uw lokale .denemo" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1535 msgid "Installation error" msgstr "Installatiefout" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1854 msgid "" "NO COMMAND SELECTED.\n" "Press -> to search again\n" "_________________________________\n" "Last selected command was:\n" msgstr "" "GEEN COMMANDO GESELECTEERD.\n" "Druk -> om opnieuw te zoeken\n" "_________________________________\n" "Laatst geselecteerde commando was:\n" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1938 msgid "Command" msgstr "Commando" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1948 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Commando's" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:1967 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:25 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Verwijderd" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2002 msgid "Search" msgstr "Zoeken" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2008 msgid "Fuzzy Search" msgstr "Vaag zoeken" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2009 msgid "Allow one non-matching word in the search." msgstr "Eén niet-overeenkomend woord in de zoekopdracht toelaten." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2053 ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2150 msgid "Not in menu system. You can create a palette button for it using the Add to Palette button." msgstr "Niet in het menusysteem. U kunt er een paletknop voor maken met de knop Toevoegen aan palet." #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152 #, c-format msgid "" "%sCommand: %s\n" "%s\n" "Location: %s\n" "Internal Name: %s" msgstr "" "%sCommando: %s\n" "%s\n" "Locatie: %s\n" "Interne Naam: %s" #: ../src/core/kbd-custom.c:2152 msgid "" "WARNING!!:\n" "This command is hidden.\n" "Most likely you want to continue your search for a better command.\n" "Hidden commands are either for LilyPond users or low-level interfaces for more user-friendly versions.\n" msgstr "" "WAARSCHUWING!!:\n" "Dit commando is verborgen.\n" "Waarschijnlijk wilt u doorgaan met zoeken naar een beter commando.\n" "Verborgen commando's zijn voor LilyPond-gebruikers of voor onderliggende interfaces voor meer gebruikersvriendelijke versies.\n" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:420 msgid "There is no support for loading whole folders of commands yet, sorry" msgstr "Sorry, er is nog geen ondersteuning voor het laden van hele mappen met commando's" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:545 msgid "Return" msgstr "Terugkeren" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:770 #, c-format msgid "Unable to locate the script %s" msgstr "Kan het script %s niet vinden" #: ../src/core/keymapio.c:782 #, c-format msgid "Unable to load the script %s" msgstr "Kan het script %s niet laden" #: ../src/core/main.c:75 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited, pid = %d, exit status = %d\n" msgstr "Moeder: dochter sloot af, pid = %d, afsluitwaarde = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child terminated by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Moeder: dochter beëindigd door signaal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:87 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child stopped by signal %d, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Moeder: dochter gestopt door signaal %d, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Parent: child exited magically, pid = %d\n" msgstr "Moeder: dochter sloot bij toverslag af, pid = %d\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:140 msgid "Process scheme commands in pathtofile on file open" msgstr "Scheme-commando's verwerken in pad-naar-bestand bij openen bestand" #: ../src/core/main.c:140 msgid "path" msgstr "pad" #: ../src/core/main.c:141 msgid "Process scheme commands from system file on file open" msgstr "Scheme-commando's verwerken vanuit systeembestand bij openen bestand" #: ../src/core/main.c:141 msgid "file" msgstr "bestand" #: ../src/core/main.c:142 msgid "Process the scheme on startup" msgstr "Scheme verwerken bij het opstarten" #: ../src/core/main.c:142 msgid "scheme" msgstr "scheme" #: ../src/core/main.c:143 msgid "Abort on scheme errors" msgstr "Afbreken bij scheme-fouten" #: ../src/core/main.c:144 msgid "Don't log any message" msgstr "Geen berichten loggen" #: ../src/core/main.c:145 msgid "Display every messages" msgstr "Alle berichten tonen" #: ../src/core/main.c:146 msgid "Launch Denemo without GUI" msgstr "Denemo starten zonder grafische werkomgeving" #: ../src/core/main.c:147 msgid "Print version information and exit" msgstr "Versie-informatie afdrukken en afsluiten" #: ../src/core/main.c:148 msgid "Audio driver options" msgstr "Opties voor audiostuurprogramma's" #: ../src/core/main.c:148 ../src/core/main.c:149 msgid "options" msgstr "opties" #: ../src/core/main.c:149 msgid "Midi driver options" msgstr "Opties voor midi-stuurprogramma's" #: ../src/core/main.c:150 msgid "[FILE]..." msgstr "[BESTAND]..." #: ../src/core/main.c:153 msgid " " msgstr " " #: ../src/core/main.c:154 ../src/core/main.c:174 msgid "GNU Denemo version" msgstr "GNU Denemo-versie" #: ../src/core/main.c:155 msgid "" "Denemo is a graphical music notation editor.\n" "It uses GNU Lilypond for music typesetting.\n" "Denemo is part of the GNU project." msgstr "" "Denemo is een grafische muzieknotatie-editor.\n" "Het gebruikt GNU Lilypond voor de muziektypografie.\n" "Denemo maakt deel uit van het GNU-project." #: ../src/core/main.c:158 msgid "" "Report bugs to http://www.denemo.org\n" "GNU Denemo, a free and open music notation editor" msgstr "" "Rapporteer bugs op http://www.denemo.org\n" "GNU Denemo, een vrije en open muzieknotatie-editor" #: ../src/core/main.c:175 msgid "Gtk versions" msgstr "Gtk versies" #: ../src/core/main.c:176 msgid "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others, 2010-2015 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey and others.\n" msgstr "© 1999-2005, 2009 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee en anderen, 2010-2015 Richard Shann, Jeremiah Benham, Nils Gey en anderen.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:177 msgid "This program is provided with absolutely NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "Dit programma wordt geleverd met absoluut GEEN GARANTIE; zie het bestand COPYING voor details.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:178 msgid "This software may be redistributed and modified under the terms of the GNU General Public License; again, see the file COPYING for details.\n" msgstr "Deze software mag worden verspreid en gewijzigd onder de voorwaarden van de GNU General Public License; zie nogmaals het bestand COPYING voor details.\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:225 msgid "You may need to set GUILE_LOAD_PATH to the directory where you have ice9 installed\n" msgstr "Mogelijk moet u GUILE_LOAD_PATH instellen op de map waarin ice9 is geïnstalleerd\n" #: ../src/core/main.c:439 msgid "Could not start graphical interface." msgstr "Kon de grafische interface niet starten." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:98 msgid "Rhythms will be entered as notes at the cursor height" msgstr "Ritmes worden ingevoerd als noten op de cursorhoogte" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:111 msgid "Could not start Audio input" msgstr "Kon audio-invoer niet starten" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:123 msgid "Rhythms will be entered as (brown) notes without pitch" msgstr "Ritmes zullen ingevoerd worden als (bruine) noten zonder toonhoogte" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:127 msgid "No MIDI in device was found on startup- re-start Denemo with the device plugged in, select the device in the MIDI tab of the preferences dialog and re-start Denemo again." msgstr "Er werd geen MIDI-ingangapparaat gevonden bij het opstarten - start Denemo opnieuw op met het apparaat aangesloten, selecteer het apparaat in het MIDI-tabblad van het voorkeurenvenster en start Denemo opnieuw op." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid "Save Script" msgstr "Script opslaan" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid "Over-write previous version of the script for " msgstr "De vorige versie van het script overschrijven voor " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:207 msgid " ?" msgstr " ?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:217 msgid "No script saved" msgstr "Geen script opgeslagen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:225 msgid "There is already an initialization script here" msgstr "Er is al een initialisatie-script hier" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235 msgid "Wrote init.scm" msgstr "Schreef init.scm" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:235 msgid "Shall I execute it now?" msgstr "Zal ik het nu uitvoeren?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:240 msgid "" "Could not create init.scm;\n" "you must create your scripted menu item in the menu\n" "before you create the initialization script for it, sorry." msgstr "" "Kon init.scm niet creëren;\n" "u moet uw scriptmenu-item in het menu maken\n" "voordat u het initialisatie-script ervoor maakt, sorry." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284 ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Create a new menu item" msgstr "Een nieuw menu-item creëren" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 msgid "Give menu label: " msgstr "Geef menulabel: " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:277 msgid "My Label" msgstr "Mijn label" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 msgid "Give explanation of what it does: " msgstr "Geef uitleg over wat het doet: " #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:281 msgid "Prints my special effect" msgstr "Drukt mijn speciaal effect af" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:284 msgid "Do you want the new menu item in a submenu?" msgstr "Wilt u het nieuwe menu-item in een submenu?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Give a label for the Sub-Menu" msgstr "Geef een label voor het submenu" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:286 msgid "Sub Menu Label" msgstr "Submenu-label" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302 msgid "Duplicate Name" msgstr "Naam dupliceren" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:302 msgid "A command of this name is already available in your custom menus; Overwrite?" msgstr "Een commando met deze naam is al beschikbaar in uw aangepaste menu's; Overschrijven?" #. g_print ("Loading from %s\n", xml_path); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312 msgid "New Command Added" msgstr "Nieuw commando toegevoegd" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:312 msgid "Do you want to save this with your default commands?" msgstr "Wilt u dit opslaan bij uw standaardcommando's?" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:697 msgid "Typeset Music" msgstr "Typografie van de muziek verzorgen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:697 msgid "" "Shows the Print View\n" "with the music typeset by the LilyPond Music Typesetter." msgstr "" "Toont de afdrukweergave met de muziek waarvan de\n" " typografie verzorgd werd door de muziektypograaf van LilyPond." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:702 msgid "Shows the PlayBack View from which a more sophisticated playback of the music is possible" msgstr "Toont de Weergave Afspelen van waaruit een meer gesofisticeerd afspelen van de muziek mogelijk is" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:705 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:659 msgid "Command Center" msgstr "Commandocentrale" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:705 msgid "Shows a searchable list of all commands, enables setting of keyboard short-cuts, etc." msgstr "Toont een doorzoekbare lijst van alle commando's, maakt het instellen van sneltoetsen mogelijk, enz." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:711 msgid "Score Layout" msgstr "Partituuropmaak" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:711 msgid "Shows an overview of the score where various elements can be rearranged, deleted etc. to form a customized layout" msgstr "Toont een overzicht van de partituur waarin verschillende elementen kunnen worden herschikt, verwijderd, enz. om een aangepaste opmaak te vormen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:717 msgid "Snippets" msgstr "Fragmenten" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:717 msgid "" "Show/hide a toolbar which allows\n" "you to store and enter snippets of music and to enter notes using rhythm pattern of a snippet" msgstr "Een werkbalk weergeven/verbergen waarmee u muziekfragmenten kunt opslaan en invoeren en noten kunt invoeren met behulp van het ritmepatroon van een fragment" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722 msgid "Tools" msgstr "Hulpmiddelen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:722 msgid "Show/hide a toolbar for general operations on music files" msgstr "Een werkbalk voor algemene bewerkingen op muziekbestanden weergeven/verbergen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725 ../src/core/view.c:3304 msgid "Playback Control" msgstr "Afspeelbediening" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:725 msgid "Show/hide playback controls" msgstr "Afspeelknoppen weergeven/verbergen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728 ../src/core/view.c:3507 msgid "Midi In Control" msgstr "Midi-ingangcontrole" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:728 msgid "Show/hide Midi Input controls" msgstr "Midi-ingangregelaars weergeven/verbergen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732 msgid "Titles, Buttons etc" msgstr "Titels, knoppen, enz." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:732 msgid "Shows a bar holding the title etc of the music and buttons for selecting a movement to make currrent." msgstr "Toont een balk met de titel, enz., van de muziek en knoppen om een beweging te kiezen om daarvan de huidige beweging te maken." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:736 msgid "" "Show/hide a menu which is arranged by objects\n" "The actions available for note objects change with the mode" msgstr "" "Een menu dat gerangschikt is volgens objecten, weergeven/verbergen\n" "De beschikbare acties voor nootobjecten wijzigen met de modus" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:11 msgid "LilyPond" msgstr "LilyPond" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:739 msgid "Show/hide the LilyPond music typesetting language window. Any errors in typesetting are shown here." msgstr "Het venster met de LilyPond-taal voor typografie weergeven/verbergen. Eventuele typografische fouten worden hier getoond." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:115 msgid "Scheme Script" msgstr "Scheme-script" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:742 msgid "" "Show Scheme script window. Sequences of commands can be recorded here\n" "and then executed or turned into new commaneds." msgstr "Het Scheme-scriptvenster weergeven. Opeenvolgingen van commando's kunnen hier worden vastgelegd en vervolgens worden uitgevoerd of in nieuwe commando's worden omgezet." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:749 msgid "Shows/hides the music in the Denemo Display" msgstr "Toont/verbergt de muziek in het Denemo-scherm" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758 msgid "No External Input" msgstr "Geen externe invoer" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:758 msgid "" "Entry of notes via computer keyboard only\n" "Ignores connected MIDI or microphone devices." msgstr "" "Invoer van noten uitsluitend via het toetsenbord van de computer\n" "Negeert aangesloten MIDI- of microfoonapparatuur." #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760 msgid "Midi Input" msgstr "Midi-ingang" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:760 msgid "" "Input from a MIDI source. Set up the source first using Edit → Change Preferences → Audio/Midi\n" "Use View → MIDI In Control to control what the input does.\n" msgstr "" "Invoer vanuit een MIDI-bron. Stel eerst de bron in met Bewerken → Wijzigen Voorkeuren → Audio/Midi\n" "Gebruik Weergave → Midi-ingangcontrole om te controleren wat de invoer doet.\n" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762 msgid "Audio Input" msgstr "Audio-invoer" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:762 msgid "Enable pitch entry from microphone" msgstr "Invoer van toonhoogte via microfoon inschakelen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:821 msgid "Place Command in a Palette" msgstr "Commando in een pallet plaatsen" #. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Create Mouse Shortcut")); #. gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menu), item); #. g_signal_connect_swapped (G_OBJECT (item), "activate", G_CALLBACK (createMouseShortcut), action); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:838 msgid "" "Open Command Center\n" "on this command" msgstr "" "Commandocentrale openen\n" "op dit commando" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:887 ../src/ui/palettes.c:382 msgid "Save Script from Scheme Window" msgstr "Script uit het Scheme-venster opslaan" #. item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (_("Save Graphic")); #. GtkSettings* settings = gtk_settings_get_default(); #. gtk_settings_set_long_property (settings,"gtk-menu-images",(glong)TRUE, "XProperty"); #. item = gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock("Save Graphic", gtk_accel_group_new()); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:899 msgid "Save Graphic" msgstr "Grafisch element opslaan" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:906 msgid "Upload this Script to denemo.org" msgstr "Dit script naar denemo.org opladen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:912 msgid "Save Script as New Menu Item" msgstr "Script opslaan als nieuw menu-element" #. options for getting/putting init.scm #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:923 msgid "Get Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Initialisatiescript voor dit menu ophalen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:929 msgid "Put Script as Initialization Script for this Menu" msgstr "Script deponeren als initialisatiescript voor dit menu" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1016 msgid "Menu:" msgstr "Menu:" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1017 msgid "Click here then hover over the menu items to find out what they will do" msgstr "Hier klikken en uw muis over de menu-items bewegen om te zien wat ze zullen doen" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1019 msgid "" "Left click to execute the command, press a key to assign a keyboard shortcut to the command,\n" "Right click to get a menu from which you can\n" "Create a button for this command, or a two-key keyboard shortcut or more options still" msgstr "" "Klikken met de linkermuisknop om het commando uit te voeren, op een toets drukken om een sneltoets aan het commando toe te wijzen,\n" "Klikken met de rechtermuisknop om een menu te openen van waaruit u een knop voor dit commando kunt maken, of een sneltoets bestaande uit twee toetsen of nog meer opties" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1182 msgid "This menu holds no commands" msgstr "Dit menu bevat geen commando's" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1217 msgid "Tool Bar" msgstr "Werkbalk" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1255 msgid "Tear off this menu as a palette" msgstr "Dit menu afsplitsen als een palet" #. check item is out of sync/Print View ignore delete signal #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1572 msgid "PrintView" msgstr "Afdrukweergave" #. g_print("Menu %s has no action\n", name); #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1666 msgid "" "Menu:\n" "named \"" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "genaamde \"" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1666 msgid "\" located at " msgstr "\" gesitueerd op" #: ../src/core/menusystem.c:1666 msgid " in the menu system" msgstr " in het menusysteem" #: ../src/core/prefops.c:57 msgid "Denemo Upgrade" msgstr "Denemo-upgrade" #: ../src/core/prefops.c:57 msgid "Re-use your old preferences, palettes and shortcuts?" msgstr "Uw oude voorkeuren, palettes en sneltoetsen hergebruiken?" #: ../src/core/utils.c:191 msgid "Could not create .denemo for you personal settings" msgstr "Kon .denemo niet aanmaken voor uw persoonlijke instellingen" #. FIXME this is only a hint; perhaps we should embed the progress bar in the status line... #: ../src/core/utils.c:492 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Voortgang" #: ../src/core/utils.c:493 msgid "" "This indicates the the LilyPond typesetter is still working on setting the Denemo score. This can take a long time, particularly for polyphony where voices must not collide. You can continue editing while the typesetting is taking place.\n" "Kill this window if you want to re-start the typesetting e.g. after fixing a mistake you just spotted." msgstr "" "Dit geeft aan dat de LilyPond-typograaf nog bezig is met de typografie van de Denemo-partituur. Dit kan lang duren, vooral bij polyfonie waarbij stemmen niet mogen botsen. U kunt voortgaan met bewerken terwijl de typografie plaats vindt.\n" "Sluit dit venster als u de typografie opnieuw wilt starten, bijv. na het herstellen van een fout die u net hebt opgemerkt." #: ../src/core/utils.c:1833 ../src/export/file.c:220 msgid "(Untitled)" msgstr "(Zonder titel)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:1876 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fout" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2132 msgid "Select Notes" msgstr "Noten selecteren" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2167 ../src/export/print.c:443 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:590 msgid "Done" msgstr "Klaar" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2174 ../src/core/utils.c:2184 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17 msgid "Note Name" msgstr "Nootnaam" #. buttons for accidental #: ../src/core/utils.c:2220 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:5 msgid "Accidental" msgstr "Toevallig voorteken" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2242 msgid "Octave" msgstr "Octaaf" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid "Chord " msgstr "Akkoord" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid "Note " msgstr "Noot" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:12 msgid "Rest " msgstr "Rust" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", begin slur" msgstr ", begin legatoboog" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", end slur" msgstr ", einde legatoboog" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", tied" msgstr ", overbonden" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", begin cresc." msgstr ", begin cresc." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", end cresc." msgstr ", einde cresc." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", begin dim." msgstr ", begin dim." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2348 msgid ", end dim." msgstr ", einde dim." #: ../src/core/utils.c:2349 msgid ", grace note" msgstr ", versieringsnoot" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2373 #, c-format msgid "Tuplet %d/%d" msgstr "Antimetrische figuur %d/%d" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2376 #, c-format msgid "End tuplet" msgstr "Einde antimetrische figuur" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2379 #, c-format msgid "Clef change" msgstr "Sleutelverandering" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2382 #, c-format msgid "Time signature change" msgstr "Maatsoortwijziging" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2385 #, c-format msgid "Key signature change" msgstr "Voortekeningswijziging" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2388 #, c-format msgid "Stem directive: %s" msgstr "Nootstokrichtlijn: %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2388 msgid "stem down" msgstr "nootstok omlaag" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2388 msgid "stem up" msgstr "nootstok omhoog" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2388 msgid "normal stemming" msgstr "normale nootstokken" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2391 #, c-format msgid "Dynamic: %s" msgstr "Dynamiek: %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2397 #, c-format msgid "Directive:(%.20s) %.20s%.20s" msgstr "Richtlijn:(%.20s) %.20s%.20s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2397 msgid "Unknown Tag" msgstr "Onbekende tag" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2397 msgid "Not all layouts" msgstr "Niet alle opmaken" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2401 #, c-format msgid "Cursor on an unknown object" msgstr "Cursor op een onbekend object" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2410 #, c-format msgid "Cursor not on any object" msgstr "Cursor niet op een object" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2452 #, c-format msgid "start %.2f end %.2f" msgstr "begin %.2f einde %.2f" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2454 #, c-format msgid " Staff %d Measure %d Position %d %s" msgstr "Notenbalk %d Maat %d Positie %d %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2454 msgid "Appending" msgstr "Toevoegen" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2454 msgid "Not Appending" msgstr "Niet toevoegen" #. #: ../src/core/utils.c:2885 ../actions/denemo.scm:1048 msgid "Select from List (or Cancel)" msgstr "Uit lijst selecteren (of annuleren)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:2919 ../src/core/utils.c:2953 msgid "More..." msgstr "Meer..." #: ../src/core/utils.c:3122 msgid "No Tooltip" msgstr "Geen knopinfo" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3238 #, c-format msgid "Mouse shortcut %s invokes command %s" msgstr "Muissneltoets %s roept commando %s op" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3240 msgid "Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Muissneltoets" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3266 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s invokes command %s" msgstr "Toetsaanslag %s roept commando %s op" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3271 #, c-format msgid "Key Presses %s invoke command %s" msgstr "Toetsaanslagen %s roepen commando %s op" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3273 msgid "Single Key Press" msgstr "Eén toetsaanslag" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3273 msgid "Two Key Presses" msgstr "Twee toetsaanslagen" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3283 msgid "Key Press" msgstr "Toetsaanslag" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3285 #, c-format msgid "" "Key Press %s Is not a shortcut.\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Toetsaanslag %s is geen sneltoets.\n" "%s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3285 msgid "(The menus are now restored in case you are lost.)" msgstr "(De menu's worden nu hersteld voor het geval u verdwaald bent.)" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3288 msgid "First Key Press" msgstr "Eerste toetsaanslag" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3290 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s Awaiting continuation" msgstr "Toetsaanslag %s wacht op vervolg" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3294 #, c-format msgid "Mouse %s" msgstr "Muis %s" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3297 msgid "Key + Mouse" msgstr "Toets + muis" #: ../src/core/utils.c:3298 #, c-format msgid "Key Press %s" msgstr "Toetsaanslag %s" #: ../src/core/view.c:542 ../src/core/view.c:545 msgid "Denemo was terminated abnormally" msgstr "Denemo werd abnormaal beëindigd" #: ../src/core/view.c:542 msgid "Open auto-saved file" msgstr "Automatisch opgeslagen bestand openen" #: ../src/core/view.c:542 msgid "Delete auto-saved file" msgstr "Automatisch opgeslagen bestand verwijderen" #: ../src/core/view.c:545 msgid "Compare auto-saved file with last saved file" msgstr "Automatisch opgeslagen bestand vergelijken met laatst opgeslagen bestand" #: ../src/core/view.c:545 msgid "Just open auto-saved file" msgstr "Automatisch opgeslagen bestand gewoon openen" #: ../src/core/view.c:667 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:30 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Naamloos" #: ../src/core/view.c:717 ../src/export/file.c:1418 ../src/export/file.c:1501 msgid "No selection text available" msgstr "Geen selectietekst beschikbaar" #: ../src/core/view.c:878 msgid "Ask me about each" msgstr "Me voor alle een vraag stellen" #: ../src/core/view.c:878 msgid "Close all without saving" msgstr "Alle sluiten zonder opslaan" #: ../src/core/view.c:879 #, c-format msgid "You have %d score(s) unsaved" msgstr "U heeft %d niet-opgeslagen partitu(u)r(en)" #: ../src/core/view.c:926 #, c-format msgid "Could not make folder %s for the downloaded commands" msgstr "Kon map %s niet aanmaken voor de gedownloade commando's" #: ../src/core/view.c:1035 msgid "You have made changes to the commands you have" msgstr "U heeft wijzigingen aangebracht in de commando's die u heeft" #: ../src/core/view.c:1035 msgid "Do you want to save the changes?" msgstr "Wilt u de wijzigingen opslaan?" #: ../src/core/view.c:1065 msgid "MIDI Controller Active?" msgstr "MIDI-controller actief?" #: ../src/core/view.c:1065 msgid "" "Please turn off your MIDI keyboard\n" "if you have not already done so" msgstr "" "Schakel uw MIDI-toetsenbord uit\n" "als u dat nog niet heeft gedaan" #: ../src/core/view.c:1305 msgid "Recording + Play Along" msgstr "Opnemen + meespelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1307 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Tie (Off/On)" msgid "Recording (Off/On)" msgstr "Overbinding (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/core/view.c:1309 msgid "Play Along" msgstr "Meespelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1311 ../src/core/view.c:1342 msgid "Checking Pitches" msgstr "Toonhoogtes controleren" #: ../src/core/view.c:1313 ../src/core/view.c:1346 msgid "Listening to Pitches" msgstr "Luisteren naar toonhoogtes" #: ../src/core/view.c:1315 msgid "Editing a Chord" msgstr "Een akkoord bewerken" #: ../src/core/view.c:1317 msgid "Starting a Chord" msgstr "Een akkoord starten" #: ../src/core/view.c:1319 ../src/core/view.c:1350 ../src/core/view.c:3526 msgid "Appending/Editing Pitches" msgstr "Toonhoogtes toevoegen/bewerken" #: ../src/core/view.c:1354 ../src/display/draw.c:1913 msgid "Recording" msgstr "Opnemen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1368 msgid "Mouse Conductor ON" msgstr "Muisgeleider AAN" #: ../src/core/view.c:1370 msgid "Mouse Conductor OFF" msgstr "Muisgeleider UIT" #: ../src/core/view.c:1380 msgid "Switch to Normal Playback" msgstr "Overschakelen naar normaal afspelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1382 ../src/core/view.c:3533 msgid "Switch to Play Along Playback" msgstr "Overschakelen naar meespelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1412 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing can be recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" "De voorkeursinstelling voor opnametijd is 0 - er kan niets worden opgenomen.\n" "Zie tabblad Bewerken → Audio/Midi-voorkeuren aanpassen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1540 msgid "Select and Reset Snippet" msgstr "Fragment selecteren en opnieuw instellen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1544 msgid "Insert Snippet at Cursor" msgstr "Fragment invoegen bij de cursor" #: ../src/core/view.c:1547 msgid "Re-label Snippet" msgstr "Fragment opnieuw labelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1551 msgid "Insert and Select" msgstr "Invoegen en selecteren" #: ../src/core/view.c:1976 msgid "Rename Music Snippet" msgstr "Muziekfragment hernoemen" #: ../src/core/view.c:1976 msgid "Give new label for snippet" msgstr "Nieuw label geven aan fragment" #: ../src/core/view.c:2043 msgid "" "No selection to create a music snippet from\n" "See Edit → Select menu for selecting music to snip" msgstr "" "Geen selectie om muziekfragment te maken van\n" "Zie het menu Bewerken → Selecteren voor het selecteren van muziek om te knippen" #: ../src/core/view.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "" "Command: %s\n" "\n" "Information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Commando: %s\n" "\n" "Informatie:\n" "%s" #: ../src/core/view.c:2253 msgid "Could not create button" msgstr "Kon geen knop maken" #: ../src/core/view.c:2368 msgid "Could not create .denemo/actions/bitmaps for your graphics for customized commands" msgstr "Kon .denemo/actions/bitmaps voor uw afbeeldingen voor aangepaste commando's niet aanmaken" #: ../src/core/view.c:2387 msgid "Could not create .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics for your graphics for customized commands" msgstr "Kon .denemo-xxx/actions/graphics voor uw afbeeldingen voor aangepaste commando's niet aanmaken" #. FIXME allow fileselector here to change the name #: ../src/core/view.c:2734 #, c-format msgid "Saving a graphic for use in the %s script" msgstr "Een afbeelding voor gebruik in het script %s wordt opgeslagen" #: ../src/core/view.c:2735 msgid "Replace current graphic?" msgstr "Huidige afbeelding vervangen?" #: ../src/core/view.c:3145 msgid "Pause" msgstr "Pauze" #: ../src/core/view.c:3226 msgid "Denemo Main Window" msgstr "Denemo hoofdvenster" #: ../src/core/view.c:3279 msgid "This is the Main Menu bar, where menus for the mostly non-musical aspects (saving, printing, setting up input sources etc) are placed. See the Object Menu bar for the commands that edit music" msgstr "Dit is de Hoofdmenubalk, waar menu's voor de vooral niet-muzikale aspecten (opslaan, afdrukken, invoerbronnen instellen, enz.) worden geplaatst. Zie de Objectmenubalk voor de commando's waarmee u muziek bewerkt" #: ../src/core/view.c:3284 msgid "This is the Object Menu bar, where menus for the commands that edit music live. They are arranged in a hierarchy Score, Movement, Staff (which contains Voices) and then the things that go on a staff, notes, clefs etc. Directives covers everything else that you can put in amongst the notes to change the behavior from that point in the music." msgstr "Dit is de Objectmenubalk, waar menu's staan voor de opdrachten waarmee u muziek bewerkt. Ze zijn hiërarchisch gerangschikt: Partituur, Beweging, Notenbalk (die Stemmen bevat) en vervolgens de dingen die op een notenbalk staan, noten, sleutels, enz. Richtlijnen zijn al het andere dat u tussen de noten kunt plaatsen om het gedrag vanaf dat punt in de muziek aan te passen. " #: ../src/core/view.c:3288 msgid "" "You can populate this bar with buttons holding a snippet of music. The highlighted snippet is the prevailing duration, that is the next note entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet.\n" "You can enter the whole snippet by clicking on it, or using the command under ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Append/InsertDuration → Insert Snippet. You can also select the prevailing snippet using ObjectMenu → Notes/Rests → Select Duration → Next Snippet.\n" "You can hide this bar (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display Note/Rest entry toolbar" msgstr "" "U kunt deze balk vullen met knoppen die een muziekfragment bevatten. Het gemarkeerde fragment is de heersende duur, dat wil zeggen dat de volgende noot die wordt ingevoerd het ritmische patroon van dit fragment zal volgen.\n" "U kunt het hele fragment invoeren door erop te klikken, of door het commando te gebruiken onder ObjectMenu → Noten/Rusten → Toevoegen/Duur Invoegen → Fragment Invoegen. U kunt ook het heersende fragment selecteren met ObjectMenu → Noten/Rusten → Duur selecteren → Volgend fragment.\n" "U kunt deze balk verbergen (om meer ruimte op het scherm te maken) via het menu Weergave. U kunt het verbergen van de werkbalk instellen als uw voorkeursinstelling met behulp van Hoofdmenu → Bewerken → Voorkeuren wijzigen → Weergeven Noot/Rust-invoerwerkbalk" #: ../src/core/view.c:3293 msgid "This tool bar contains a few conventional commands. You can hide it (to make more room on the screen) using the View menu. You can make it your preference to hide it using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → Display general toolbar" msgstr "Deze werkbalk bevat enkele conventionele commando's. U kunt hem verbergen (om meer ruimte op het scherm te maken) met het menu Weergave. U kunt het verbergen van de werkbalk instellen als uw voorkeursinstelling met behulp van Hoofdmenu → Bewerken → Voorkeuren wijzigen → Algemene werkbalk weergeven" #: ../src/core/view.c:3332 msgid "" "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) earlier in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Verplaatst het afspeelbeginpunt (dat als een groene streep wordt weergegeven) naar voor in de tijd\n" "De rode en de groene streep worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #: ../src/core/view.c:3334 msgid "" "Sets the playback start point (green bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Stelt het afspeelbeginpunt (groene streep) in op de noot bij de cursor.\n" "De rode en de groene streep worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #: ../src/core/view.c:3341 msgid "" "Moves the playback start point (which shows as a green bar) later in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Verplaatst het afspeelbeginpunt (dat als een groene streep wordt weergegeven) naar achter in de tijd\n" "De rode en de groene streep worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #: ../src/core/view.c:3342 msgid "Stops the playback. On pressing play after this playback will start where the green bar is, not where you stopped. Use the Play/Pause button for that." msgstr "Stopt het afspelen. Als u daarna op afspelen drukt, begint het afspelen waar de groene streep zich bevindt, niet waar u bent gestopt. Gebruik daarvoor de knop Afspelen/Pause " #: ../src/core/view.c:3350 msgid "" "Starts playing back from the playback start (green bar) until the playback end (red bar).\n" "When playing it pauses the play, and continues when pressed again." msgstr "" "Begint met afspelen vanaf het beginpunt voor afspelen (groene streep) tot het eindpunt voor afspelen (rode streep).\n" "Wanneer het afspelen bezig is, wordt het afspelen gepauzeerd en wanneer de knop opnieuw ingedrukt wordt, wordt het afspelen hervat." #: ../src/core/view.c:3355 msgid "" "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo.\n" "Records live performance and/or playback,\n" "save to disk to avoid overwriting previous recordings." msgstr "" "Begint/Stopt het opnemen van de audio-uitvoer van Denemo.\n" "Neemt live-uitvoering en/of afspelen op,\n" "op schijf opslaan om te voorkomen dat eerdere opnamen worden overschreven." #: ../src/core/view.c:3356 msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk" msgstr "Exporteert de opgenomen audio naar schijf" #: ../src/core/view.c:3364 msgid "" "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) earlier in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Verplaatst het afspeeleindpunt (dat als een rode balk wordt weergegeven) naar voor in de tijd\n" "De rode en de groene balk worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #: ../src/core/view.c:3365 msgid "" "Sets the playback end point (red bar) to the note at the cursor.\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Stelt het afspeeleindpunt (rode balk) in op de noot bij de cursor.\n" "De rode en de groene balk worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #: ../src/core/view.c:3373 msgid "" "Moves the playback end point (which shows as a red bar) later in time\n" "The red and green bars do not get drawn until you have started play, or at least created the time base." msgstr "" "Verplaatst het afspeeleindpunt (dat als een rode balk wordt weergegeven) naar achter in de tijd\n" "De rode en de groene balk worden pas getekend nadat u met spelen bent begonnen, of op zijn minst de maatsoortbasis hebt gecreëerd." #. create_playbutton(inner,NULL, pb_forward, GTK_STOCK_MEDIA_FORWARD); #: ../src/core/view.c:3377 msgid "Loop" msgstr "Lus" #: ../src/core/view.c:3377 msgid "" "The music between the red and green bars is played in a loop.\n" "You can edit the music while it is playing\n" "(so that you can continuously listen as you try alternatives)." msgstr "" "De muziek tussen de rode en de groene streep wordt in een lus gespeeld.\n" "U kunt de muziek bewerken terwijl deze wordt afgespeeld\n" "(zodat u voortdurend kunt blijven luisteren terwijl u alternatieven uitprobeert)." #: ../src/core/view.c:3383 msgid "Panic" msgstr "Paniek" #: ../src/core/view.c:3385 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Opnieuw instellen" #: ../src/core/view.c:3387 msgid "Resets the synthesizer, on JACK it sends a JACK panic." msgstr "Stelt de synthesizer opnieuw in, op JACK stuurt het een JACK-paniek." #: ../src/core/view.c:3390 msgid "Play Selection" msgstr "Selectie afspelen" #: ../src/core/view.c:3390 msgid "Plays the current selection or from the cursor to the end if no selection present." msgstr "Speelt de huidige selectie af, of vanaf de cursor tot het einde als er geen selectie is." #: ../src/core/view.c:3391 msgid "Playback Range" msgstr "Afspeelbereik" #: ../src/core/view.c:3391 msgid "Pops up a dialog to get timings for start and end of playback." msgstr "Er verschijnt een dialoogvenster om plaatsen op te vragen voor het begin en het einde van het afspelen." #: ../src/core/view.c:3396 msgid "" "Controls for playback.\n" "The arrows on either side of the PLAY and STOP buttons move the playback start\n" "and playback end markers.\n" "Loop plays in a loop - you can edit while it plays.\n" "You can also record the output and save it as .ogg or .wav file.\n" "The temperament used for playing back can be set here." msgstr "" "Bedieningselementen voor afspelen.\n" "Met de pijlen aan weerszijden van de AFSPELEN- en de STOP-knop verplaatst u de markeringen voor het beginpunt en het eindpunt van het afspelen\n" "Met Lus wordt in een lus afgespeeld - u kunt bewerken terwijl afgespeeld wordt.\n" "U kunt de uitvoer ook opnemen en opslaan als .ogg- of .wav-bestand.\n" "De temperatuur (muzikale stemming) welke wordt gebruikt voor het afspelen kan hier worden ingesteld." #: ../src/core/view.c:3415 ../actions/denemo.scm:1514 msgid "Mute Staffs" msgstr "Gedempte notenbalken" #: ../src/core/view.c:3415 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/MuteStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Select which staffs should be muted during playback." msgstr "Selecteren welke notenbalken tijdens het afspelen moeten worden gedempt." #. Volume #: ../src/core/view.c:3418 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:1 msgid "Volume" msgstr "Geluidssterkte" #. GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS(label, GTK_CAN_FOCUS); #: ../src/core/view.c:3420 msgid "Set the (initial) volume of the movement" msgstr "De (aanvankelijke) geluidssterkte van de beweging instellen" #: ../src/core/view.c:3434 ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:482 msgid "Always Full Volume" msgstr "Altijd volledige geluidssterkte" #: ../src/core/view.c:3442 msgid "Audio Volume Cut" msgstr "Verlaagde audio-geluidssterkte" #: ../src/core/view.c:3443 msgid "Reduce the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score" msgstr "De geluidssterkte van de bronaudio verlagen ten opzichte van de geluidssterkte van de partituur" #: ../src/core/view.c:3457 msgid "Audio Volume Boost" msgstr "Verhoogde audio-geluidssterkte" #: ../src/core/view.c:3458 msgid "Boost the volume of the source audio relative to the volume of the score" msgstr "De geluidssterkte van de bronaudio verhogen ten opzichte van de geluidssterkte van de partituur" #. Speed #: ../src/core/view.c:3485 msgid "Slowdown:" msgstr "Vertraging:" #: ../src/core/view.c:3495 msgid "Slow down the audio output maintaining the pitch" msgstr "De audio-uitvoer vertragen met behoud van de toonhoogte" #: ../src/core/view.c:3528 msgid "This tells you what will happen to a MIDI in event from your controller. Click here or use the Control Shift or ALT keys, or caps lock to affect what will happen. Moving the cursor into the display will revert to editing notes." msgstr "Dit vertelt u wat er zal gebeuren met een MIDI-inganggebeurtenis van uw bedieningspaneel. Klik hier of gebruik de Ctrl- Shift- of ALT-toets of caps lock om te bepalen wat er gebeurt. Door de cursor te verplaatsen naar de weergave keert u terug naar het bewerken van noten." #: ../src/core/view.c:3534 msgid "" "When in playalong mode, on clicking Play, the music plays until it reaches the Denemo cursor\n" "From then on you must play the notes at the cursor to progress the playback.\n" "So if you set the cursor on the first note of the part you want to play, then once you have pressed play you can play along with Denemo, with Denemo filling in the other parts and waiting if you play a wrong note." msgstr "" "Als u in de meespeelmodus bent en u klikt op Afspelen, dan wordt de muziek afgespeeld totdat deze de Denemo-cursor bereikt\n" "Vanaf dan moet u de noten bij de cursor spelen om het afspelen voort te zetten.\n" "Dus als u de cursor op de eerste noot zet van de partij die u wilt spelen, dan kunt u, zodra u op afspelen hebt gedrukt, meespelen met Denemo, waarbij Denemo de andere partijen invult en wacht als u een verkeerde noot speelt." #: ../src/core/view.c:3536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "More Commands" msgid "Record Commands" msgstr "Extra commando's " #: ../src/core/view.c:3536 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Menu:\n" #| "The top level commands for operating Denemo." msgid "Menu of commands for recording MIDI-in" msgstr "" "Menu:\n" "De commando's op het hoogste niveau voor het werken met Denemo." #: ../src/core/view.c:3537 msgid "" "Controls for managing input from a MIDI controller (e.g. keyboard) attached to the computer.\n" "You may need to select your MIDI device first using MainMenu → Edit → Change Preferences → MIDI\n" "looking for MIDI in devices (turn your device on first).\n" "When you have a MIDI controller durations are inserted without any pitch (they appear in brown)\n" " playing on the controller puts the pitches onto the durations.\n" "The Shift and Control and ALT keys can also be used for listening without entering notes,\n" "checking pitches entered and entering chords.\n" "The foot pedal can also be used for chords. Release the ALT key and re-press to start a new chord\n" "- timing is unimportant, play the chord fast or slow.\n" "Or use Input → MIDI → Chord Entry Without Pedal to enter chords based on playing the notes simultaneously" msgstr "" "Bedieningselementen voor het beheer van de invoer van een MIDI-bedieningspaneel (b.v. toetsenbord) die op de computer is aangesloten.\n" "Mogelijk moet u eerst uw MIDI-apparaat selecteren met behulp van Hoofdmenu → Bewerken → Voorkeuren wijzigen → MIDI\n" "en dan zoeken naar MIDI-ingangapparaten (zet eerst uw apparaat aan).\n" "Wanneer u een MIDI-bedieningspaneel heeft wordt een toonduur ingevoegd zonder enige toonhoogte (ze verschijnen in het bruin)\n" " door te spelen op het bedieningspaneel zet u een toonhoogte op de toonduur.\n" "De Shift- en Control- en ALT-toetsen kunnen ook worden gebruikt om te luisteren zonder noten in te voeren,\n" "om ingevoerde toonhoogtes te controleren en akkoorden in te voeren.\n" "Het voetpedaal kan ook worden gebruikt voor akkoorden. Laat de ALT-toets los en druk deze opnieuw in om een nieuw akkoord te beginnen\n" "- de maat is onbelangrijk, u kunt het akkoord snel of langzaam spelen.\n" "Of gebruik Invoer → MIDI → Akkoord invoeren zonder pedaal om akkoorden in te voeren op basis van het gelijktijdig spelen van de noten" #: ../src/core/view.c:3589 msgid "" "This is the Denemo Display for the music you have entered. See the print view window for the typeset appearance. The blue lozenge is the Denemo Cursor - it turns red when when the bar is full or green if you are inserting in a bar. Overfull/Underfull bars are colored red/blue, use the Upbeat (Anacrusis, Pickup) command if that is intentional.\n" "You can switch to a menu-less view or a page-view using the Esc key. For the paged view you drag the red bar up the page to set how many systems you want showing.For the paged view you will probably want a smaller zoom - use Control+scroll-wheel on your mouse to zoom the display.\n" "Many commands operate on the object at the Denemo cursor. Right-click on an object to get a short menu of actions or set the mouse input mode.\n" "Shift-Right-click for more objects to insert." msgstr "" "Dit is de Denemo-weergave voor de muziek die u heeft ingevoerd. Zie het venster van de afdrukweergave om te weten hoe het er typografisch uitziet. De blauwe ruit is de Denemo-cursor - deze wordt rood wanneer de maat vol is of groen wanneer u invoegt in een maat. Overvolle/Onvolledige maten zijn rood/blauw gekleurd; gebruik het commando Opmaat (Anacrouse) als dat de bedoeling is.\n" "U kunt met de Esc-toets overschakelen naar een weergave zonder menu of een paginaweergave. Voor de weergave per pagina sleept u de rode streep naar boven op de pagina om in te stellen hoeveel systemen u wilt laten zien. Voor de weergave per pagina zult u waarschijnlijk minder willen inzoomen - gebruik Control+scroll-wiel op uw muis om de weergave in of uit te zoomen.\n" "Veel commando's werken in op het object bij de Denemo-cursor. Klik met de rechtermuisknop op een object om een kort menu met acties te openen of om de muisinvoermodus in te stellen.\n" "Shift-klik met de rechtermuisknop om meer objecten in te voegen." #: ../src/core/view.c:3661 msgid "" "This bar shows:\n" "Pending ♯ or ♭ sign (if the next note entered will be sharpened or flattened)\n" "The movement number\n" "Description of the object at the Denemo cursor\n" "Position and status (appending or inserting) of the cursor.\n" "If the Playback Controls are visible then the timing of the object at the cursor is shown.\n" "If MIDI in controls are visible the current enharmonic range is shown.\n" "When the first key of a two-key shortcut is pressed the possible continuations are shown here." msgstr "" "Deze balk toont:\n" "Een wachtend ♯ of ♭ teken (als de volgende ingevoerde noot chromatisch verhoogd of verlaagd zal worden)\n" "Het nummer van de beweging\n" "De beschrijving van het object bij de Denemo-cursor\n" "Positie en status (toevoegen of invoegen) van de cursor.\n" "Als de afspeelknoppen zichtbaar zijn, wordt de timing van het object bij de cursor weergegeven.\n" "Als de MIDI-ingangbedieningselementen zichtbaar zijn wordt het huidig enharmonisch bereik weergegeven.\n" "Wanneer de eerste toets van een sneltoets met twee toetsen wordt ingedrukt, worden hier de mogelijke vervolgtoetsen weergegeven." #: ../src/core/view.c:3676 msgid "No MIDI filter" msgstr "Geen MIDI-filter" #: ../src/core/view.c:3678 msgid "This area shows which MIDI filters are active. It can also be used by commands to pass information to the user" msgstr "Dit gebied laat zien welke MIDI-filters actief zijn. Het kan ook worden gebruikt door commando's om informatie door te geven aan de gebruiker" #: ../src/core/view.c:3959 msgid "" "A button bar that can be populated by titles and other user generated buttons.\n" "Generally by clicking the button you can edit the title or value or execute the action of the button" msgstr "" "Een knoppenbalk die kan worden gevuld met titels en andere door de gebruiker gegenereerde knoppen.\n" "Gewoonlijk kunt u door op de knop te klikken de titel of de waarde bewerken of de actie van de knop uitvoeren" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hidden when not the current staff." msgid "Hidden when not the current staff. See Staff->Display Effects to un-hide." msgstr "Verborgen wanneer het niet de huidige notenbalk is." #: ../src/display/draw.c:1345 msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag Start" msgstr "Ctrl+Alt-Slepen Begin" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1348 msgid "Ctrl+Alt-Drag End" msgstr "Ctrl+Alt-Slepen Einde" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1566 ../src/display/draw.c:1596 msgid "Hidden " msgstr "Verborgen" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1919 msgid "Paused Playing" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1923 msgid "Playing Ignoring Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1925 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Play" msgid "Playing" msgstr "Afspelen" #: ../src/display/draw.c:1931 msgid "Sketch" msgstr "Schets" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:26 msgid "⬆stem" msgstr "⬆ nootstok" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:29 msgid "⬆⬇stems" msgstr "⬆⬇ nootstokken" #: ../src/display/drawstemdir.c:32 msgid "⬇stems" msgstr "⬇ nootstokken" #: ../src/export/audiofile.c:101 msgid "" "No audio recording has been made.\n" "See Playback Controls - Record Button" msgstr "" "Er werd geen geluidsopname gemaakt.\n" "Zie Afspeelknoppen - Opnameknop" #: ../src/export/audiofile.c:103 msgid "" "The preference set for recording time is 0 - nothing is recorded.\n" "See Edit → Change Preferences Audio/Midi Tab" msgstr "" "De voorkeursinstelling voor opnametijd is 0 - er wordt niets opgenomen.\n" "Zie Bewerken → Voorkeuren wijzigen Tabblad Audio/Midi" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:86 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}C" msgstr "%{fout. standaard ingesteld op%}C" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:125 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:377 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}treble" msgstr "%{fout. standaard ingesteld op%}solsleutel" #: ../src/export/exportabc.c:349 #, c-format msgid "%% ABC file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% ABC-bestand gegenereerd door Denemo-versie" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:148 msgid "" "This scorelayout is purely for continuous typesetting, and will change as you edit the score.\n" "To get a real score layout turn off continuous typesetting in the Print View and typeset using Part, Movement or Typeset (Default Layout) buttons." msgstr "" "Deze partituuropmaak is puur bedoeld voor doorlopende typografie en zal veranderen als u de partituur bewerkt\n" "Om een echte partituuropmaak te krijgen schakelt u doorlopende typografie uit in de Afdrukweergave en voert u de typografie uit met de knoppen Partij, Beweging of Typografie (Standaardopmaak)." #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:160 ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Switch to Layout \"%s\"" msgstr "Overschakelen naar opmaak \"%s\"" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:179 msgid "Create Standard Score Layout" msgstr "Standaard partituuropmaak creëren" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:233 msgid "Score Layout Options" msgstr "Partituuropmaakopties" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:242 msgid "Temporary Score Layout" msgstr "Tijdelijke partituuropmaak" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:334 msgid "%{error. defaulting to%}c" msgstr "%{fout. standaard ingesteld op%}c" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:1732 #, c-format msgid "%% LilyPond file generated by Denemo version " msgstr "%% LilyPond-bestand gegenereerd door Denemo-versie " #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2271 msgid "The score has been altered so that this LilyPond text is out of date - ignoring request" msgstr "De partituur werd aangepast zodat deze LilyPond-tekst verouderd is - verzoek wordt genegeerd" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2679 msgid "No textbuffer" msgstr "Geen tekstbuffer" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:2983 msgid "Could not open output file for writing" msgstr "Kon uitvoerbestand niet openen voor schrijven" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3036 msgid "Filename does not have extension" msgstr "Bestandsnaam heeft geen extensie" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3124 msgid "Find Current Object" msgstr "Huidig object zoeken" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3124 msgid "Move the text cursor in this window to the object that the Denemo cursor is on" msgstr "De tekstcursor in dit venster verplaatsen naar het object waarop de Denemo-cursor staat" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125 msgid "Insert LilyPond Text" msgstr "LilyPond-tekst invoegen" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3125 msgid "" "Insert LilyPond text at the cursor position.\n" "Warning! Shift click to position Denemo cursor first" msgstr "" "LilyPond-tekst invoegen op de cursorpositie.\n" "Waarschuwing! Shift-klik om eerst de Denemo-cursor te plaatsen " #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3127 msgid "Typeset this LilyPond text" msgstr "Deze LilyPond-tekst typografisch zetten" #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3127 msgid "Typesets the current LilyPond text, which will display in the Print View window. Any errors are shown below in the errors pane." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie voor de huidige LilyPond-tekst, die wordt weergegeven in het venster Afdrukweergave. Eventuele fouten worden beneden in het foutenvenster weergegeven." #: ../src/export/exportlilypond.c:3542 msgid "" "Shift left click in music in this window to move the Denemo cursor the corresponding position\n" "Using arrows to move the cursor in the music here also moves the Denemo cursor.\n" "Right click for menu.\n" "Turn off continuous typesetting before using the score layout options." msgstr "" "Shift-links klikken in de muziek in dit venster om de Denemo-cursor naar de overeenkomstige positie te verplaatsen\n" "Als u hier de pijltjestoetsen gebruikt om de cursor in de muziek te verplaatsen, wordt ook de Denemo-cursor verplaatst.\n" "Rechts klikken voor het menu.\n" "Schakel doorlopende typografie uit voordat u de partituuropmaakopties gebruikt." #: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:932 msgid "Failed to save MIDI file: " msgstr "MIDI-bestand opslaan is mislukt: " #: ../src/export/exportmidi.c:939 msgid "Saved MIDI file: " msgstr "Opgeslagen MIDI-bestand: " #: ../src/export/file.c:80 msgid "Denemo format (*.denemo *.denemo.gz)" msgstr "Denemo-indeling (* .denemo * .denemo.gz)" #: ../src/export/file.c:81 msgid "CompressedDenemo XML format (*.denemo.gz)" msgstr "Gecomprimeerd Denemo XML-formaat (* .denemo.gz)" #: ../src/export/file.c:82 msgid "Lilypond (*.ly)" msgstr "Lilypond (*.ly)" #: ../src/export/file.c:83 msgid "PDF (*.pdf)" msgstr "PDF (*.pdf)" #: ../src/export/file.c:84 msgid "PNG Image format (*.png)" msgstr "PNG-afbeeldingsformaat (* .png)" #: ../src/export/file.c:85 msgid "ABC (*.abc)" msgstr "ABC (*.abc)" #: ../src/export/file.c:86 msgid "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" msgstr "Midi (*.mid, *.midi)" #: ../src/export/file.c:87 msgid "CSound Score File (*.sco)" msgstr "CSound Partituur-bestand (* .sco)" #: ../src/export/file.c:88 msgid "MusicXML file (*.musicxml, *.mxml, *.xml)" msgstr "MusicXML-bestand (*.musicxml, *.mxml, *.xml)" #: ../src/export/file.c:159 msgid "" "Because you have the preference \"Create Parts\" set, Score Layouts for all the parts are now created.\n" "Choose Typeset in the Print View to select the Default Layout if reqquired." msgstr "" "Omdat u \"Partijen creëren\" als voorkeur heeft ingesteld, wordt nu voor alle partijen een partituuropmaak aangemaakt.\n" "Kies Typografie in de Afdrukweergave om indien nodig de Standaardopmaak te selecteren." #: ../src/export/file.c:177 msgid "Close without Saving" msgstr "Sluiten zonder opslaan" #: ../src/export/file.c:181 msgid "Save _As" msgstr "_Bewaren als" #: ../src/export/file.c:220 #, c-format msgid "The score %s has unsaved changes" msgstr "De partituur %s heeft niet-opgeslagen wijzigingen" #: ../src/export/file.c:221 msgid "Save changes?" msgstr "Wijzigingen opslaan?" #: ../src/export/file.c:254 #, c-format msgid "Load of recently used file %s failed" msgstr "Laden van recent gebruikt bestand %s is mislukt" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Music Snippets Can be Kept" msgstr "Muziekfragmenten kunnen worden bewaard" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Drop Music Snippets" msgstr "Muziekfragmenten laten vallen" #: ../src/export/file.c:385 msgid "Keep Music Snippets" msgstr "Muziekfragmenten behouden" #: ../src/export/file.c:427 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1909 msgid "Unable to find file: " msgstr "Kan bestand niet vinden: " #: ../src/export/file.c:427 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1909 msgid "" "\n" "Choose a directory (below which to search)\n" "in the next dialog" msgstr "" "\n" "In het volgende dialoogvenster een map\n" "kiezen (waaronder gezocht moet worden)" #: ../src/export/file.c:430 ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1912 msgid "Give Toplevel Directory" msgstr "Map op het hoogste niveau opgeven" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "You have a Script defined" msgstr "U hebt een script gedefinieerd" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "Normal Save" msgstr "Normaal opslaan" #: ../src/export/file.c:648 msgid "Advanced: Execute the script every time this file is opened?" msgstr "Geavanceerd: het script uitvoeren telkens als dit bestand wordt geopend?" #: ../src/export/file.c:750 msgid "Could not create .denemo/templates for you personal templates" msgstr "Kon .denemo/templates voor uw persoonlijke sjablonen niet aanmaken" #: ../src/export/file.c:790 msgid "No examples directory in installation" msgstr "De installatie bevat geen voorbeeldenmap" #: ../src/export/file.c:804 msgid "No templates directory in installation" msgstr "De installatie bevat geen sjablonenmap" #: ../src/export/file.c:966 ../src/export/file.c:1258 #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1239 ../src/printview/svgview.c:734 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:193 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Vastleggen" #: ../src/export/file.c:1057 #, c-format msgid "Load of file %s failed" msgstr "Het laden van bestand %s is mislukt" #: ../src/export/file.c:1192 msgid "File save failed" msgstr "Opslaan van bestand is mislukt" #: ../src/export/file.c:1290 msgid "Export As " msgstr "Exporteren als" #: ../src/export/file.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "A file with the name %s already exists" msgstr "Er bestaat al een bestand met de naam %s" #: ../src/export/file.c:1453 msgid "Could not interpret selection as LilyPond notes" msgstr "Kon selectie niet interpreteren als LilyPond-noten" #: ../src/export/file.c:1459 msgid "Paste LilyPond Notes" msgstr "LilyPond-noten plakken" #: ../src/export/file.c:1459 msgid "Paste this music into your score?" msgstr "Deze muziek in uw partituur plakken?" #: ../src/export/file.c:1480 msgid "Can only paste LilyPond text into the last tab, sorry" msgstr "Kan LilyPond-tekst enkel in het laatste tabblad plakken, sorry" #: ../src/export/file.c:1505 msgid "Inserted:\n" msgstr "Ingevoegd:\n" #: ../src/export/print.c:401 msgid "Spurious line number" msgstr "Onjuist regelnummer" #: ../src/export/print.c:425 msgid "" "Could not execute lilypond - check Edit->preferences → externals → lilypond setting\n" "and lilypond installation" msgstr "" "Kon lilypond niet uitvoeren - controleer Bewerken->voorkeuren → extern → lilypon-instelling\n" "en de installatie van lilypond" #: ../src/export/print.c:535 msgid "Denemo Typesetting" msgstr "Denemo-typografie" #: ../src/export/print.c:543 msgid "Typesetting ..." msgstr "Uitvoeren typografie ..." #: ../src/export/print.c:572 msgid "Error: see LilyPond window" msgstr "Fout: zie LilyPond-venster" #: ../src/export/print.c:661 ../src/export/print.c:693 msgid "Already Typesetting" msgstr "Typografie is reeds bezig" #: ../src/export/print.c:661 ../src/export/print.c:693 msgid "Abandon this typeset?" msgstr "Deze typografische verwerking opgeven?" #: ../src/export/print.c:750 msgid "Print Excerpt Range" msgstr "Uittreksel afdrukken" #: ../src/export/print.c:759 msgid "Print from Measure" msgstr "Afdrukken vanaf maat" #: ../src/export/print.c:816 msgid "Your PNG file has now been created" msgstr "Uw PNG-bestand is nu aangemaakt" #: ../src/export/print.c:830 msgid "Your PDF file has now been created" msgstr "Uw PDF-bestand is nu aangemaakt" #: ../src/export/print.c:1007 msgid "A range of music is selected" msgstr "Er is een reeks muziek geselecteerd" #: ../src/export/print.c:1007 msgid "Print whole file?" msgstr "Het hele bestand afdrukken?" #: ../src/export/print.c:1011 msgid "This piece has several movements" msgstr "Dit stuk bevat verschillende bewegingen" #: ../src/export/print.c:1011 msgid "Print this part from all of them?" msgstr "Deze partij afdrukken van hen allemaal?" #: ../src/export/print.c:1031 msgid "No selection to print" msgstr "Geen selectie om af te drukken" #. FIXME set via gub #: ../src/export/print.h:12 msgid "Manual Updates" msgstr "Handmatige bijwerkingen" #: ../src/export/print.h:18 ../src/export/print.h:24 msgid "Already doing a print" msgstr "Al bezig met afdrukken" #: ../src/printview/markupview.c:32 msgid "Cannot Typeset!" msgstr "Kan geen typografie uitvoeren!" #: ../src/printview/markupview.c:35 msgid "Edit the LilyPond syntax in the pane below or cancel" msgstr "Bewerk de LilyPond-syntaxis in het onderstaande paneel of annuleer" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:16 msgid "No Omission Criterion Set" msgstr "Geen weglatingscriterium ingesteld" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:90 msgid "on %d/%m/%y at %H:%M:%S" msgstr "op %d/%m/%y om %H:%M:%S" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:121 msgid "Print History for " msgstr "Afdrukgeschiedenis voor " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:121 msgid "Unsaved Score" msgstr "Niet-opgeslagen partituur" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:128 msgid "No saved version of this score has been printed yet" msgstr "Er is nog geen opgeslagen versie van deze partituur afgedrukt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:129 msgid "The file was last saved with editing time: " msgstr "Het bestand is voor het laatst opgeslagen met bewerkingstijd: " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:152 msgid "Direct Printing not available under Windows. Create PDF and print from that" msgstr "Rechtstreeks afdrukken is niet beschikbaar onder Windows. Maak een pdf en druk daaruit af " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:355 msgid "Possibly Invalid" msgstr "Mogelijk ongeldig" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:356 msgid "Cursor not moved." msgstr "Cursor niet verplaatst." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:359 msgid "Check Score." msgstr "Controleer partituur." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:360 msgid "Cursor may have moved to error point in the score." msgstr "Cursor is mogelijk verplaatst naar een foutpunt in de partituur." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:363 msgid "INVALID! try Score->Check Score command." msgstr "ONGELDIG! probeer het commando Partituur-> Partituur controleren. " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:364 msgid "LilyPond could not typeset this score." msgstr "LilyPond kon de typografie voor deze partituur niet verzorgen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:382 msgid "File causing error:" msgstr "Bestand dat fout veroorzaakt:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:400 msgid "(Custom Score Layout)" msgstr "(Aangepaste partituuropmaak)" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:404 msgid "See View->Score Layout to delete." msgstr "Zie Weergave->Partituuropmaak om te verwijderen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:416 ../src/printview/printview.c:2492 msgid "Current Movement" msgstr "Huidige beweging" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:418 msgid "Excerpt Only" msgstr "Alleen fragment" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:990 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the slur ends" msgstr "Selecteer nu de nootkop van de noot waar de legatoboog eindigt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:990 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the tie ends" msgstr "Selecteer nu de nootkop van de noot waar de overbinding eindigt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:990 msgid "Now select the notehead of the note where the beam ends" msgstr "Selecteer nu de nootkop van de noot waar de waardestreep eindigt" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:995 ../src/printview/printview.c:2038 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest slur position/angle\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Sleep nu de begin/eind-markeringen om de positie/hoek van de legatoboog te suggereren\n" "Klik met de rechtermuisknop als u klaar bent." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:995 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to suggest tie position\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Sleep nu de begin/eind-markeringen om de positie van de overbinding te suggereren\n" "Klik met de rechtermuisknop als u klaar bent." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:995 ../src/printview/printview.c:2038 msgid "" "Now drag the begin/end markers to set position/angle of beam\n" "Right click when done." msgstr "" "Sleep nu de begin/eind-markeringen om de positie/hoek van de waardestreep in te stellen\n" "Klik met de rechtermuisknop als u klaar bent." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1234 ../src/printview/printview.c:1264 msgid "PDF creation" msgstr "PDF-creatie" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1242 msgid "PDF files" msgstr "PDF-bestanden" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1264 ../src/printview/svgview.c:759 msgid "File Exists, overwrite?" msgstr "Bestand bestaat, overschrijven?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1268 ../src/printview/svgview.c:763 #, c-format msgid "" "Errno %d:\n" "Could not copy %s to %s. Perhaps because some other process is using the destination file. Try again with a new location\n" msgstr "" "Foutnr. %d:\n" "Kon %s niet naar %s kopiëren. Misschien omdat een ander proces het doelbestand gebruikt. Probeer het opnieuw met een nieuwe locatie\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1336 msgid "Use the Playback View or re-typeset" msgstr "Gebruik de Afspeelweergave of doe de typografie opnieuw" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1444 msgid "Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Legatoboog hoek/positie" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1444 msgid "Repeat Slur Positioning Hint?" msgstr "De suggestie voor het plaatsen van een legatoboog herhalen?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1455 msgid "Slur Shape" msgstr "Legatoboogvorm" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1455 msgid "Repeat Shaping Slur?" msgstr "Vormgeving legatoboog herhalen?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1473 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:1 msgid "Tie Shape" msgstr "Overbindingsvorm" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1473 msgid "Repeat Shaping Tie?" msgstr "Vormgeving overbinding herhalen?" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1718 msgid "Operation Cancelled" msgstr "Bewerking geannuleerd" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1735 msgid "Do not know what to repeat" msgstr "Weet niet wat te herhalen" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1747 msgid "" "To tweak the positions of objects (and more) move the mouse until the hand pointer appears\n" "Click on the object and follow the prompts.\n" "For beams, click on the notehead of the note where the beam starts." msgstr "" "Om de posities van objecten (en meer) aan te passen, beweegt u de muis totdat de handaanwijzer verschijnt\n" "Klik op het object en volg de instructies.\n" "Voor waardestrepen, klik op de nootkop van de noot waar de waardestreep begint." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1765 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Toepassen" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1776 msgid "Help for Tweaks" msgstr "Hulp voor aanpassingen" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1777 msgid "This window can be used to tweak the typesetting that LilyPond does in the case that it is not optimal" msgstr "Dit venster kan worden gebruikt om de typografie die door LilyPond verzorgd wordt, bij te stellen in het geval dat ze niet optimaal is" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1783 msgid "Red dots and crosses (Off/On)" msgstr "Rode stippen en kruisen (Uit/Aan)" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1784 msgid "" "The exact positions of the graphical components of the score will be labelled with red dots\n" "and the control points for curves with red crosses for accurate tweaks\n" "Turn these off before printing!" msgstr "" "De exacte positie van de grafische componenten van de partituur wordt gemarkeerd met rode stippen\n" "en de bedieningspunten voor bogen met rode kruisen voor nauwkeurige aanpassingen\n" "Schakel deze uit voordat u gaat afdrukken!" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1788 msgid "Score Size" msgstr "Partituurgrootte" #. never true #: ../src/printview/printview.c:1794 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Herhalen" #. this is to initialize the continuous/manual state #. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1); #. gtk_box_pack_end (GTK_BOX (main_hbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2267 ../src/printview/printview.c:2733 msgid "Duplex" msgstr "Dubbel" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2267 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:55 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkel" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2444 msgid "Measures before cursor:" msgstr "Maten voor de cursor:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2453 msgid "Measures after cursor:" msgstr "Maten na de cursor:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2464 msgid "Staffs before cursor:" msgstr "Notenbalken voor de cursor:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2472 msgid "Staffs after cursor:" msgstr "Notenbalken na de cursor:" #. hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 1); #. gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), hbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2487 msgid "All Movements" msgstr "Alle bewegingen" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2489 msgid "If checked the current layout is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Indien aangevinkt, wordt bij elke wijziging het typografisch zetwerk opnieuw uitgevoerd voor de huidige opmaak" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2494 msgid "If checked the current movement is re-typeset at every change" msgstr "Indien aangevinkt, wordt bij elke wijziging de typografie voor de huidige beweging opnieuw uitgevoerd" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2498 msgid "Cursor Context" msgstr "Cursorcontext" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2500 msgid "If checked the range around the current cursor position is re-typeset at every change or when the cursor moves out of range." msgstr "Indien aangevinkt, wordt de typografie van het bereik rond de huidige cursorpositie opnieuw verzorgd bij elke wijziging of wanneer de cursor buiten het bereik komt." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2526 msgid "Set background updates on/off." msgstr "Achtergrondbijwerkingen aan/uit-zetten." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2530 msgid "Range" msgstr "Bereik" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2531 msgid "Set how much of the score to re-draw." msgstr "Instellen hoeveel van de partituur opnieuw moet worden getekend." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2549 msgid "Set background updater on/off. This controls if typesetting is re-done after each change to the music. The amount of the score to be re-typeset can be set via this button." msgstr "Achtergrondbijwerkingen aan/uit-zetten. Dit bepaalt of de typografie na elke wijziging aan de muziek opnieuw wordt verzorgd. Van hoeveel van de partituur de typografie opnieuw moet worden verzorgd, kan via deze knop worden ingesteld." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2557 msgid "New Omission Criterion" msgstr "Nieuw weglatingscriterium" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2557 msgid "Give a name for this new criterion" msgstr "Een naam opgeven voor dit nieuwe criterium" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2557 msgid "Not transposed" msgstr "Niet getransponeerd" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2608 msgid "Unconditional Typesetting" msgstr "Onvoorwaardelijke typografie" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2609 msgid "Typesetting will ignore any omission criteria that may have been set on Denemo Directives." msgstr "Bij typografie worden eventuele weglatingscriteria die in Denemo-richtlijnen zijn ingesteld, genegeerd." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2614 msgid "New Named Omission Criterion" msgstr "Nieuw benoemd weglatingscriterium" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2615 msgid "Create a new omission criterion to say which condtional directives should be ignored." msgstr "Een nieuw weglatingscriterium maken om aan te geven welke voorwaardelijke richtlijnen moeten worden genegeerd." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2624 msgid "Omit: " msgstr "Weglaten: " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2627 msgid "Select this as the active omission criterion" msgstr "Dit als het actieve weglatingscriterium selecteren" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2634 msgid "Destroy criterion:" msgstr "Criterium vernietigen:" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2637 msgid "No longer use this as an omission criterion for this score" msgstr "Dit niet langer als weglatingscriterium gebruiken voor deze partituur" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2654 msgid "Make an ommision criterion active. Any directive set to be ignored for the named criterion will not affect the typesetting." msgstr "Een weglatingscriterium actief maken. Elke richtlijn die is ingesteld om voor het genoemde criterium te worden genegeerd, heeft geen invloed op de typografie." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2689 msgid "Pops up a Print dialog. From this you can send your typeset score to a printer or to a PDF file." msgstr "Er verschijnt een afdrukdialoogvenster. Van hieruit kunt u uw typografisch opgemaakte partituur naar een printer of naar een PDF-bestand sturen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2693 msgid "PDF" msgstr "PDF" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2694 msgid "Exports a pdf file for this layout" msgstr "Voor deze opmaak wordt naar een pdf-bestand geëxporteerd" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2700 msgid "Typesets the music using the one of the created layouts. See View → Score Layouts to see the layouts you have created." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de muziek met een van de gemaakte opmaken. Zie Weergave → Partituuropmaken om de door u gemaakte opmaken te zien. " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2706 msgid "Typesets the music from the current movement. This creates a score layout comprising one movement." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de muziek van de huidige beweging. Hierdoor wordt een partituuropmaak gemaakt die één beweging bevat." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2710 msgid "Part" msgstr "Partij" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2711 msgid "Typesets the music from the current part for all movements. A part is all the music with the same staff-name. This creates a score layout with one part, all movements." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de huidige partij voor alle bewegingen. Een partij is alle muziek met dezelfde notenbalknaam. Hierdoor wordt een partituuropmaak gemaakt met één partij, alle bewegingen. " #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2716 msgid "Re-issues the last print command. Use this after modifying the file to repeat the typesetting." msgstr "Geeft de laatste printopdracht opnieuw. Gebruik dit na het wijzigen van het bestand om het typografisch zetwerk te herhalen." #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2734 msgid "Shows pages side by side, so you can see page turns for back-to-back printing\n" msgstr "Toont pagina's naast elkaar, zodat u kunt zien waar pagina's omgeslagen worden voor dubbelzijdig afdrukken\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2737 msgid "Invert" msgstr "Omkeren" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2738 msgid "Inverts colors in page\n" msgstr "Keert kleuren op de pagina om\n" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2742 msgid "Next" msgstr "Volgende" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2743 msgid "Move to the next page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Naar de volgende pagina gaan - u kunt ook scrollen met het scrolwiel, en zoomen met het besturingswiel" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2746 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Vorige" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2747 msgid "Move to the previous page - you can also scroll with the scroll-wheel, and zoom with control-wheel" msgstr "Naar de vorige pagina gaan - u kunt ook scrollen met het scrolwiel, en zoomen met het besturingswiel" #. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset) #. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_vbox), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window)); #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2755 msgid "Denemo Print View" msgstr "Denemo afdrukweergave" #: ../src/printview/printview.c:2777 msgid "" "This window shows the final typeset score from which you can print or (via print to file) create a PDF document.\n" "This will be continuously updated while you edit the music in the main window.\n" "In this Print View window you can click on a note to move to that place in the main Denemo display window. The right-click to get a menu of \"tweaks\" which you can apply to drag slurs, beams etc if they are not quite right.\n" "Note: It can take some time to generate a beautifully typeset score, especially for a large score on a slow machine so choose just a range to be continually updated in that case, or turn off continuous update." msgstr "" "Dit venster toont de uiteindelijke typografisch gezette partituur van waaruit u kunt afdrukken of (via afdrukken naar bestand) een pdf-document kunt maken.\n" "Dit wordt continu bijgewerkt terwijl u de muziek in het hoofdvenster bewerkt.\n" "In dit afdrukweergavevenster kunt u op een noot klikken om naar die plaats in het hoofdvenster van Denemo te gaan. Klik met de rechtermuisknop om een menu met \"aanpassingen\" te krijgen die u kunt toepassen om legatobogen, waardestrepen, enz., te verslepen als ze niet helemaal juist zijn.\n" "Opmerking: Het kan enige tijd duren om een mooi typografisch gezette partituur te genereren, vooral voor een grote partituur op een trage machine, dus kies in dat geval enkel voor een bereik dat voortdurend moet worden bijgewerkt, of zet voortdurend bijwerken uit." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:679 msgid "" "This the Playback View Window. Click on a note to play from that note to the end. Click again to stop play. Drag between two notes to play from the first to the last, shift drag to create a loop.\n" "Shift-Click on a note to position the Denemo cursor on that note in the Denemo Display.\n" " For simple scrolling check the box. For more sophisticated control right click on a note when you have scrolled the page to the position you want it to be at when it is playing.\n" "First right click at the start of the second system (this means that the music will not scroll before that); then scroll to position the end and right click the first note of the last system of the piece.\n" "To delete a scroll point right-click on it.\n" "If there are changes of pace then set extra scroll points to control the scrolling in more detail." msgstr "" "Dit is het afspeelweergavevenster. Klik op een noot om vanaf die noot tot het einde te spelen. Klik nogmaals om het afspelen te stoppen. Sleep tussen twee noten om van de eerste naar de laatste noot af te spelen, shift-sleep om een afspeellus te maken.\n" "Shift-klik op een noot om de Denemo-cursor op die noot te plaatsen in de Denemo-weergave.\n" "Vink het vakje aan voor eenvoudig scrollen. Voor meer geavanceerde bediening klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op een noot wanneer u de pagina hebt gescrold naar de positie waar u wilt dat deze zich bevindt tijdens het afspelen.\n" "Klik eerst met de rechtermuisknop op het begin van het tweede systeem (dit betekent dat de muziek niet daarvoor zal scrollen); scrol vervolgens om het einde te positioneren en klik met de rechtermuisknop op de eerste noot van het laatste systeem van het stuk.\n" "Om een scrolpunt te verwijderen, klikt u er met de rechtermuisknop op.\n" "Als er tempowisselingen zijn, stelt u extra scrolpunten in om het scrollen gedetailleerder te regelen." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:729 ../src/printview/svgview.c:759 msgid "SVG creation" msgstr "SVG-creatie" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:737 msgid "SVG files" msgstr "SVG-bestanden" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:866 msgid "Use the Print View or re-typeset with All Parts or Current Part buttons" msgstr "Gebruik de afdrukweergave of laat de typografie opnieuw uitvoeren met de knoppen Alle partijen of Huidige partij" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1094 msgid "Switching to simple MIDI - re-typeset for full MIDI." msgstr "Overschakelen naar eenvoudige MIDI - laat de typografie opnieuw uitvoeren voor volledige MIDI." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1152 msgid "Please wait while the Playback View is re-typeset then re-try" msgstr "Een ogenblik geduld terwijl de Afspeelweergave opnieuw typografisch wordt gezet en probeer het dan opnieuw" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1162 msgid "MIDI Already Present" msgstr "MIDI reeds aanwezig" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1162 msgid "Keep this music while typesetting current part?" msgstr "Deze muziek behouden terwijl de typografie van de huidige partij wordt verzorgd?" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1217 msgid "Play/Stop" msgstr "Afspelen/Stoppen" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1218 msgid "Plays the entire movement with repeats, or stops the playing once started" msgstr "Speelt de hele beweging af met herhalingen, of stopt het afspelen eens het begonnen is" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1221 msgid "All Parts" msgstr "Alle partijen" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1222 msgid "Typesets the currrent movement, generating sophisticated MIDI for it." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de huidige beweging en genereert er geavanceerde MIDI voor." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1226 msgid "Current Part" msgstr "Huidige partij" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1227 msgid "Typesets the currrent part with the option to keep the MIDI already generated for all the parts." msgstr "Verzorgt de typografie van de huidige beweging met de optie om de reeds gegenereerde MIDI voor alle partijen te behouden." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1234 msgid "Simple Scrolling" msgstr "Eenvoudig scrollen" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1235 msgid "Sets/Unsets automatic scrolling. The scrolling can still be manually adjusted if it is too fast/slow." msgstr "Schakelt automatisch scrollen in/uit. Het scrollen kan nog steeds handmatig worden aangepast als het te snel/langzaam gaat." #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1244 msgid "Clear Scroll Points" msgstr "Scrolpunten wissen" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1245 msgid "Clears scroll points which you have set by right clicking on notes." msgstr "Wist scrolpunten die u hebt ingesteld door met de rechtermuisknop op noten te klikken." #. if(!Denemo.prefs.manualtypeset) #. gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window), TRUE);//gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW(top_vbox), GTK_WINDOW(Denemo.window)); #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1258 msgid "Denemo Playback View" msgstr "Denemo Afspeelweergave" #: ../src/printview/svgview.c:1289 msgid "This window shows the typeset score as one long page. During playback the notes playing are highlighted" msgstr "Dit venster toont de typografisch gezette partituur als één lange pagina. Tijdens het afspelen worden de noten die afgespeeld worden geaccentueerd " #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:186 msgid "Set Values" msgstr "Waarden instellen" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:202 msgid "Check all" msgstr "Alles aanvinken" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:205 msgid "Un-check all" msgstr "Alles uitvinken" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:461 msgid "" "Use to switch palette\n" "to activate" msgstr "" "Gebruik om van palet te wisselen\n" " om te activeren" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:499 msgid "Key in (part of) label" msgstr "Voorteken in (deel van) label" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:511 msgid "No such label" msgstr "Geen dergelijk label" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1097 msgid "Destroying Customized Buttons" msgstr "Aangepaste knoppen verwijderen" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1097 msgid "Remove buttons and other customized scheme on startup?" msgstr "Knoppen en ander aangepast scheme verwijderen bij het opstarten?" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1585 msgid "Extra Objects in one staff" msgstr "Extra objecten in één notenbalk" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1665 #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1723 msgid "Paper Directive: " msgstr "Papierrichtlijn:" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:1791 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:115 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:64 msgid "Choose File" msgstr "Bestand kiezen" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3309 msgid "Text Input" msgstr "Tekstinvoer" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3310 msgid "Give Text" msgstr "Tekst geven" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3333 msgid "LilyPond Syntax" msgstr "LilyPond-syntaxis" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:3336 msgid "Give LilyPond Syntax" msgstr "LilyPond-syntaxis geven" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4270 msgid "Input Required" msgstr "Invoer vereist" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4276 msgid "Give input: " msgstr "Invoer geven:" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4323 msgid "" "Please delete the font size and bold/italic indications,\n" "leaving just the font family name." msgstr "" "Gelieve de lettergrootte en de aanduidingen voor vet/cursief\n" "te verwijderen, zodat alleen de naam van de letterfamilie overblijft." #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4343 #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4400 msgid "Choose Font" msgstr "Lettertype kiezen" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4477 msgid "Script error, wrong parameter type to d-InfoDialog" msgstr "Scriptfout, verkeerd parametertype voor d-InfoDialog" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:4777 msgid "Already in a padding dialog" msgstr "Reeds in een opvuldialoog" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7343 msgid "Time Signatures do not match, will not make voice" msgstr "Maatsoorten komen niet overeen, zal geen stem maken" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7350 msgid "Key Signatures do not match, will not make voice" msgstr "Voortekeningen komen niet overeen, zal geen stem maken" #: ../src/scripting/scheme-callbacks.c:7358 msgid "This voice has a different clef from the staff it will be typeset on. This clef will be used for the display only." msgstr "Deze stem heeft een andere sleutel dan de notenbalk waarop deze bij de typografie gezet zal worden. Deze sleutel wordt alleen voor de weergave gebruikt." #: ../src/source/proof.c:109 msgid "Right click for menu" msgstr "Klik met de rechtermuisknop voor het menu" #: ../src/source/proof.c:153 msgid "Cannot do location when only a range of music is typeset. Turn off continuous typesetting or set the range to All Movements" msgstr "Kan geen plaatsbepaling doen als de typografie enkel voor een muziekbereik wordt gedaan. Schakel voortdurende typografie uit of stel het bereik in op Alle bewegingen " #: ../src/source/proof.c:178 msgid "Object not located, no annotation on page, or empty annotation.\n" msgstr "Object niet gelokaliseerd, geen annotatie op pagina of lege annotatie.\n" #: ../src/source/proof.c:249 msgid "This is the last annotation. The Proof Reading Window will now be closed" msgstr "Dit is de laatste annotatie. Het venster voor herlezen wordt nu gesloten" #: ../src/source/proof.c:338 msgid "Next Annotation" msgstr "Volgende annotatie" #: ../src/source/proof.c:341 msgid "Previous Annotation" msgstr "Vorige annotatie" #: ../src/source/proof.c:345 msgid "Drop Current Annotation" msgstr "Huidige annotatie verwijderen" #: ../src/source/proof.c:353 msgid "Drop proof read window" msgstr "Herleesvenster verwijderen" #: ../src/source/proof.c:379 msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to (look for the hand-shaped cursor). This will position the Denemo cursor at that point and you can then make any necessary edits. You can drop the current annotation and the page will move to show the next one." msgstr "Klik voor elke annotatie op de pagina op de (nabije) nootkop of rust, enz., waar de annotatie naar verwijst (zoek naar de handvormige cursor). Hierdoor wordt de Denemo-cursor op dat punt geplaatst en kunt u dan de nodige bewerkingen maken. U kunt de huidige annotatie verwijderen en de pagina zal naar de volgende annotatie doorschuiven." #: ../src/source/proof.c:380 msgid "For each annotation on the page click on the (nearby) notehead or rest etc that the annotation refers to. This will insert a comment in the score. Transfer all the annotations in this way before editing the score, otherwise the locations will not match. You can use the EditSimilar (Ctrl-e,e and Ctrl-e,r) command to move from one comment to the next, stopping and editing the score as suggested by the comment." msgstr "Klik voor elke annotatie op de pagina op de (nabije) nootkop of rust, enz., waar de annotatie naar verwijst. Dit zal een commentaar in de partituur invoegen. Transfereer alle annotaties op deze manier voordat u de partituur bewerkt, anders komen de locaties niet overeen. U kunt de opdracht EditSimilar (Ctrl-e,e en Ctrl-e,r) gebruiken om van het ene commentaar naar het volgende te gaan, waarbij u halt houdt en de partituur bewerkt zoals voorgesteld door het commentaar." #: ../src/source/proof.c:428 msgid "Next Annotated Page" msgstr "Volgende geannoteerde pagina" #: ../src/source/proof.c:431 msgid "Previous Annotated Page" msgstr "Vorige geannoteerde pagina" #: ../src/source/proof.c:481 msgid "This PDF file contains no annotations. It has to be a PDF file generated by Denemo for the current score to which annotations have been added." msgstr "Dit PDF-bestand bevat geen annotaties. Het moet een PDF-bestand zijn dat door Denemo is gegenereerd voor de huidige partituur waaraan annotaties zijn toegevoegd." #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:83 msgid "Analysing Audio" msgstr "Audio analyseren" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:176 msgid "Audio is not stereo - expect bad things!" msgstr "Audio is geen stereo - verwacht slechte dingen!" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:178 msgid "Audio does not have 44100 sample rate: this could be bad" msgstr "Audio heeft geen bemonsteringsfrequentie van 44100: dit kan slecht zijn" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:333 msgid "Open Audio Source File" msgstr "Audiobronbestand openen" #: ../src/source/sourceaudio.c:351 msgid "Could not load the audio file. Note only stereo with sample rate 44100 are supported at present. Use Audacity or similar to convert." msgstr "Kan het audiobestand niet laden. Merk op dat momenteel alleen stereo met bemonsteringsfrequentie 44100 wordt ondersteund. Gebruik Audacity of iets dergelijks om te converteren. " #: ../src/source/source.c:223 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "To insert a link at the Denemo cursor position to a point in this document\n" #| "right-click on the point.\n" #| "Later you will be able to re-open the document at that point by right clicking on the link in the Denemo display.\n" #| "To shade in gray parts of the source that you don't want to see drag over the area.\n" #| "Use this for transcribing from a score with many parts to ease following the part from system to system.\n" #| "Click on a grayed-out patch to remove it." msgid "" "To insert a link at the Denemo cursor position to a point in this document\n" "right-click on the point.\n" "Later you will be able to re-open the document at that point by right clicking on the link in the Denemo display.\n" "To shade in gray parts of the source that you don't want to see drag over the area.\n" "Use this for transcribing from a score with many parts to ease following the part from system to system.\n" "Click on a grayed-out patch to remove it.\n" "To mark a place in the score for looking back at drag a line downwards which will show as a red mark - it is just another color of shading." msgstr "" "Om op de Denemo-cursorpositie een link in te voegen naar een punt in dit document, klikt u met de rechtermuisknop op het punt.\n" "Later kunt u het document op dat punt opnieuw openen door met de rechtermuisknop op de link in het Denemo-scherm te klikken.\n" "Om delen van de bron die u niet wilt zien grijs te maken sleept u over het gebied.\n" "Gebruik dit om een transcriptie te maken van een partituur met veel partijen om de partij makkelijker van systeem naar systeem te kunnen volgen.\n" "Klik op een grijs gemaakte plek om die te verwijderen." #: ../src/source/source.c:277 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove this Shading" msgid "Remove this Shading/Marker" msgstr "Dit met schaduw gearceerd deel verwijderen" #: ../src/source/source.c:282 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remove all Shading" msgid "Remove all Shadings/Markers" msgstr "Alle met schaduw gearceerde delen verwijderen" #: ../src/source/source.c:503 msgid "... or Set Page Number:" msgstr "... of Paginanummer instellen:" #. ClefChooser #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:3 msgid "Treble" msgstr "Sol" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:37 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:4 msgid "Bass" msgstr "Bas" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:5 msgid "Alto" msgstr "Alt" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:39 msgid "Treble Octava bassa" msgstr "Sol ottava bassa" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:6 msgid "Tenor" msgstr "Tenor" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:9 msgid "Soprano" msgstr "Sopraan" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:42 msgid "Bass Octava bassa" msgstr "Bas ottava bassa" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:10 msgid "French" msgstr "Franse" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:9 msgid "Baritone" msgstr "Bariton" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139 msgid "Set Clef" msgstr "Sleutel instellen" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:139 msgid "Insert clef change" msgstr "Sleutelverandering invoegen" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:144 msgid "Select desired clef" msgstr "Gewenste sleutel selecteren" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Choose Clef Visibility" msgstr "Zichtbaarheid van de sleutel kiezen" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Affects display only" msgstr "Alleen van invloed op de weergave" #: ../src/ui/clefdialog.c:188 msgid "Clef should be typeset" msgstr "Sleutel moet typografisch worden gezet" #: ../src/ui/help.c:28 msgid "GNU Denemo" msgstr "GNU Denemo" #: ../src/ui/help.c:29 msgid "Free and Open Music Notation Editor" msgstr "Vrije en open muzieknotatie-editor" #: ../src/ui/help.c:32 msgid "Denemo Website" msgstr "Denemo Website" #: ../src/ui/help.c:33 msgid "" "(c) 1999 - 2021 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, Jeremiah Benham, Richard Shann and others.\n" "\n" "http://www.denemo.org\n" "\n" " This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/help.c:83 #, c-format msgid "Could not find %s in the path" msgstr "Kan %s niet vinden in het pad" #: ../src/ui/help.c:85 msgid "Please edit the chosen browser in the preferences." msgstr "Pas de gekozen browser aan in de voorkeuren." #: ../src/ui/help.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute specified web browser: %s" msgstr "Kan de opgegeven webbrowser niet uitvoeren: %s" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:83 msgid "VoidSymbol not allowed" msgstr "VoidSymbol niet toegestaan" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:99 #, c-format msgid "" "The command %s has the shortcut: %s\n" "Delete it first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" "Het commando %s heeft de sneltoets: %s\n" "Verwijder deze eerst of begin opnieuw met het selecteren van een ongebruikte toetsaanslag." #. g_warning("There is a two key binding starting with this"); #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:124 #, c-format msgid "" "There is at least one two-key shortcut that starts with: %s\n" "Find them using the Find button\n" "Delete it/those first or start again selecting an unused keypress." msgstr "" "Er is minstens één sneltoets met twee toetsaanslagen die begint met: %s\n" "Zoek ze op met de knop Zoeken\n" "Verwijder deze eerst of begin opnieuw met het selecteren van een ongebruikte toetsaanslag." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:198 msgid "No command has this keyboard shortcut" msgstr "Er is geen enkel commando waarvoor deze sneltoets gebruikt wordt" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:232 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence for this command" msgstr "Druk een sneltoetsreeks in voor deze opdracht" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:252 msgid "Press a shortcut sequence whose command you seek" msgstr "Druk een sneltoetsreeks in waarvan u de opdracht zoekt" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:439 msgid "" "No keyboard modifier keys\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "Geen toetsenbord-modificatietoetsen\n" "Druk op de modificatietoets om te wijzigen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:441 msgid "" "\n" "Press with modifier key to change" msgstr "" "\n" "Druk op de modificatietoets om te wijzigen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:460 #, c-format msgid "The Command %s Responds to this Shortcut" msgstr "Het commando %s reageert op deze sneltoets" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:479 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:819 msgid "Set Mouse Shortcut" msgstr "Muissneltoets instellen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:495 #, c-format msgid "Setting mouse shortcut for %s" msgstr "Muissneltoets instellen voor %s" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:499 msgid "Choose the mouse button" msgstr "De muisknop kiezen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:506 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48 msgid "Left" msgstr "Links" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:509 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49 msgid "Right" msgstr "Rechts" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:513 msgid "Choose mouse action" msgstr "Muisactie kiezen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:519 msgid "Press Button" msgstr "Knop indrukken" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:522 msgid "Release Button" msgstr "Knop loslaten" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:525 msgid "Drag" msgstr "Slepen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:529 msgid "" "Hold Modifier Keys, Engage Caps or Num Lock\n" "and click here to set shortcut." msgstr "" "Houd modificatietoetsen ingedrukt, zet Caps Lock of Num Lock aan\n" "en klik hier om sneltoets in te stellen." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:648 msgid "" "Type search text here. Enter words that might be in the command label,\n" "or part of the text of a tooltip or the internal name.\n" "The search is case insensitive. It goes on to the next match each time you enter letter that doesn't match the current command so check at each keypress.\n" "The search re-starts from the top when you delete a letter." msgstr "" "Typ hier de zoektekst. Voer woorden in die mogelijk in het commandolabel staan,\n" "of een deel van de tekst van de knopinfo of de interne naam.\n" "Het zoeken is niet hoofdlettergevoelig. Telkens wanneer u een letter invoert die niet overeenkomt met het huidige commando, gaat de zoekfunctie naar de volgende overeenkomst, controleer dus bij elke toetsaanslag.\n" "Het zoeken begint weer van voren af aan als u een letter verwijdert." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:649 msgid "Search for the next matching command. Starts again at the top once it has reached the end." msgstr "Zoeken naar het volgende overeenkomende commando. Begint opnieuw bovenaan als het einde is bereikt. " #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:663 msgid "" "This window allows you find and execute commands.\n" "Once you have selected a command the box at the top gives information about that command,\n" "while the panel to the side gives any shortcuts for the command.\n" "You can add a selected command to a palette, or set single-key or two-key shortcuts.\n" "You can also hide commands, so they don't appear in the menus.\n" "You can save the shortcuts as your default command set, or as a command set which you may wish to load in the future.\n" "This window is also where you can load such a stored command set." msgstr "" "In dit venster kunt u commando's zoeken en uitvoeren.\n" "Nadat u een commando hebt geselecteerd, geeft het vak bovenaan informatie over dat commando,\n" "terwijl het paneel aan de zijkant eventuele sneltoetsen voor het commando geeft.\n" "U kunt een geselecteerd commando aan een palet toevoegen of sneltoetsen met één toets of twee toetsen instellen.\n" "U kunt ook commando's verbergen, zodat ze niet in de menu's verschijnen.\n" "U kunt de sneltoetsen opslaan als uw standaard commandopakket, of als een commandopakket dat u in de toekomst misschien wilt laden.\n" "Dit venster is ook de plaats waar u zo'n opgeslagen commandopakket kunt laden." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:680 msgid "Help for Selected Command" msgstr "Hulp voor geselecteerd commando" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:703 msgid "" "List of shortcuts\n" "for selected command\n" "from table on left.\n" "Select a shortcut\n" "to remove\n" "with button below." msgstr "" "Lijst met sneltoetsen\n" "voor het geselecteerde commando\n" "uit de tabel aan de linkerkant.\n" "Selecteer een sneltoets\n" "om te verwijderen\n" "met de onderstaande knop." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:708 msgid "Remove Shortcut" msgstr "Sneltoets verwijderen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:719 msgid "Save as Default Command Set" msgstr "Opslaan als standaard commandopakket" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:721 msgid "Use this to save the changes you have made so that they are used every time you start Denemo. The changes are stored under a directory (folder) called .denemo-* in your home directory. Look in subdirectory actions for Default.commands" msgstr "Gebruik dit om de aangebrachte wijzigingen op te slaan, zodat ze elke keer dat u Denemo start, worden gebruikt. De wijzigingen worden opgeslagen in uw persoonlijke map in een directory (map) genaamd .denemo- *. Zoek in de subdirectory actions naar Default.commands" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:722 msgid "Save as a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Opslaan als een aangepast commandopakket" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:725 ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:728 msgid "Load a Standard Command Set" msgstr "Een standaard commandopakket laden" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:731 msgid "Load a Custom Command Set" msgstr "Een aangepast commandopakket laden" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:739 msgid "Load the Standard Palette Set" msgstr "Het standaard paletpakket laden" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:750 msgid "Add 1-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Sneltoets van 1 toets toevoegen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:751 msgid "Create a single keypress (with modifier keys - Control, Shift ... - if needed) as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Een enkele toetsaanslag (met modificatietoetsen - Control, Shift ... - indien nodig) aanmaken als een sneltoets voor het momenteel geselecteerde commando." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:754 msgid "Add 2-Key Shortcut" msgstr "Sneltoets van 2 toetsen toevoegen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:755 msgid "Create a two keypress sequence as a keyboard shortcut for the currently selected command." msgstr "Een sequentie van twee toetsaanslagen aanmaken als sneltoets voor het momenteel geselecteerde commando." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:758 msgid "Find Command for Shortcut" msgstr "Commando voor sneltoets zoeken" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:759 msgid "" "Finds the command (if any) for a (one key) Keyboard Shortcut\n" "Click button then press the key shortcut you are looking for." msgstr "" "Vindt het commando (indien aanwezig) voor een (uit één toets bestaande) sneltoets\n" "Klik op de knop en druk vervolgens op de sneltoets die u zoekt." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:766 msgid "Execute Selected Command" msgstr "Geselecteerd commando uitvoeren" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:767 msgid "" "Executes the currently selected command in the list of commands\n" "Ensure the cursor is in the movement and at the position if needed for the command." msgstr "" "Voert het momenteel geselecteerde commando uit de lijst met commando's uit\n" "Zorg ervoor dat de cursor zich in de beweging bevindt en indien nodig op de positie voor het commando." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:769 msgid "Add to Palette" msgstr "Aan pallet toevoegen" #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:770 msgid "" "Adds the currently selected command in the list of commands to a palette\n" "You can create a new, custom palette, and you can change the label of the button you create by right-clicking on it." msgstr "" "Voegt het momenteel geselecteerde commando uit de lijst met commando's toe aan een palet\n" "U kunt een nieuw, aangepast palet maken, en u kunt het label van de knop die u maakt, wijzigen door er met de rechtermuisknop op te klikken." #: ../src/ui/kbd-interface.c:820 msgid "Set mouse shortcut" msgstr "Muissneltoets instellen" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:388 msgid "Change initial key signature" msgstr "De initiële voortekening wijzigen" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:390 msgid "Insert key signature change" msgstr "Voortekeningswijziging invoegen" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:429 msgid "Select desired key signature" msgstr "Gewenste voortekening selecteren" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:432 msgid "Major" msgstr "Majeur" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:436 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Mineur" #: ../src/ui/keysigdialog.c:452 msgid "Current Staff Only?" msgstr "Enkel huidige notenbalk?" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:105 msgid "Current Chord:" msgstr "Huidig akkoord:" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:116 msgid "Cursor not on chord" msgstr "Cursor niet op een akkoord" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:136 msgid "Note/Chord Name" msgstr "Noot-/akkoord-naam" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:136 msgid "Give a font name " msgstr "Lettertypenaam ingeven" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:213 ../src/ui/markup.c:230 ../src/ui/markup.c:241 #: ../src/ui/markup.c:469 ../src/ui/markup.c:572 msgid "Select the text first." msgstr "Eerst de tekst selecteren." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:233 ../src/ui/markup.c:455 ../actions/denemo.scm:287 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:347 msgid "Font Magnification" msgstr "Vergroting lettertype" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:233 msgid "Give a relative font size +/- " msgstr "Een relatieve lettergrootte ingeven +/-" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:257 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8 msgid "Space Above" msgstr "Ruimte boven" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:257 msgid "Give space to leave above + only " msgstr "Ruimte opgeven om alleen boven + te laten " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:288 msgid "Insert Space" msgstr "Ruimte invoegen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:288 msgid "Give space to insert +/- " msgstr "Ruimte opgeven om in te voegen +/-" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:390 ../src/ui/markup.c:406 msgid "Give amount " msgstr "Waarde opgeven " #: ../src/ui/markup.c:425 msgid "Music Glyphs" msgstr "Muzieksymbolen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:425 msgid "Give a name of glyph (see LilyPond Documentation for these) " msgstr "Een symboolnaam opgeven (zie hiervoor de LilyPond-documentatie)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:449 msgid "Raise" msgstr "Verhogen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:450 msgid "raises the selection by the amount given." msgstr "verhoogt de selectie met de opgegeven waarde." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:456 msgid "Inserts markup to set the relative font size for the selected text." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de relatieve lettergrootte voor de geselecteerde tekst in te stellen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:478 msgid "Horizontal Space (+/-)" msgstr "Horizontale ruimte (+/-)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:479 msgid "Inserts a spacer (+) or shifts the rest of the line rightwards (-) by amount given" msgstr "Voegt een afstandhouder (+) in of verschuift de rest van de lijn naar rechts (-) met de opgegeven waarde" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:484 msgid "Paste Note Name" msgstr "Nootnaam plakken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:485 msgid "" "Pastes user supplied note name in a choice of font style and size.\n" "The note name is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n" "It will print as the note name in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n" "Use, for example, to specify the key of a piece in a title.\n" msgstr "" "Plakt de door de gebruiker ingevoerde nootnaam in een letterstijl en lettergrootte naar keuze.\n" "De nootnaam wordt geplakt als LilyPond-opmaak.\n" "Hij wordt afgedrukt als de nootnaam in de zin die u schrijft, getransponeerd volgens de globale transpositie die u instelt.\n" "Gebruik dit bijvoorbeeld om in een titel de toonsoort van een stuk aan te geven.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:493 msgid "LilyPond Glyph" msgstr "LilyPond-symbool" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:494 msgid "Inserts LilyPond music glyph at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Voegt LilyPond-muzieksymbool in op de cursorpositie in de tekst." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:514 msgid "Adjust Selection (with value)" msgstr "Selectie aanpassen (met waarde)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:515 msgid "Pop up a menu of adjustments to be made to the selection with a value you give." msgstr "Een menu oproepen met aanpassingen die aan de selectie moeten worden aangebracht met een waarde die u opgeeft." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:519 ../actions/denemo.scm:279 ../actions/denemo.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5 msgid "Bold" msgstr "Vet" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:520 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text bold." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst vet te maken." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:524 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:11 msgid "Italic" msgstr "Cursief" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:525 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text italic." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst cursief te maken." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:529 ../actions/denemo.scm:281 ../actions/denemo.scm:342 msgid "Upright" msgstr "Staand" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:530 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not italic." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst niet cursief te maken." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:534 msgid "Un-Bold" msgstr "Niet in het vet" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:535 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text not bold." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst niet vet te maken." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:539 msgid "Superscript" msgstr "Superscript" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:540 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as superscript." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst in superscript te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:544 msgid "Subscript" msgstr "Subscript" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:545 msgid "Inserts markup to make the selected text as subscript." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst in subscript te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:549 msgid "Column" msgstr "Kolom" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:550 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a column. You can nest lines inside columns." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst in een kolom te plaatsen. U kunt regels in kolommen nesten." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:554 msgid "Line" msgstr "Regel" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:555 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a line." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst op een regel te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:559 msgid "Box" msgstr "Vak" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:560 msgid "Inserts markup to place the selected text in a box." msgstr "Voegt opmaak in om de geselecteerde tekst in een vak te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:586 msgid "Insert (with value)" msgstr "Invoegen (met waarde)" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:587 msgid "Pop up a menu of insertions that require a value to insert." msgstr "Een menu oproepen met invoegingen waarvoor een waarde moet worden ingevoegd." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:591 msgid "Paste Current Snippet" msgstr "Het huidig fragment plakken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:592 msgid "" "Pastes the music captured in the currently selected Snippet into the text at the cursor.\n" "The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n" "It will print as typeset music embedded in the sentence you are writing.\n" "You can edit the syntax following the LilyPond syntax.\n" msgstr "" "Plakt de muziek die is vastgelegd in het momenteel geselecteerde fragment in de tekst bij de cursor.\n" "De muziek verschijnt hier in de LilyPond-syntaxis.\n" "Deze zal worden afgedrukt als typografisch gezette muziek, ingesloten in de zin die u aan het schrijven bent.\n" "U kunt de syntaxis bewerken volgens de LilyPond-syntaxis.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:601 msgid "Paste Chord Symbol" msgstr "Akkoordsymbool plakken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:602 msgid "" "Pastes chord symbol for the chord at the cursor in a choice of font style and size.\n" "The chord is pasted as LilyPond markup.\n" "It will print as the chord symbol (fakechord) in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to any global transposition you set.\n" msgstr "" "Plakt het symbool voor het akkoord bij de cursor in een te kiezen lettertypestijl en grootte.\n" "Het akkoord wordt geplakt als LilyPond-opmaak.\n" "Het wordt afgedrukt als het akkoordsymbool (nep-akkoord) in de zin die u schrijft, getransponeerd volgens elke globale transpositie die u instelt.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:610 msgid "Paste Fret Diagram" msgstr "Fretdiagram plakken" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:611 msgid "" "Pastes the chord at the cursor as a Fret Diagram\n" "The music appears here in the LilyPond syntax.\n" "It will print as fret diagram in the sentence you are writing, transposed according to the global transposition set.\n" msgstr "" "Plakt het akkoord bij de cursor als een fretdiagram\n" "De muziek verschijnt hier in de LilyPond-syntaxis.\n" "Het zal worden afgedrukt als fretdiagram in de zin die u schrijft, getransponeerd volgens de ingestelde globale transpositie.\n" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:618 msgid "Insert “ Open Quotes" msgstr "De aanhalingstekens openen, “, invoegen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:619 msgid "Inserts open double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music." msgstr "Voegt het openen van een dubbel aanhalingsteken in. Merk op dat dit niet het \"-teken is dat wordt gebruikt voor het groeperen van woorden die niet als opmaak mogen worden behandeld. De \"-tekens moeten gekoppeld zijn, anders zal LilyPond de typografie van de muziek niet kunnen verzorgen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:623 msgid "Insert ” Close Quotes" msgstr "De aanhalingstekens sluiten, ”, invoegen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:624 msgid "Inserts close double quote. Note that this is not the \" character which is used for grouping words not to be treated as markup. The \" marks must be paired or LilyPond will not typeset the music." msgstr "Voegt het sluiten van een dubbel aanhalingsteken in. Merk op dat dit niet het \"-teken is dat wordt gebruikt voor het groeperen van woorden die niet als opmaak mogen worden behandeld. De \"-tekens moeten gekoppeld zijn, anders zal LilyPond de typografie van de muziek niet kunnen verzorgen." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:628 msgid "Segno" msgstr "Segno" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:629 msgid "Inserts Segno sign at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Voegt een Segno-teken in op de cursorpositie in de tekst." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:633 msgid "Coda" msgstr "Coda" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:634 msgid "Inserts Coda sign at the cursor position in the text." msgstr "Voegt een Coda-teken in op de cursorpositie in de tekst." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:660 msgid "Menu of special characters and graphics to insert at the cursor position" msgstr "Menu met speciale tekens en grafische elementen om op de cursorpositie in te voegen" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:665 msgid "" "Makes the next Snippet the one that can be pasted.\n" "To see the music snippets you need to check View → Snippets\n" "The one selected is in bold black." msgstr "" "Maakt het volgende fragment het fragment dat kan worden geplakt.\n" "Om de muziekfragmenten te zien, moet u Weergave → Fragmenten bekijken\n" "Het geselecteerde fragment staat in vetgedrukt zwart." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:673 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selectie" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:674 msgid "Pops up a menu to apply some style to the selection." msgstr "Roept een menu op om een stijl toe te passen op de selectie." #: ../src/ui/markup.c:680 msgid "Inserts the markup needed to leave space above this line of text. Ineffective on the top line of standalone text, instead drag such text in the Print View" msgstr "Voegt de opmaak in die nodig is om ruimte te laten boven deze regel tekst. Ondoeltreffend op de bovenste regel van op zichzelf staande tekst. Sleep dergelijke tekst in plaats daarvan in de Afdrukweergave" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:691 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Voorbeeldweergave" #: ../src/ui/markup.c:692 msgid "Shows what the text will look like when typeset in the Print View window. For score and movement titles the appearance is correct only relative to the default title." msgstr "Toont in het venster Afdrukweergave hoe de tekst eruit zal zien wanneer deze typografisch wordt gezet. Voor partituur- en bewegingstitels is het uiterlijk alleen correct ten opzichte van de standaardtitel." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:935 msgid "Right Click Appending." msgstr "Rechts klikken Toevoegen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:935 msgid "This pops up the append menu" msgstr "Roept het menu voor toevoegen op" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:945 msgid "Control-Right Click." msgstr "Control-Rechts klikken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:945 msgid "This pops up menu for inserting barlines and many other sorts of objects" msgstr "Roept een menu op voor het invoegen van maatstrepen en vele andere soorten objecten" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:952 msgid "Shift-Right Click." msgstr "Shift-Rechts klikken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:952 msgid "This allows editing the directives/attributes of the object at the cursor" msgstr "Dit maakt het mogelijk om de richtlijnen/attributen van het object bij de cursor te bewerken" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:984 msgid "Dragging line separator." msgstr "Regelscheiding slepen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:984 msgid "This will allow the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "Hierdoor kan de weergave meer muziek tonen, opgesplitst in regels. De typografie van de partituur wordt niet beïnvloed." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1002 msgid "Double Click Note Onset" msgstr "Dubbelklikken Nootaanzet" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1002 msgid "" "This represents detected note onsets which occur\n" "before the start of the score.\n" "If they are just noise,\n" "or if you are working on just a portion of the audio that is ok.\n" "Otherwise drag with left mouse button to synchronize\n" "with the start of the score." msgstr "" "Dit geeft gedetecteerde nootaanzetten weer\n" "die aanwezig zijn voor het begin van de partituur.\n" "Als het alleen maar ruis is, of als u slechts\n" "aan een deel van de audio werkt, is dat oké.\n" "Sleep anders met de linkermuisknop om te\n" "synchroniseren met het begin van de partituur." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1006 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Double Click Note Onset" msgid "Double Click Recorded MIDI Note" msgstr "Dubbelklikken Nootaanzet" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1006 msgid "This marks/un-marks the current recorded MIDI note." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1024 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Left Drag Note Onset" msgid "Left on Note Onset" msgstr "Links slepen Nootaanzet" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1024 msgid "preparing to drag..." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1026 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting a Chord" msgid "Start Playing Recording" msgstr "Een akkoord starten" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1026 msgid "This starts playing the recorded MIDI notes from the marked onset" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1044 msgid "Control-Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1044 msgid "Starts/Stops playback of recorded MIDI from marked note." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1052 msgid "Control Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1052 msgid "Start dragging to change tempo of MIDI recorded track." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1061 msgid "Shift Left click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1061 msgid "Drag the marked MIDI note to synchronize to a place in the score." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1068 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Left Click on red." msgid "Left Click Recorded MIDI Note" msgstr "Links klikken op rood." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1068 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset." msgid "This marks the current recorded MIDI note." msgstr "Dit markeert de MIDI-nootaanzet." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1076 msgid "Right click on MIDI Recording Track" msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1076 msgid "Menu of options for MIDI recorded track." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1149 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1172 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1214 msgid "Press Left." msgstr "Links drukken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1149 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure offscreen left. The display is shifted to place that measure on screen." msgstr "Dit verplaatste de cursor naar de maat links buiten het scherm. De weergave wordt verschoven om die maat op het scherm te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1172 msgid "This moved the cursor to the measure off-screen right. The display is shifted to move the cursor to the middle." msgstr "Dit verplaatste de cursor naar de maat rechts buiten het scherm. De weergave wordt verschoven om die maat op het scherm te plaatsen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1197 msgid "Double Click on Click Track" msgstr "Dubbelklikken op het klikspoor" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1197 msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset." msgstr "Dit markeert de MIDI-nootaanzet." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1205 msgid "Double Click." msgstr "Dubbelklikken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1205 msgid "This gives information about the object at the cursor. Click on a notehead for information about a note in a chord." msgstr "Dit geeft informatie over het object bij de cursor. Klik op een nootkop voor informatie over een noot in een akkoord. " #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1214 msgid "This moved the cursor to the object position clicked. The cursor height becomes the clicked point." msgstr "Dit verplaatste de cursor naar de aangeklikte objectpositie. De cursorhoogte wordt het aangeklikte punt." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1226 msgid "" "The clef shown here affects the display only (as this voice is displayed on the staff above). You can change the display clef using the clef menu.\n" "Warning! you will get confused if you set the key signature or time signature of a voice different to the staff it is typeset on. Run the Staff/Voice property editor to adjust any inconsistencies." msgstr "" "De hier getoonde sleutel heeft alleen invloed op de weergave (aangezien deze stem op de notenbalk hierboven wordt weergegeven). U kunt de weergavesleutel wijzigen met het sleutelmenu.\n" "Waarschuwing! U zult in de war raken als u de voortekening of de maatsoort van een stem anders instelt dan de notenbalk waarop deze typografisch gezet wordt. Voer de editor voor Notenbalk/Stemeigenschappen uit om eventuele inconsistenties aan te passen. " #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1239 msgid "Left on Part name." msgstr "Links op Partijnaam" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1239 msgid "This pops up the built-in staff properties. For other properties of the current staff see the staff menu or the tools icon before the clef." msgstr "Dit roept de ingebouwde notenbalkeigenschappen op. Voor andere eigenschappen van de huidige notenbalk, zie het notenbalkmenu of het gereedschappenpictogram vóór de sleutel." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1251 msgid "Left on initial Clef." msgstr "Links op initiële Sleutel." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1251 msgid "This pops up the initial clef menu." msgstr "Dit roept het menu voor de initiële sleutel op." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1264 msgid "Left Click on blue." msgstr "Links klikken op blauw." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1264 msgid "This adds one sharp." msgstr "Dit voegt één kruis toe." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1266 ../src/ui/mousing.c:1274 msgid "Initial Key Signature Change" msgstr "Wijziging initiële voortekening" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1266 msgid "Sharpen Keysignature?" msgstr "Voortekening chromatisch verhogen?" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1272 msgid "Left Click on red." msgstr "Links klikken op rood." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1272 msgid "This adds one flat." msgstr "Dit voegt één molteken toe." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1274 msgid "Flatten Keysignature?" msgstr "Voortekening chromatisch verlagen?" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1281 msgid "Right Click on key." msgstr "Rechts klikken op voortekening." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1281 msgid "This pops up the key signature menu." msgstr "Dit roept het menu voor de voortekening op." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290 msgid "Click on Time." msgstr "Klikken op Maatsoort." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1290 msgid "This pops up the time signature menu." msgstr "Dit roept het maatsoortmenu op." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1312 msgid "Editing Staff Groups (Braces)" msgstr "Notenbalkgroeperingen (accolades) bewerken" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1312 msgid "Edit Start Brace" msgstr "Openingsaccolade bewerken" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1312 msgid "Edit End Brace" msgstr "Sluitaccolade bewerken" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1327 msgid "This staff grouping has no End Brace so it finishes on the lowest staff. Use the Staffs/Voices->Staff Groupings menu to place an End Brace on the desired staff" msgstr "Deze notenbalkgroepering heeft geen sluitaccolade, dus eindigt ze op de laagste notenbalk. Gebruik het menu Noten/Stemmen->Notenbalkgroeperingen om een sluitaccolade op de gewenste notenbalk te plaatsen " #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1347 msgid "Click on Staff Directives." msgstr "Klikken op Notenbalkrichtlijnen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1347 msgid "This pops up the staff directives menu for editing" msgstr "Dit roept het menu voor notenbalkrichtlijnen op voor bewerking" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1356 msgid "Click on Voice Directives." msgstr "Klikken op stemrichtlijnen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1356 msgid "This pops up the voice directives menu for editing" msgstr "Dit roept het menu voor stemrichtlijnen op voor bewerking" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1379 msgid "Control-Shift-Drag." msgstr "Control-Shift-Slepen." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1379 msgid "" "This allows dragging objects in the display.\n" "All sorts of directives such as staccato dots, ornaments, repeat marks etc can be dragged if the display is too cluttered.\n" "The typeset score is unaffected.\n" "Click on a notehead to drag things attached to the notehead,\n" "or off the noteheads for things attached to the whole chord." msgstr "" "Hiermee kunnen objecten in het weergavevenster worden versleept.\n" "Allerlei richtlijnen zoals staccatopunten, ornamenten, herhalingstekens, enz., kunnen worden versleept als de weergave te onoverzichtelijk is.\n" "De typografie van de partituur wordt niet beïnvloed.\n" "Klik op een nootkop om dingen die aan de nootkop gekoppeld zijn te verslepen,\n" "of weg van de nootkoppen voor dingen die aan het hele akkoord gekoppeld zijn." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1388 msgid "" "Control-Shift-Drag is used to tidy up the Denemo display. Useful if Denemo has created a clutter with your input music.\n" "If you have several things attached to one object you can move them in turn by dragging them in turn.\n" "Notes, Slurs and Ties are fixed but most other things can be moved to make the input music clear. Does not affect the typeset score!\n" "NB! if you have dragged something to one side of a note you have to control-shift-click on the note itself to drag it back - it is where the cursor is that counts." msgstr "" "Control-Shift-Slepen wordt gebruikt om de Denemo-weergave op te ruimen. Handig als Denemo met uw invoermuziek onoverzichtelijk is geworden.\n" "Als u meerdere dingen aan één object hebt gekoppeld, kunt u ze beurtelings verplaatsen door ze achtereenvolgens te verslepen.\n" "Noten, legatobogen en overbindingen zijn vast, maar de meeste andere dingen kunnen worden verplaatst om de invoermuziek helder te maken. Heeft geen invloed op de typografie van de partituur!\n" "NB! Als u iets naar één kant van een noot hebt gesleept, moet u control-shift-klikken op de noot zelf om het terug te slepen - het is waar de cursor staat dat telt." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1457 msgid "Dragged line separator." msgstr "Verschoven regelscheidingsteken." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1457 msgid "This allows the display to show more music, split into lines. The typeset score is not affected." msgstr "Hierdoor kan de weergave meer muziek tonen, opgesplitst in regels. De typografie van de partituur wordt niet beïnvloed." #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1494 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Ctrl + muiswiel omhoog" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1503 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Shift + muiswiel omhoog" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1512 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Up" msgstr "Shift loslaten + muiswiel omhoog" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1533 msgid "Ctrl + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Ctrl + muiswiel omlaag" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1545 msgid "Shift + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Shift + muiswiel omlaag" #: ../src/ui/mousing.c:1553 msgid "Unshifted + Mouse Wheel Down" msgstr "Shift loslaten + muiswiel omlaag" #: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:61 msgid "Set minimum measure width" msgstr "Minimale maatbreedte instellen" #: ../src/ui/mwidthdialog.c:68 msgid "Enter width (in pixels) of measures:" msgstr "Voer de breedte (in pixels) van maten in:" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61 ../src/ui/palettes.c:205 msgid "Destroy All Palettes" msgstr "Alle paletten verwijderen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:61 msgid "Get rid of all palettes permanently?" msgstr "Alle paletten definitief verwijderen?" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:146 msgid "Give Limit" msgstr "Limiet opgeven" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:158 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:8 msgid "Hide" msgstr "Verbergen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:163 msgid "Make Horizontal" msgstr "Horizontaal maken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:164 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending horizontally" msgstr "De knoppen horizontaal uitlopend schikken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:174 msgid "Make Vertical" msgstr "Verticaal maken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:175 msgid "Arrange the buttons extending vertically" msgstr "De knoppen verticaal uitschuifbaar schikken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181 msgid "Vertical Limit" msgstr "Verticale limiet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:181 msgid "Horizontal Limit" msgstr "Horizontale limiet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182 msgid "Set maximum extent vertically" msgstr "Maximale verticale omvang instellen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:182 msgid "Set maximum extent horizontally" msgstr "Maximale horizontale omvang instellen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187 msgid "Undock" msgstr "Losmaken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:187 msgid "Dock" msgstr "Vastzetten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188 msgid "Dock this palette in the main display" msgstr "Dit palet in het hoofdvenster vastzetten" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:188 msgid "Undock this palette from the main display" msgstr "Dit palet van het hoofdvenster loskoppelen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:193 msgid "Hide All Docked" msgstr "Alle vastgezette verbergen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:194 msgid "Hide all the docked palettes" msgstr "Al de vastgezette paletten verbergen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:199 msgid "Hide All Palettes" msgstr "Alle paletten verbergen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:200 msgid "Hide all the palettes" msgstr "Al de paletten verbergen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:206 msgid "Destroy all the palettes - this will save time at startup, and shorten the palette menu." msgstr "Alle paletten verwijderen - dit bespaart tijd bij het opstarten en maakt het paletmenu kleiner." #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Overwrite script for button \"%s\"?" msgstr "Script voor knop \"%s\" overschrijven?" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:222 msgid "Re-write Script" msgstr "Script herschrijven" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271 msgid "Write Label" msgstr "Label schrijven" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:271 msgid "Write a label for this button" msgstr "Een label voor deze knop schrijven" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292 msgid "Write Tooltip" msgstr "Knopinfo schrijven" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:292 msgid "Write a tooltip for this button" msgstr "Een knopinfo schrijven voor deze knop" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:337 msgid "Duplicate Button" msgstr "Knop dupliceren" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:346 msgid "Show the help for this button" msgstr "De hulp bij deze knop tonen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:350 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Label bewerken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:351 msgid "Edit the label of this button" msgstr "Het label van deze knop bewerken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:355 msgid "Edit Tooltip" msgstr "Knopinfo bewerken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:356 msgid "Edit the tooltip of this button" msgstr "De knopinfo bij deze knop bewerken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:362 msgid "Copy to another Palette" msgstr "Naar een ander palet kopiëren" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:363 msgid "Copy this button to another palette" msgstr "Deze knop naar een ander palet kopiëren" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:367 msgid "Duplicate this button" msgstr "Deze knop dupliceren" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:368 msgid "Create a new button with the same effect" msgstr "Een nieuwe knop maken met hetzelfde effect" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:372 msgid "Remove from Palette" msgstr "Van palet verwijderen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:373 msgid "Remove this button from this palette" msgstr "Deze knop van dit palet verwijderen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:378 msgid "Appends the script that this button executes to the Scheme window" msgstr "Voegt het script dat met deze knop uitgevoerd wordt, toe aan het Scheme-venster" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:383 msgid "Uses the script in the Scheme Window as the one that this button executes when clicked, overwriting its old script" msgstr "Gebruikt het script in het Scheme-venster als het script dat met deze knop uitgevoerd wordt wanneer erop geklikt wordt, waarbij zijn oude script overschreven wordt" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:388 msgid "Move to Start" msgstr "Naar het begin verplaatsen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:389 msgid "Moves this button to the start of the palette" msgstr "Verplaatst deze knop naar het begin van het palet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:393 msgid "Move to End" msgstr "Naar het einde verplaatsen" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:394 msgid "Moves this button to the end of the palette" msgstr "Verplaatst deze knop naar het einde van het palet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:398 msgid "Edit this Palette" msgstr "Dit palet bewerken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:399 msgid "Edits the palette containing this button" msgstr "Bewerkt het palet dat deze knop bevat" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:459 msgid "Palette Button Activated" msgstr "Paletknop geactiveerd" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "Palette Name" msgstr "Paletnaam" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "Give name for Palette: " msgstr "Geef een naam voor het palet: " #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:598 msgid "MyPalette" msgstr "MijnPalet" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:618 msgid "Create Custom Palette" msgstr "Aangepast palet maken" #: ../src/ui/palettes.c:642 msgid "Palettes from Menus" msgstr "Paletten uit menu's" #: ../src/ui/playbackprops.c:57 msgid "Playback properties" msgstr "Afspeeleigenschappen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:230 #, c-format msgid "The LilyPond executable program %s was not found - no typesetting will be possible" msgstr "Het LilyPond uitvoerbare programma %s werd niet gevonden - geen typografie mogelijk" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:461 msgid "Preferences - Denemo" msgstr "Voorkeuren - Denemo" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:467 msgid "A few options may require re-start of Denemo!" msgstr "Voor een paar opties kan het nodig zijn om Denemo opnieuw op te starten!" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:581 msgid "Highlight the cursor" msgstr "De cursor markeren" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:583 msgid "Display general toolbar" msgstr "Algemene werkbalk weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:585 msgid "Display Controls for Incoming MIDI signals" msgstr "Bedieningselementen voor inkomende MIDI-signalen weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:586 msgid "Display Controls for Playback" msgstr "Bedieningselementen voor afspelen weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:588 msgid "Display console pane" msgstr "Consolevenster weergeven" #. BOOLEANENTRY (_("Display lyrics pane"), lyrics_pane); #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:590 msgid "Display titles, controls etc" msgstr "Titels, bedieningselementen, enz. weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:592 msgid "Display Music Snippets" msgstr "Muziekfragmenten weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:593 msgid "Display menu of objects toolbar" msgstr "Menu van objectenwerkbalk weergeven" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:595 #, no-c-format msgid "% Zoom" msgstr "% zoomen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:597 #, no-c-format msgid "% of display height per system" msgstr "% van de schermhoogte per systeem" #. #. * Preferences to do with commands #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:603 msgid "Command Behavior" msgstr "Commandogedrag" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:604 msgid "Profile" msgstr "Profiel" #. TEXTENTRY(_("Strict"), strictshortcuts) #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:606 msgid "Apply commands to selection if present" msgstr "Commando's toepassen op selectie, indien aanwezig" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:607 msgid "Spill notes over into next measure" msgstr "Noten laten overlopen in de volgende maat" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:608 msgid "(Chord Entry) Do not fill in tied note pitches" msgstr "(Akkoordinvoer) Geen overbonden toonhoogtes invullen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:609 msgid "Allow Quick Setting of Shortcuts" msgstr "Snelle instelling van sneltoetsen toestaan" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:612 msgid "Strict Shortcuts" msgstr "Strikte sneltoetsen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:613 msgid "Menu Navigation by Keypress" msgstr "Menunavigatie met toetsaanslagen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:614 msgid "Treat Return key as Movable Shortcut" msgstr "De Return-toets als een instelbare sneltoets behandelen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:615 msgid "Turn on all Tooltips" msgstr "Alle knopinfo activeren" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:616 msgid "Show Shortcuts Used" msgstr "Gebruikte sneltoetsen tonen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:617 msgid "Tooltip timeout in ms. (0 for default, -1 to use GTK tooltips - restart needed)" msgstr "Knopinfo-wachttijd in ms. (0 voor standaard, -1 om GTK-knopinfo te gebruiken - herstarten nodig)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:619 msgid "Tooltip browse timeout in ms" msgstr "Knopinfo-bladerwachttijd in ms" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:620 msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout in ms" msgstr "Knopinfo-bladermodus-verlooptijd in ms" #. #. * External (Helper) Programs #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:625 msgid "Externals" msgstr "Extern" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:627 msgid "Path to Lilypond" msgstr "Pad naar Lilypond" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:628 msgid "File/Internet Browser" msgstr "Bestands-/Internetbrowser" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:629 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Afbeeldingsweergaveprogramma" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:630 msgid "Graphics Editor" msgstr "Afbeeldingsbewerkingsprogramma" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:631 msgid "Default Save Path" msgstr "Standaard opslagpad" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:632 msgid "Update the command set on startup" msgstr "Commandopakket bijwerken bij het opstarten" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:636 msgid "Auto-Typeset" msgstr "Automatische typografie" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:640 msgid "Manually update the typeset score" msgstr "Handmatig bijwerken van de typografie van de partituur" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:641 msgid "Rate of re-typeset in ms" msgstr "Tempo waarin het typografisch zetten opnieuw gebeurt in ms" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:642 msgid "Type: (0=Range, 1=Movement, 2=Whole Score)" msgstr "Soort: (0=Bereik, 1=Beweging, 2=Hele partituur)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:643 msgid "Measures before cursor" msgstr "Maten vóór de cursor" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:644 msgid "Measures after cursor" msgstr "Maten na de cursor" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:645 msgid "Staffs before cursor" msgstr "Notenbalken vóór de cursor" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:646 msgid "Staffs after cursor" msgstr "Notenbalken na de cursor" #. #. * Misc Menu #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:650 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Diverse" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:651 msgid "Re-use last settings on startup" msgstr "Laatste instellingen opnieuw gebruiken bij het opstarten" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:652 msgid "Default Font Name (Denemo)" msgstr "Standaard lettertypenaam (Denemo)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:653 msgid "Default Font Size" msgstr "Standaard lettertypegrootte" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:654 msgid "Maximum Menu Size" msgstr "Maximale menugrootte" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:656 msgid "Playback Display Refresh" msgstr "Afspeelweergave vernieuwen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:657 msgid "Page Turn Steps" msgstr "Stappen voor het omslaan van pagina's" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:661 msgid "Excerpt Resolution" msgstr "Uittrekselresolutie" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:662 msgid "Enable Thumbnails" msgstr "Miniatuurvoorbeelden inschakelen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:663 msgid "Auto Open Sources on File Load" msgstr "Bronnen automatisch openen bij het laden van bestanden" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:664 msgid "Ignore Scheme Scripts on File Load" msgstr "Scheme-scripts negeren bij het laden van bestanden" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:665 msgid "Max recent files" msgstr "Max. recente bestanden" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:666 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Gebruikersnaam" #. PASSWORDENTRY (_("Password for Denemo.org"), password) #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:668 msgid "Create Parts Layouts" msgstr "Partituuropmaken creëren" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:672 msgid "Autosave every" msgstr "Automatisch opslaan elke" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:681 msgid "second(s)" msgstr "second(en)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:685 msgid "Compression" msgstr "Compressie" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:695 msgid "Play back entered notes immediately" msgstr "Ingevoerde noten onmiddellijk afspelen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:696 msgid "" "MIDI key sound on measure end\n" " (0 = Off)" msgstr "" "MIDI-toetsgeluid aan het einde van de maat\n" " (0 = Uit)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:697 msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel" msgstr "Kanaal voor toonhoogtespelling" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:698 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Pitch Spelling Channel" msgid "Use Pitch Spelling" msgstr "Kanaal voor toonhoogtespelling" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:701 msgid "% MIDI-in Dynamic Compression" msgstr "% MIDI-in dynamische compressie" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:702 msgid "Avoid abrupt damping" msgstr "Abrupte demping vermijden" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:728 msgid "Connect to port (left)" msgstr "Verbinden met poort (links)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:729 msgid "Connect to port (right)" msgstr "Verbinden met poort (rechts)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:747 msgid "Output device - Advanced Users Only!!" msgstr "Uitvoerapparaat - Alleen voor gevorderden!!" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:750 msgid "Sample rate" msgstr "Bemonsteringsfrequentie" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:751 msgid "Period size" msgstr "Periodegrootte" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:752 msgid "Maximum Recording Time (Secs)" msgstr "Maximale opnametijd (seconden)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:767 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Maximum Recording Time (Secs)" msgid "% MIDI-in recording timeout (ms)" msgstr "Maximale opnametijd (seconden)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:769 msgid "Rhythm Entry for MIDI in" msgstr "Ritme-invoer voor MIDI-ingang" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:770 msgid "Ignore MIDI in except for Note On/Off messages" msgstr "MIDI-ingang negeren behalve voor Noot Aan/Uit-berichten" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:771 msgid "MIDI backend" msgstr "MIDI-backend" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:785 msgid "Connect input to port" msgstr "Invoer verbinden met poort" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:786 msgid "Connect output to port" msgstr "Uitvoer verbinden met poort" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:807 msgid "Input device" msgstr "Invoerapparaat" #. #. * FluidSynth settings #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:823 msgid "Soundfont" msgstr "Soundfont" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:825 msgid "Choose Soundfont" msgstr "Soundfont kiezen" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832 msgid "Enable Reverb on soundfont" msgstr "Nagalm inschakelen op soundfont" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:832 msgid "Enable Chorus on soundfont" msgstr "Chorus inschakelen op soundfont" #. #. * Pitch Entry Parameters #. #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:838 msgid "Pitch Entry" msgstr "Toonhoogte-invoer" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840 msgid "Temperament" msgstr "Temperatuur (muzikale stemming)" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:840 msgid "Use Overlays" msgstr "Overlappingen gebruiken" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:841 msgid "Continuous Entry" msgstr "Doorlopende invoer" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:884 msgid "Any changes to MIDI or AUDIO will not be effected until re-starting Denemo" msgstr "Wijzigingen aan MIDI of AUDIO worden pas doorgevoerd als Denemo opnieuw wordt gestart" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885 msgid "Audio/MIDI Subsystem" msgstr "Audio/MIDI Subsysteem" #: ../src/ui/prefdialog.c:885 msgid "Attempt to re-start the audio subsystem now?" msgstr "Het audiosubsysteem nu opnieuw proberen op te starten?" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60 msgid "Custom LilyPond Score Block" msgstr "Aangepast LilyPond partituurblok" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:60 msgid "" "You will need to edit the LilyPond text to copy these edits from the standard scoreblock.\n" "It might be easier to edit your custom scoreblock directly. Abandon?" msgstr "" "U zult de LilyPond-tekst moeten bewerken om deze bewerkingen uit het standaard partituurblok te kopiëren.\n" "Het is misschien gemakkelijker om uw aangepast partituurblok rechtstreeks te bewerken. Afbreken?" #. g_assert (si != NULL); #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:133 msgid "Score properties" msgstr "Partituureigenschappen" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:145 msgid "Display Layout" msgstr "Weergave-indeling" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:150 msgid "Measure width (pixels):" msgstr "Maatbreedte (pixels): " #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:158 msgid "Staff spacing (pixels):" msgstr "Afstand tussen notenbalken (pixels): " #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:186 msgid "Paper Size" msgstr "Papiergrootte" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:206 ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:3 msgid "Font Size" msgstr "Lettertypegrootte" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:212 msgid "Lilypond Version" msgstr "Lilypond-versie" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:218 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:6 msgid "Portrait" msgstr "Staand" #: ../src/ui/scoreprops.c:221 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:5 msgid "Landscape" msgstr "Liggend" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:226 msgid "Only alphanumeric characters are allowed - part name unchanged" msgstr "Alleen alfanumerieke tekens zijn toegestaan - de naam van de partij blijft ongewijzigd" #. Print appearance tab #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:464 msgid "Typeset Appearance" msgstr "Typografie-uiterlijk" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:465 msgid "Part name (a-z,0-9):" msgstr "Partijnaam (a-z,0-9): " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:466 msgid "All staffs with the same part name will be typeset with the Print Part command. Use a blank part name for staffs that should be printed with every part. Only alphabetic characters, space and numerals are allowed" msgstr "Alle notenbalken met dezelfde partijnaam zullen met het commando Partij Afdrukken typografisch worden gezet. Gebruik een lege partijnaam voor notenbalken die bij elke partij moeten worden afgedrukt. Alleen tekens uit het alfabet, spaties en cijfers zijn toegestaan " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:467 msgid "Sub Part name:" msgstr "Naam sub-partij: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:468 msgid "If a single part (e.g. piano) has more than one staff they should be named here." msgstr "Als één enkele partij (bijv. piano) meer dan één notenbalk heeft, zouden deze hier een naam moeten krijgen." #. gtk_widget_grab_focus (entrywidget); #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:473 msgid "Space above:" msgstr "Ruimte boven: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:474 msgid "Space below:" msgstr "Ruimte onder: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:475 msgid "Number of Display Staff Lines:" msgstr "Aantal notenbalkregels op het scherm: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:480 msgid "MIDI Instrument:" msgstr "MIDI-instrument: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:481 msgid "Transposition:" msgstr "Transpositie: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:483 msgid "Master Volume:" msgstr "Hoofdvolume: " #. BOOLEANENTRY("Override MIDI Channel/Program", midi_prognum_override); #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:485 msgid "Channel:" msgstr "Kanaal: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:486 msgid "Program:" msgstr "Programma: " #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:529 msgid "Staff " msgstr "Notenbalk" #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:529 msgid " is using the same MIDI channel as this staff, but a different MIDI instrument - this won't work. Choose a different channel." msgstr " gebruikt hetzelfde MIDI-kanaal als deze notenbalk, maar een ander MIDI-instrument - dit zal niet werken. Kies een ander kanaal." #: ../src/ui/staffpropdialog.c:534 msgid "" "The setting for the loudness of this staff will ignored (or at least modified) by the setting of the dynamic compression preference you have.\n" "See Preferences Dialog, Audio Tab or Playback Controls \"Always Full Volume\" checkbox." msgstr "" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:55 msgid "My Script" msgstr "Mijn script" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:59 msgid "Creates a button for the script" msgstr "Maakt een knop voor het script" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:69 msgid "Empty scheme script" msgstr "Leeg scheme-script" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:76 msgid "" "To create a new command in the menu system that will execute the Scheme script in the pane below follow these steps:\n" " 1) Choose an already existing command in the menu system which you want your new command to come after.\n" " 2) Right Click on that command and select the option to create a new menu item\n" " 3) Give a unique name for this command (hint: prefix the command with your own initials)\n" " 4) Give the label and then the tooltip for the command\n" " 5) When exiting Denemo choose to save you new command(s)." msgstr "" "Volg deze stappen om een nieuw commando in het menusysteem te maken dat het Scheme-script in het onderstaande deelvenster zal uitvoeren:\n" " 1) Kies een reeds bestaand commando in het menusysteem waarachter uw nieuwe commando moet komen.\n" " 2) Klik met de rechtermuisknop op dat commando en selecteer de optie om een nieuw menu-item te maken\n" " 3) Geef een unieke naam aan dit commando (hint: voeg vooraan uw eigen initialen toe aan de commandonaam)\n" " 4) Geef het label en vervolgens de knopinfo op voor het commando\n" " 5) Kies bij het verlaten van Denemo om uw nieuwe commando('s) op te slaan." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:83 msgid "No script in the Scheme Window" msgstr "Geen script in het Scheme-venster" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:175 msgid "Turning off Recording scheme" msgstr "Scheme-opname uitschakelen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:189 msgid "Save Scheme Text as..." msgstr "Scheme-tekst opslaan als..." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:203 msgid "File already exists" msgstr "Bestand bestaat reeds" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:206 #, c-format msgid "" "The file %s already exists.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" "Het bestand %s bestaat reeds.\n" "Wilt u het overschrijven?" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:235 msgid "" "If you have loaded this script from a menu item or palette button then you must save it using a right click on that same menu item or palette button (and choosing \"Save Script from Scheme Window\").\n" "Otherwise use \"Save As\" from this menu." msgstr "" "Als u dit script vanuit een menu-item of paletknop hebt geladen, moet u het opslaan door met de rechtermuisknop op datzelfde menu-item of diezelfde paletknop te klikken (en te kiezen voor \"Script uit scheme-venster opslaan\").\n" "Anders moet u \"Opslaan als\" uit dit menu kiezen." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:258 msgid "Scheme text changed" msgstr "Scheme-tekst is gewijzigd" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:263 msgid "" "\n" "Do you want to save the changes in a new file?\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wilt u de wijzigingen in een nieuw bestand opslaan?\n" "\n" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:266 #, c-format msgid "" "\n" "Do you want to save the changes in %s ?\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Wilt u de wijzigingen opslaan in %s ?\n" "\n" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:300 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:359 #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:425 msgid "Denemo Scheme Script" msgstr "Denemo Scheme-script" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:317 msgid "Open File" msgstr "Bestand openen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:433 msgid "A Scheme command line interface. Type an expression here and press Enter to evaluate and display the result in the terminal. (On windows, use denemo-console.exe to get a terminal)" msgstr "Een commandoregelinterface voor scheme. Typ hier een expressie en druk op Enter om het resultaat uit te werken en weer te geven in de terminal. (Gebruik in Windows denemo-console.exe om een terminal te krijgen)" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:450 msgid "Execute Script" msgstr "Script uitvoeren" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:451 msgid "Executes the Scheme in the script window below. If an error is thrown this will give a message in the terminal." msgstr "Voert het Scheme uit in het onderstaande scriptvenster. Als er een fout wordt gegenereerd, geeft dit een bericht in de terminal." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:455 msgid "Create Button" msgstr "Knop aanmaken" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:456 msgid "Create a palette button for the Scheme in the script window below." msgstr "Een paletknop voor het Scheme maken in het onderstaande scriptvenster." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:460 msgid "Create Menu Item" msgstr "Een menu-item aanmaken" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:461 msgid "Steps you through creation of a Denemo command in the menu system to execute the Scheme script." msgstr "Begeleidt u doorheen het aanmaken van een Denemo-commando in het menusysteem om het Scheme-script uit te voeren." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:468 msgid "Erase the current script" msgstr "Het huidige script wissen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:474 msgid "Load a script file" msgstr "Een scriptbestand laden" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:478 msgid "Open Initialization Script" msgstr "Initialisatiescript openen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:480 msgid "Load the script file which will be executed on each newly opened score" msgstr "Het scriptbestand laden dat op elke nieuw geopende partituur zal worden uitgevoerd" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:486 msgid "Save this script to the file it was loaded from" msgstr "Dit script opslaan in het bestand van waaruit het werd geladen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:490 msgid "Save as…" msgstr "Opslaan als..." #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:492 msgid "Save this as a new file" msgstr "Dit als een nieuw bestand opslaan" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:496 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:574 msgid "Find" msgstr "Zoeken" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:499 ../src/ui/texteditors.c:574 msgid "Replace" msgstr "Vervangen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:519 msgid "Record Scheme Script" msgstr "Scheme-script opnemen" #: ../src/ui/texteditors.c:520 msgid "Start recording commands into the Scheme script text window" msgstr "Beginnen met het opnemen van commando's in het Scheme-script tekstvenster" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235 msgid "Change initial time signature" msgstr "De initiële maatsoort veranderen" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:235 msgid "Insert time signature change" msgstr "Maatsoortverandering invoegen" #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:243 msgid "Enter desired time signature:" msgstr "Gewenste maatsoort invoeren: " #: ../src/ui/timedialog.c:261 msgid "Current Staff Only" msgstr "Enkel huidige notenbalk" #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:48 msgid "Go to measure" msgstr "Naar maat gaan" #: ../src/ui/tomeasuredialog.c:53 msgid "Go to measure:" msgstr "Ga naar maat: " #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:16 msgid "Customize tuplet multiplier" msgstr "Multiplicator van antimetrische figuur aanpassen" #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:21 msgid "Numerator" msgstr "Teller" #: ../src/ui/tupletdialog.c:30 msgid "Denominator" msgstr "Noemer" #: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:29 msgid "Virtual Keyboard requires Denemo to be built with GTK3 or higher" msgstr "Virtueel toetsenbord vereist dat Denemo is gebouwd met GTK3 of hoger" #: ../src/ui/virtualkeyboard.c:165 msgid "Virtual MIDI keyboard" msgstr "Virtueel MIDI-toetsenbord" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26 msgid "Modifying the LilyPond Text" msgstr "De LilyPond-tekst wijzigen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:26 msgid "Give LilyPond syntax to be emitted by this Denemo Directive" msgstr "LilyPond-syntaxis opgeven die door deze Denemo-richtlijn moet worden geproduceerd" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:31 msgid "This directive currently creates no LilyPond via its postfix field, use the Advanced Edit instead" msgstr "Deze richtlijn creëert momenteel geen LilyPond via zijn achtervoegselveld, gebruik Geavanceerd Bewerken in de plaats" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:33 msgid "Help " msgstr "Hulp" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:39 msgid "" "This is a Directive object.\n" "Double click on it to get information about it." msgstr "" "Dit is een Richtlijnobject.\n" "Dubbelklik erop om er informatie over te krijgen." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:107 msgid "Edit Similar" msgstr "Soortgelijke bewerken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:108 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:506 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:527 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:597 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:8 msgid "Object Inspector" msgstr "Objectcontroleur" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:115 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:162 msgid "No help!" msgstr "Geen hulp!" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:340 msgid "Conditional on Layout" msgstr "Voorwaardelijk op de opmaak" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:341 msgid "Omit for an Omission Criterion" msgstr "Weglating voor een weglatingscriterium" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:342 msgid "Allow when Omission Criterion set" msgstr "Toestaan wanneer weglatingcriterium is ingesteld" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:350 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:356 msgid "Allow for Layout \"" msgstr "Toestaan voor opmaak \"" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:351 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:357 msgid "Ignore for Layout \"" msgstr "Negeren voor opmaak \"" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:352 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:358 msgid "For all Layouts" msgstr "Voor alle opmaken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:354 msgid "Allow for the Layout for Part \"" msgstr "Toestaan voor de opmaak voor partij \"" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/directives.scm:355 msgid "Ignore for the Layout for Part \"" msgstr "Negeren voor de opmaak voor partij \"" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:338 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/scheme.scm:339 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:177 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:45 msgid "y" msgstr "j" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:76 msgid "Cursor is not inside selection" msgstr "Cursor is niet binnen selectie" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:415 msgid "Object of type " msgstr "Object van het type" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/selection.scm:420 msgid "Copied " msgstr "Gekopieerd" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:306 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:349 msgid "Now drag the control points to make the shape desired - when finished click away from a control point" msgstr "Versleep nu de bedieningspunten om de gewenste vorm te maken - als u klaar bent, klikt u weg van een bedieningspunt" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:310 msgid "Slur Re-shaped" msgstr "Opnieuw vormgegeven legatoboog" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:315 msgid "" "To re-shape curves it is better to have the control points marked.\n" "Use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command.\n" "However, as this is not working well for multiple staffs, you can do without -\n" "dismiss this dialog and\n" "simply click on four points: the start of the curve, two points outside along its length and the end point." msgstr "" "Om bogen opnieuw vorm te geven is het beter dat de bedieningspunten gemarkeerd zijn.\n" "Gebruik het menu van de rechtermuisknop om deze te activeren voordat u dit commando oproept.\n" "Omdat dit echter niet goed werkt voor meerdere notenbalken, kunt u ook zonder -\n" "sluit dit dialoogvenster en\n" "klik eenvoudig op vier punten: het begin van de boog, twee punten erbuiten langsheen zijn lengte en het eindpunt." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:326 msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the slur\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Klik nu op het bedieningspunt aan het linker uiteinde van de legatoboog\n" "De bedieningspunten zijn aangegeven met rode kruisjes" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:327 msgid "Now click second control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het tweede bedieningspunt van de legatoboog, het volgende rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:328 msgid "Now click third control point of the slur, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het derde bedieningspunt van de legatoboog, het volgende rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:329 msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the slur, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het laatste bedieningspunt aan het einde van de legatoboog, het laatste rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:337 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:372 msgid "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest (Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "Klik eerst op de middellijn van de notenbalk in overeenstemming met nootkop/rust (Positionering zal gebeuren ten opzichte van deze hoogte)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:353 msgid "Tie Re-shaped" msgstr "Opnieuw vormgegeven overbinding" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:362 msgid "" "Now click on the control point at the left end of the tie\n" "Control points are marked by red crosses" msgstr "" "Klik nu op het bedieningspunt aan het linker uiteinde van de overbinding\n" "De bedieningspunten zijn aangegeven met rode kruisjes" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:363 msgid "Now click second control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het tweede bedieningspunt van de overbinding, het volgende rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:364 msgid "Now click third control point of the tie, the next red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het derde bedieningspunt van de overbinding, het volgende rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:365 msgid "Now click last control point at the end of the tie, the last red cross to the right" msgstr "Klik nu op het laatste bedieningspunt aan het einde van de overbinding, het laatste rode kruis rechts" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382 msgid "Restore Default Slur Shape/Position" msgstr "Standaard legatoboog-vorm/positie herstellen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:382 msgid "Removes your customization of this slur" msgstr "Verwijdert uw aanpassingen aan deze legatoboog" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383 msgid "Restore Default Tie Shape/Position" msgstr "Standaard overbindings-vorm/positie herstellen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:383 msgid "Removes your customization of this tie" msgstr "Verwijdert uw aanpassingen aan deze overbinding" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388 msgid "Hint Slur Position" msgstr "Legatoboogpositie suggereren" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:388 msgid "Edit Slur Shape" msgstr "Legatoboogvorm bewerken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:396 msgid "First click on the notehead of the note where the slur starts" msgstr "Klik eerst op de nootkop van de noot waar de legatoboog begint" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:402 msgid "Not a slur start - cancelled" msgstr "Geen legatoboogbegin - geannuleerd" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:409 msgid "Edit Tie Shape" msgstr "Overbindingsvorm bewerken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:437 msgid "" "To re-position stuff attached to notes accurately you need to have the locations of the objects marked with red dots.\n" "You can use the right click menu to turn these on before invoking this command. However, since this marking code is only working well for single staffs, you can go ahead without.\n" "To do this dismiss this dialog and guess at where the red spot is on the object." msgstr "" "Om zaken die aan noten gekoppeld zijn, nauwkeurig te verplaatsen, moeten de locaties van de objecten met rode stippen gemarkeerd zijn.\n" "U kunt het menu van de rechtermuisknop gebruiken om deze in te schakelen voordat u dit commando uitvoert. Aangezien deze markeringscode echter alleen goed werkt voor enkele notenbalken, kunt u ook zonder.\n" "Om dit te doen moet u dit dialoogvenster sluiten en raden waar de rode stip zich op het object bevindt." #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:441 msgid "" "First click on the center line of the staff aligning with notehead/rest\n" "(Positioning will be done with respect to this height)" msgstr "" "Klik eerst op de middellijn van de notenbalk in overeenstemming met nootkop/rust\n" "(Positionering zal gebeuren ten opzichte van deze hoogte)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:443 msgid "Now click on the position desired for the object" msgstr "Klik nu op de gewenste positie voor het object" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:447 msgid "Re-positioned" msgstr "Opnieuw gepositioneerd" #. TupletPosition #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:619 ../actions/denemo.scm:1076 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Up" msgstr "Omhoog" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:620 ../actions/denemo.scm:1076 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Down" msgstr "Omlaag" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:453 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:616 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:621 ../actions/denemo.scm:1076 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.scm:2 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Automatisch" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:12 msgid "Padding" msgstr "Vulling" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:464 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:18 msgid "Give amount of padding required around this item (in staff spaces)" msgstr "Geef de hoeveelheid vulling die nodig is rond dit item (in notenbalkruimtes)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:477 msgid "Give relative font size: " msgstr "Geef relatieve lettergrootte: " #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:505 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:526 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:596 msgid "Object Editor" msgstr "Objectbewerker" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:507 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:528 #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:598 msgid "Play From Here" msgstr "Vanaf hier afspelen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:515 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:30 msgid "Up/Down" msgstr "Omhoog/Omlaag" #. FIXME the value is relative to the centre line of the staff, this gets relative to the tr sign. #. need to use d-GetNewTarget to find the notehead position, then use its mid_c_offset to get the centre line value #. beaming does not come here, it is on Note target-type this #. dragging rests is target = (CHORD, #f, #f) comes here #. ornaments come here target = (Chord #f ToggleMordent) for example #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:522 ../actions/denemo.scm:173 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:176 msgid "Offset Position" msgstr "Positieverschuiving" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Line Break" msgstr "Regeleinde" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:556 msgid "Start a new line here" msgstr "Hier een nieuwe regel beginnen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:557 msgid "Start a new page here" msgstr "Hier een nieuwe pagina beginnen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560 msgid "Three Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Drie waardestrepen rechts (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:560 msgid "Put just three beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon drie waardestrepen aan de rechterkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561 msgid "Three Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Drie waardestrepen links (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:561 msgid "Put just three beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon drie waardestrepen aan de linkerkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564 msgid "Two Beams Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Twee waardestrepen rechts (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:564 msgid "Put just two beams to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon twee waardestrepen aan de rechterkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565 msgid "Two Beams Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Twee waardestrepen links (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:565 msgid "Put just two beams to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon twee waardestrepen aan de linkerkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570 msgid "One Beam Right (Off/On)" msgstr "Een waardestreep rechts (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:570 msgid "Put just one beam to the right or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon één waardestreep aan de rechterkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571 msgid "One Beam Left (Off/On)" msgstr "Een waardestreep links (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:571 msgid "Put just one beam to the left or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Gewoon één waardestreep aan de linkerkant plaatsen of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572 msgid "Chop to One Beam" msgstr "Verminderen tot één waardestreep" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:572 msgid "Reduce the beaming between this and the next note to just one beam" msgstr "Het aantal waardestrepen tussen deze en de volgende noot verminderen tot slechts één waardestreep" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577 msgid "Chop Gap in Beam" msgstr "Waardestreep onderbreken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:577 msgid "Remove the beaming between this and the next note" msgstr "De waardestrepen tussen deze en de volgende noot verwijderen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578 msgid "No Beam (Off/On)" msgstr "Geen waardestreep (Aan/Uit)" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:578 msgid "Leave note/chord un-beamed or undo a previous invocation of this command" msgstr "Deze noot/dit akkoord zonder waardestreep laten of een eerdere aanroep van dit commando ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579 msgid "Change beam angle/position" msgstr "Waardestreep-hoek/positie wijzigen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:579 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the beam" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u de uiteinden van de waardestreep verslepen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583 msgid "Hint Slur Angle/Position" msgstr "Legatoboog-hoek/positie suggereren" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:583 msgid "Allows you to drag the ends of the slur" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u de uiteinden van de legatoboog verslepen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584 msgid "Change Slur Shape" msgstr "Legatoboogvorm wijzigen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:584 msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the slur" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u de bedieningspunten van de legatoboog verslepen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591 msgid "Change Tie Shape" msgstr "Overbindingsvorm wijzigen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:591 msgid "Allows you to drag the control points of the tie" msgstr "Hiermee kunt u de bedieningspunten van de overbinding verslepen" #: ../actions/denemo-modules/wysiwyg.scm:625 msgid "Edit Directive tagged " msgstr "Richtlijn met tag bewerken" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:157 msgid "Place above staff" msgstr "Boven notenbalk plaatsen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:158 msgid "Place below staff" msgstr "Onder notenbalk plaatsen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:159 msgid "Set Relative Font Size" msgstr "Relatieve lettergrootte instellen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:160 msgid "Offset Position (All)" msgstr "Positieverschuiving (alle)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:161 msgid "Offset Position (One)" msgstr "Positieverschuiving (één)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:162 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:89 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:17 msgid "Edit Text" msgstr "Tekst bewerken" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:163 msgid "Set Padding" msgstr "Vulling instellen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:166 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:7 msgid "Restore Position" msgstr "Positie herstellen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:167 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:6 msgid "Nudge Position" msgstr "Positieverschuiving" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:173 msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in horizontal direction" msgstr "In horizontale richting te verschuiven aantal (+/-)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:176 msgid "Amount (+/-) to nudge in vertical direction" msgstr "In verticale richting te verschuiven aantal (+/-)" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:284 ../actions/denemo.scm:345 msgid "Extra space above (0):" msgstr "Extra ruimte erboven (0):" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:287 ../actions/denemo.scm:347 msgid "Give font magnification required (+/-) 0 " msgstr "Vereiste lettertypevergroting opgeven (+/-) 0 " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:335 msgid "Give a name applying to the whole score" msgstr "Een naam opgeven die van toepassing is op de hele partituur" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:500 msgid "End the selection at a note" msgstr "De selectie beëindigen op een noot" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:505 msgid "Start the selection at a note" msgstr "De selectie beginnen op een noot" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:665 msgid "You had book titles for this score. These are being dropped. To re-instate them, re-set the title as a book title." msgstr "U had boektitels voor deze partituur. Deze worden verwijderd. Om deze opnieuw in te stellen, moet u de titel opnieuw instellen als een boektitel." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:955 msgid "Please enter a transpose interval" msgstr "Voer een transpositie-interval in" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:955 msgid "" "Please enter a transpose interval or two notes in Lilypond syntax.\n" "\n" "Example: m2 minor second, M2 major second, p5 fifth, T tritone.\n" "Or: c' e' for a major third." msgstr "" "Voer een transpositie-interval in of twee noten in Lilypond-syntaxis.\n" "\n" "Voorbeeld: m2 kleine secunde, M2 grote secunde, p5 kwint, T tritonus.\n" "Of: c' e' voor een grote terts." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1085 msgid "This definition is not loaded ... trying to load" msgstr "Deze definitie is niet geladen ... laden wordt geprobeerd" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1207 ../actions/denemo.scm:1211 #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1273 msgid "Movement Titles" msgstr "Bewegingstitels" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1207 ../actions/denemo.scm:1211 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18 msgid "Give " msgstr "Opgeven" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1305 ../actions/denemo.scm:1372 msgid "dedication" msgstr "opdracht" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1306 ../actions/denemo.scm:1376 msgid "title" msgstr "titel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1307 ../actions/denemo.scm:1380 msgid "subtitle" msgstr "ondertitel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1308 ../actions/denemo.scm:1384 msgid "subsubtitle" msgstr "onder-ondertitel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1309 ../actions/denemo.scm:1388 msgid "instrument" msgstr "instrument" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1310 ../actions/denemo.scm:1392 msgid "poet" msgstr "tekstdichter" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1311 ../actions/denemo.scm:1396 msgid "composer" msgstr "componist" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1312 ../actions/denemo.scm:1400 msgid "meter" msgstr "maat" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1313 ../actions/denemo.scm:1404 msgid "arranger" msgstr "arrangeur" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1318 ../actions/denemo.scm:1408 msgid "tagline" msgstr "slagzin" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1318 ../actions/denemo.scm:1412 msgid "copyright" msgstr "copyright" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1319 ../actions/denemo.scm:1416 msgid "piece" msgstr "stuk" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1319 ../actions/denemo.scm:1420 msgid "opus" msgstr "opus" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1322 msgid "Switch to Simple Titles" msgstr "Naar eenvoudige titels overschakelen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1366 msgid "" "You have simple titles created by an earlier version of Denemo.\n" "You can only edit these with 1.2.4 or earlier versions.\n" "You can delete them in the score and movement editor and then re-instate them." msgstr "" "U hebt eenvoudige titels gemaakt met een eerdere versie van Denemo.\n" "U kunt deze alleen bewerken met versie 1.2.4 of eerdere versies.\n" "U kunt ze verwijderen in de partituur- en bewegingseditor en ze dan opnieuw invoegen." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1449 msgid "Give Spacing:" msgstr "Afstand opgeven: " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1467 ../actions/denemo.scm:1470 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give Limit" msgid "Give distance" msgstr "Limiet opgeven" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1471 msgid "System to System Minimum Distance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1473 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give Spacing:" msgid "Give padding" msgstr "Afstand opgeven: " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1474 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:1 msgid "System to System Padding" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1476 msgid "Give stretchability" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1477 msgid "System to System Stretchability" msgstr "" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1493 msgid "Mute Staff" msgstr "Notenbalk dempen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1494 msgid "Unmute Staff" msgstr "Dempen van de notenbalk opheffen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1496 msgid "(Print) Show Staff" msgstr "(Afdrukken) Notenbalk tonen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1497 msgid "(Print) Hide Staff" msgstr "(Afdrukken) Notenbalk verbergen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1500 msgid "(Display) Show Staff" msgstr "(Weergave) Notenbalk tonen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1501 msgid "(Display) Hide Staff" msgstr "(Weergave) Notenbalk verbergen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1515 msgid "(Display) Show All Staffs" msgstr "(Weergave) Alle notenbalken tonen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1516 msgid "(Display) Hide All Other Staffs" msgstr "(Weergave) Alle andere notenbalken verbergen" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1517 msgid "Movement Editor" msgstr "Bewegingseditor" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1519 msgid "This sets the visibility/mute and other properties for the whole movement" msgstr "Dit stelt de zichtbaarheid/demping en andere eigenschappen in voor de hele beweging" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1592 msgid "Staff number " msgstr "Notenbalknummer" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1592 msgid "Staffs have different properties: " msgstr "Notenbalken hebben verschillende eigenschappen: " #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1611 msgid "Different number of measures in staff " msgstr "Verschillend aantal maten in notenbalk" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1618 msgid "Comparing Music" msgstr "Muziek vergelijken" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1618 msgid "Continue Searching?" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken?" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1633 msgid "Extra staff(s) in one score." msgstr "Extra notenbalk(en) in één partituur." #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1750 msgid "No Title" msgstr "Geen titel" #: ../actions/denemo.scm:1752 msgid "No Composer" msgstr "Geen componist" #: ../actions/editscripts/Beam.scm:6 msgid "Customized Beaming Command - use Advanced Edit" msgstr "Aangepast commando voor het plaatsen van waardestrepen - gebruik Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../actions/editscripts/Slur.scm:1 msgid "This Directive modifies the slur shape - you can further edit the slur shape in the Print View window, or delete this directive to return to the default shape" msgstr "Deze richtlijn wijzigt de vorm van de legatoboog - u kunt de vorm van de legatoboog verder bewerken in het venster Afdrukweergave, of deze richtlijn verwijderen om terug te keren naar de standaardvorm" #. ActivateObjectAtCursor #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Activate Object" msgstr "Object activeren" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivateObjectAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Activates the object at the Denemo cursor, equivalent to right-clicking on it. Control and Shift keys will affect the response if used in the key shortcut for this command." msgstr "Activeert het object bij de Denemo-cursor, wat overeenkomt met erop klikken met de rechtermuisknop. De Control- en Shift-toetsen hebben invloed op de reactie als ze worden gebruikt in de sneltoetscombinatie voor dit commando." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.scm:2 msgid "" "Select a palette by clicking on one of its buttons.\n" "Thereafter use a keyboard shortcut to invoke this command\n" "and then type any label from the palette followed by \n" "You can cut the label short (it clicks the first button that matches)." msgstr "" "Selecteer een palet door op een van zijn knoppen te klikken.\n" "Gebruik daarna een sneltoets om dit commando op te roepen\n" "en typ vervolgens een label uit het palet, gevolgd door \n" "U kunt het label verkorten (het klikt op de eerste knop die overeenkomt)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:1 msgid "Activate Palette Button" msgstr "Paletknop activeren" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ActivatePaletteButtonByLabel.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you \"click\" a palette button by typing the label. Use a keyboard shortcut to start this command, then type the label followed by Return. The last used palette is the active one. Click on the menu item for this command for more help." msgstr "Hiermee kunt u op een paletknop \"klikken\" door het label te typen. Gebruik een sneltoets om dit commando te starten en typ vervolgens het label gevolgd door Return. Het laatst gebruikte palet is het actieve. Klik op het menu-item voor dit commando voor meer hulp." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/AdvancedEdit.scm:5 msgid "" "To edit a directive attached to the object at the cursor\n" "right click and choose Run Object Editor" msgstr "Om een richtlijn te bewerken die gekoppeld is aan het object bij de cursor, klikt u met de rechter muisknop en kiest u Objecteditor uitvoeren" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:1 msgid "Advanced Edit" msgstr "Geavanceerd Bewerken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/AdvancedEdit.xml.h:2 msgid "Edits a Denemo Directive at the lowest level. Advanced users only!" msgstr "Bewerkt een Denemo-richtlijn op het laagste niveau. Alleen voor gevorderde gebruikers! " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:55 msgid "Non Printing" msgstr "Niet afdrukken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:57 msgid "Slur Start" msgstr "Begin van legatoboog" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:59 msgid "Slur End" msgstr "Einde van legatoboog" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:61 msgid "Tied Note" msgstr "Overbonden noot" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:63 msgid "Tuplet Start" msgstr "Begin antimetrische figuur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:65 msgid "Tuplet End" msgstr "Einde antimetrische figuur" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:67 msgid "Key Change" msgstr "Wijziging voortekening" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:71 msgid "Stems Direction" msgstr "Nootstokrichting" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.scm:91 msgid "Nothing in this movement can be searched for (no ties, slurs, time signature changes, tuplets, directives etc)." msgstr "Niets in deze beweging kan worden opgezocht (geen overbindingen, legatobogen, maatsoortwijzigingen, antimetrische figuren, richtlijnen, enz.)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose, Seek & Edit" msgstr "Kiezen, zoeken & bewerken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ChooseSeekEditDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a menu of all the types of objects that can be searched for in this movement. Selecting one moves the cursor to the next object of that type which can then be edited, or further searches made." msgstr "Creëert een menu met alle soorten objecten waarnaar in deze beweging kan worden gezocht. Als u er een selecteert, gaat de cursor naar het volgende object van dat type, dat vervolgens kan worden bewerkt, of er kan verder worden gezocht." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum" msgstr "GM-Drum omzetten naar Gebruikers-Drum" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers available." msgstr "Converteert tussen de midi-drumnotatie en een gebruikersdrumnotatie. De gebruiker kan zijn/haar drumschema instellen in een sjabloon in ~/.denemo/templates of een andere kopie kiezen die hij/zij van het sjabloonbestand heeft gemaakt om drumschema's voor verschillende drummers beschikbaar te hebben. " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Selection/Object/Empty Measure" msgstr "Selectie/Object/Lege maat verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/IntelligentDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection." msgstr "Wist één enkel object bij de cursor, een lege maat of de volledige selectie." #. RemoveCustomizedButtons #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:1 msgid "Destroy Button Customization" msgstr "Knopaanpassingen wissen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/RemoveSchemeInit.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes the file that creates customized buttons on the title bar (and any other scheme you have added to the startup script)." msgstr "Verwijdert het bestand dat aangepaste knoppen op de titelbalk maakt (en elk ander scheme dat u aan het opstartscript hebt toegevoegd)." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete in Stages" msgstr "Stap voor stap verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Delete/StagedDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the object at/before the cursor. For Notes/Chords/Rests it deletes stage by stage. First it removes notes until just a non-printing rest remains, then deletes that." msgstr "Verwijdert het object op/voor de cursor. Voor noten/akkoorden/rusten wordt stap voor stap verwijderd. Eerst worden noten verwijderd totdat er alleen een niet-afdrukbare rust overblijft, en vervolgens wordt die verwijderd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6 msgid "Set Denemo Duration" msgstr "Denemo-duur instellen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/DenemoDurationInTicks.scm:6 msgid "Give duration desired in ticks (PPQN) " msgstr "De gewenste duur opgeven in tikken (PPQN)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:1 msgid "(Display) Set Object Duration" msgstr "(Weergave) Objectduur instellen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/DenemoDurationInTicks.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the duration of the object at the cursor for display purposes. Value is pulses per quarter note - ie MIDI ticks. No effect on typesetting." msgstr "Stelt de duur van het object bij de cursor in voor weergavedoeleinden. Waarde is pulsen per kwartnoot - d.w.z. MIDI-tikken. Geen effect op typografie." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:7 msgid "Delete All " msgstr "Alles verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:8 msgid "Execute Scheme on all " msgstr "Scheme uitvoeren op alles" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.scm:11 msgid "You must choose a type of object to edit first" msgstr "U moet eerst een type object kiezen om te bewerken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit All of Type" msgstr "Alles bewerken van het type" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Resumes the last Seeking/Editing/Deleting operation. All objects of the type last searched for will be sought again, from the cursor onwards." msgstr "Hervat de laatste zoek-/bewerkings-/verwijderingsoperatie. Alle objecten van het type waarnaar laatst gezocht werd, zullen opnieuw opgezocht worden, te beginnen vanaf de cursor." #. EditScoreAndMovementDirectives #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Score/Movement Directives" msgstr "Partituur-/bewegingsrichtlijnen bewerken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditScoreAndMovementDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Collects together all the Score Directives and the Movement Directives for the current movement and allows advanced (low-level) edit of any of them. This is a convenience command if you do not know the directive you are looking for." msgstr "Verzamelt alle Partituur- en Bewegingsrichtlijnen voor de huidige beweging en maakt geavanceerde bewerking (op basisniveau) van elk van hen mogelijk. Dit is een handig commando als u niet weet naar welke richtlijn u op zoek bent." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364 msgid "Continue Seeking " msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:37 msgid " Directives" msgstr " Richtlijnen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:61 msgid " on Noteheads" msgstr " voor Nootkoppen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:12 msgid "Edit " msgstr "Bewerken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:63 msgid " on Notehead" msgstr " voor Nootkop" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:86 msgid " on Chords/Notes/Rests" msgstr " voor Akkoorden/Noten/Rusten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 msgid " Directive" msgstr " Richtlijn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:88 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:93 msgid " on this Chord/Note/Rest" msgstr " voor dit/deze Akkoord/Noot/Rust" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:111 msgid " Objects" msgstr " Objecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:112 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:116 msgid "Change to Printing" msgstr "Overschakelen naar afdrukken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:128 msgid "Continue seeking slur start positions" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar legatoboogbeginposities" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:129 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:133 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:147 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:151 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Slur" msgstr "Legatoboog verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:146 msgid "Continue seeking slur end positions" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar legatoboogeindposities" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:165 msgid "Continue seeking tied notes" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar overbonden noten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:166 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:170 msgid "Delete Tie" msgstr "Overbinding verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:183 msgid "Continue seeking tuplet start objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar begin-antimetrische-figuur-objecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:198 msgid "Continue seeking tuplet end objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar einde-antimetrische-figuur-objecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:213 msgid "Continue seeking time signature change objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar maatsoortveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:233 msgid "Continue seeking clef change objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar sleutelveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:251 msgid "Continue seeking key signature change objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar voortekeningveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:272 msgid "Continue seeking stem direction change objects" msgstr "Doorgaan met zoeken naar nootstokrichtingveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:290 msgid " on Time Signature Change Objects" msgstr " voor maatsoortveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:316 msgid " on Clef Change Objects" msgstr " voor sleutelveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:340 msgid " on Key Change Objects" msgstr " voor voortekeningveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:364 msgid " on Voice Change objects" msgstr " voor stemveranderingsobjecten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:397 msgid "Must choose type of object to be edited/deleted" msgstr "U moet het type object kiezen dat moet worden bewerkt/verwijderd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:409 msgid "" "Cannot resume - no previous search.\n" "Offering a menu of all possible searches instead." msgstr "" "Kan niet hervatten - geen eerdere zoekopdracht.\n" "In plaats daarvan wordt een menu geboden van alle mogelijke zoekopdrachten." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:643 msgid "" "Attributes and Directives attached to noteheads, chords (including notes and rests) and standalone objects are supported - position the cursor on a notehead for directives on that notehead or off the noteheads for directives on a chord/note/rest, or on any other sort of object in the music. \n" "Alternatively, use \"Choose, Seek and Edit\" command to select from a list of types of directives in the movement to seek for." msgstr "" "Attributen en richtlijnen die gekoppeld zijn aan nootkoppen, akkoorden (inclusief noten en rusten) en zelfstandige objecten worden ondersteund - plaats de cursor op een nootkop voor richtlijnen voor die nootkop of naast de nootkoppen voor richtlijnen voor een akkoord/noot/rust of voor elk andere soort object in de muziek. \n" "U kunt ook de opdracht \"Kiezen, zoeken en bewerken\" gebruiken om een keuze te maken uit een lijst met soorten richtlijnen in de beweging waarnaar moet worden gezocht." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:653 msgid "Wrap to first movement" msgstr "Doorlopen naar de eerste beweging" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:654 msgid "Wrap to next movement" msgstr "Doorlopen naar de volgende beweging" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:655 msgid "Wrap to beginning" msgstr "Doorlopen naar het begin" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.scm:673 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:110 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Afgewerkt" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Here (and ...)" msgstr "Hier bewerken (en ...)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/EditSimilar.xml.h:2 msgid "Seek and edit Denemo Directives starting with the one at the cursor and optionally similar ones following. Position the cursor on a particular notehead to edit directives attached to individual noteheads (such as fingering), otherwise you will edit directives attached at the chord level (such as beaming)." msgstr "Denemo-richtlijnen zoeken en bewerken, te beginnen met die bij de cursor en eventueel daaropvolgende gelijkaardige richtlijnen. Plaats de cursor op een bepaalde nootkop om richtlijnen te bewerken die aan individuele nootkoppen zijn gekoppeld (zoals vingerzetting), anders bewerkt u richtlijnen die gekoppeld zijn aan het akkoordniveau (zoals waardestrepen plaatsen). " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:3 msgid "Type Snippet Number 1,2..." msgstr "Typ fragmentnummer 1,2 ..." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.scm:9 msgid "To use this function correctly you need to give the number of the snippet to be inserted" msgstr "Om deze functie correct te gebruiken, moet u het nummer van het in te voegen fragment opgeven" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Nth Snippet" msgstr "N-de fragment invoegen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/InsertNthSnippet.xml.h:2 msgid "Pastes the Nth snippet into the score at the cursor position. Follow with the number 1,2,... of the snippet to be inserted" msgstr "Plakt het N-de fragment in de partituur op de cursorpositie. Voeg het nummer 1,2, ... van het in te voegen fragment toe" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Emacs 2-key Shortcut" msgstr "Een Emacs-sneltoets van twee toetsen starten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/KeyBindings/StartEmacs2KeyShortcut.xml.h:2 msgid "Initiates a 2-key sequence, emacs style." msgstr "Initieert een sequentie van 2 toetsen, volgens de emacs-stijl." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Een omgekeerde tekenreeks invoegen als binair ritme" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting." msgstr "Een tekenreeks opgeven om een ritme te genereren uit zijn ascii-tekens in binaire codering. De tekenreeks wordt omgekeerd voordat deze wordt geconverteerd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Een omgekeerde tekenreeks invoegen als omgekeerd binair ritme" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Een tekenreeks opgeven om een ritme te genereren uit zijn ascii-tekens in binaire codering. De tekenreeks wordt omgekeerd voordat deze wordt geconverteerd. Het ritme voor elke letter wordt omgekeerd voordat deze wordt ingevoegd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Een tekenreeks invoegen als binair ritme" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding" msgstr "Een tekenreeks opgeven om een ritme te genereren uit zijn ascii-tekens in binaire codering" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm" msgstr "Een tekenreeks invoegen als omgekeerd binair ritme" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString/NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting." msgstr "Een tekenreeks opgeven om een ritme te genereren uit zijn ascii-tekens in binaire codering. Het ritme voor elke letter wordt omgekeerd voordat deze wordt ingevoegd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Shuffled Pool" msgstr "Een dooreengeschudde pool invoegen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Voegt alle noten in willekeurige volgorde in vanuit een door de gebruiker gespecificeerde pool van noten in de Lilypond-syntaxis" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)" msgstr "Geselecteerde objecten spiegelen (as = cursor)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position." msgstr "De geselecteerde noten spiegelen. De cursorpositie vormt de as." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Selected Objects" msgstr "Geselecteerde objecten ongedaan maken" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Revert selected objects" msgstr "Geselecteerde objecten terugzetten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:1 msgid "Shuffle Selected Objects" msgstr "Geselecteerde objecten dooreenschudden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects.xml.h:2 msgid "Shuffle the selected objects" msgstr "De geselecteerde objecten dooreenschudden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Ascending)" msgstr "Selectie sorteren (oplopend)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order." msgstr "Alle noten in de selectie in oplopende volgorde sorteren." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort Selection (Descending)" msgstr "Selectie sorteren (aflopend)" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending.xml.h:2 msgid "Sort all notes in the selection, descending order." msgstr "Alle noten in de selectie in aflopende volgorde sorteren." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:1 msgid "Twelve Tone Row" msgstr "Reeks van twaalf tonen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow.xml.h:2 msgid "Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner." msgstr "Genereert twaalf noten met de heersende duur, waarbij elke noot uniek is, zodat het hele chromatische bereik op een willekeurige manier wordt ingevoegd." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:1 msgid "Note from Pool" msgstr "Noot uit de pool" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax" msgstr "Voegt één noot in uit een door de gebruiker gespecificeerde pool van noten in de Lilypond-syntaxis" #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Chromatic within Clef Range" msgstr "Chromatisch binnen sleutelbereik" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum." msgstr "Een willekeurige noot invoegen binnen het bereik van de sleutel. Volledig chromatisch spectrum." #. Part of NotationMagick #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:1 msgid "asd" msgstr "wdn" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote/NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature." msgstr "Een willekeurige noot invoegen binnen het bereik van de sleutel, alleen diatonische noten volgens de huidige voortekening." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:18 msgid "Swapped" msgstr "Omgewisseld" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:47 msgid "Badly placed Passage marker. Mark passages only in the upper staff." msgstr "Slecht geplaatste passagemarkering. Markeer passages alleen in de bovenste notenbalk." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:64 msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage end." msgstr "Kan het overeenkomstige einde van de passage niet vinden." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:68 msgid "Unable to find corresponding passage start." msgstr "Kan het overeenkomstige begin van de passage niet vinden." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:72 msgid "No staff below to swap passages with." msgstr "Geen notenbalk hieronder om passages mee te wisselen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:75 msgid "Start Passage with no End Passage." msgstr "Begin van een passage zonder einde van de passage." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.scm:95 msgid "Use Undo(s) to restore any cut music." msgstr "Gebruik Ongedaan maken om geknipte muziek te herstellen." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:1 msgid "Swap Passages" msgstr "Passages verwisselen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/NotationMagick/SwapPassages.xml.h:2 msgid "Passages of music in the current staff that have been marked using the Mark Passages command will be swapped with the corresponding music from the staff below." msgstr "Muziekpassages in de huidige notenbalk die zijn gemarkeerd met het commando Passages markeren, worden verwisseld met de overeenkomstige muziek uit de notenbalk eronder." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Paste From Staff Above" msgstr "Plakken vanuit bovenstaande notenbalk" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteFromAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Copies any non-musical objects for the current musical moment from the staff above and pastes them into this staff after the cursor." msgstr "Kopieert alle niet-muzikale objecten uit het huidige muzikale moment uit de bovenstaande notenbalk en plakt ze in deze notenbalk na de cursor." #. Goes to the beginning of the selection afterwards #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Paste and Replace Selection" msgstr "Plakken en selectie vervangen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/PasteReplaceSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones." msgstr "Vanuit het klembord plakken. Alle geselecteerde objecten vervangen. Deze versie van plakken creëert ook nieuwe maatstrepen in plaats van strikt de gekopieerde maatstrepen te gebruiken. " #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:1 msgid "Reload the \"Drum GM to User\" Map" msgstr "Het schema \"GM-drum naar Gebruikers-drum\" opnieuw laden" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ReloadDrumHash.xml.h:2 msgid "Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User" msgstr "Herlaadt het drumschema dat nodig is voor DrumGm2User" #. ResumeEdit #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:1 msgid "Resume Seek/Edit" msgstr "Zoeken/Bewerken hervatten" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ResumeEdit.xml.h:2 msgid "Resumes seeking and optionally editing the last sought type of object." msgstr "Hervat het zoeken en eventueel bewerken van het laatst gezochte objecttype." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection" msgstr "Sneltoets toepassen op objecten in selectie" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ApplyToSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection." msgstr "Gevolgd door een sneltoets: past de sneltoets toe met de cursor achtereenvolgens op elk object in de selectie." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:50 msgid "Cursor not in selection" msgstr "Cursor niet binnen selectie" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:1 msgid "Cut Selection as Sketch" msgstr "Selectie als schets knippen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/CutSelectionAsSketch.xml.h:2 msgid "Cuts the selection and places it in a new non-printing movement (a \\\"sketch\\\") after the current movement." msgstr "Knipt de selectie en plaatst deze in een nieuwe niet-afdrukbare beweging (een \\\"schets\\\") na de huidige beweging." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Selected Objects" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:16 msgid "First execute this command with the selection set to two directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc (which will then be copied to the clipboard)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:17 msgid "Then select music to be bracketed by these two objects and re-execute the command" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:38 msgid "The pair of objects" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:43 msgid "Notes or rests cannot be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:61 msgid "Clipboard is messed up, edit by hand" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:68 msgid "Clipboard has changed and does not hold a pair of objects to bracket the selection. Restart the command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:70 msgid "No pair of objects available - start again, selecting a pair of objects to be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.scm:72 msgid "No Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Span Selection with Pair of Objects" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/InsertDirectivesAroundSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "If the selection comprises two objects - directives, clef changes, tuplet markers etc. - it cuts them to the clipboard. Subsequent invocations of the command with music selected places the two objects before and after the music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Passages" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/MarkPassages.xml.h:2 msgid "Invoke this command with no selection to initialize it. Then select passages to be marked and invoke it again to mark them. (Use with the command Swap Passages in the Notation Magick menu to swap the passages marked with the corresponding music in the staff below the current staff)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Select All Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole movement / All staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Select All Music In Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a selection for all the music in the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Column" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectColumn.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole column" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Selection to Next Empty Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectionToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor left, selecting the object moved to." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a selection for the entire current measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor right, selecting the object moved to." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/SelectStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects the whole staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Selection Non-printing (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select/ToggleNonprintingSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets/Unsets all objects in the selection to be non-printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:4 msgid "The last change was:\n" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.scm:5 msgid "No change recorded in Undo stack" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Last Change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/ShowLastChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Void.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Void Object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/EditMenu/Void.xml.h:2 msgid "On typesetting the current object will be evaluated, but otherwise ignored." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.scm:76 msgid "Score must be saved first" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Consecutives Across Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutivesAcrossStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Expects one voice per staff - marks consecutive octaves and fifths. Save score first." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:1 msgid "Mark Consecutive 5ths and Octaves" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Analysis/MarkConsecutives.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks positions in a score where consecutive fifths or octaves occur. Expects two staffs one with up to three part harmony and the other with the bass." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedAugmented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "DiminishedMinor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/DiminishedOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:1 msgid "HalfDiminished7Diminished7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/HalfDiminished7OrDiminshed7.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine the type of diminished chord sounded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:1 msgid "Major7Minor7Dominant7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/Major7Minor7OrDominant7.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine which seventh chord is sounded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorAugmented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrAugmented.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:1 msgid "MajorMinor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Chord-Comparison/MajorOrMinor.xml.h:2 msgid "Determine if the chord played is major or minor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Ab Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify Scale Notes that are sounded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Ab-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Ab Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Bb Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Bb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Bb Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "C Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/C-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "C-Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Db Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Db-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Db Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "Eb Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/Eb-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "Eb Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "F Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "F Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Major.xml.h:1 msgid "F# Major" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Identify-Scale-Note/F-sharp-Pentascale.xml.h:1 msgid "F# Pentascale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:1 msgid "2nds and 3rds" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/2nds-and-3rds.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the major and minor 2nd and 3rd intervals" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:1 msgid "3rds and 4ths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/3rds-and-4ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the interval of minor 3rd to an augmented 4th" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:1 msgid "4ths and 5ths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/4ths-and-5ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the interval of the P4 through P5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:1 msgid "5ths and 6ths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/5ths-and-6ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the intervals of the diminished 5th to the minor 6th" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:1 msgid "6ths and 7ths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/6ths-and-7ths.xml.h:2 msgid "compare the intervals between the minor 6th to the major 7th" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:1 msgid "7ths and 8ths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/7ths-and-8ths.xml.h:2 msgid "Compare the intervals of a minor 7th to the perfect 8" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:1 msgid "Interval Identification" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/AuralTraining/Intervals/Interval-Identification.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the name of each interval sounded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Note Pitches" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/CheckPitches.xml.h:2 msgid "Compares notes/chords played from MIDI with current note/chord, if equal in pitch, advances to next note/chord, else beeps. To stop the checking issue this command a second time. When you reach the last note it finishes and reverts to Appending/Editing notes from MIDI in." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:1 msgid "The Conductor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/Conductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Conducts as you press the sustain pedal for each measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:4 msgid "" "The music below is the first of Handel's exercises for figured bass. The staff marked \"Chords\" at the top is a sample (inadequate) realization of the figures.\n" " When you click Start you will be asked if you want to delete this version, and when you say yes you can start creating your own.\n" " The screen becomes green to remind you that your MIDI controller is now expecting you to play the ticked bass note plus chord.\n" " The bass note expected is marked with a tick, play this note plus the chord notes. You can hold down the bass note and change chords over the same bass note.\n" " Note, you must distinguish enharmonic differences (e.g. D-sharp from E-flat), check that the set of accidentals showing in the MIDI-in controls suits the piece you are working on. Press shift-sharpwise or flatwise as needed.\n" " You can hold down the chord while going on to the next bass note so as to carry the chord over.\n" "You can use the sustain pedal to tie the chord you are entering with the chord for the next bass note by putting the pedal down on the chord you want to tie and releasing it after going on to the next bass note.\n" "Putting pedal down before the bass note will tie the last chord to the one you enter next. \n" "You can also use the sustain pedal to place a chord on a rest before a bass note (depress the pedal before striking the bass note).\n" " You can click Start a second time to stop, and you can re-start from any bar you like.\n" " You can edit, playback etc while working, but don't remove or add staffs. You can also use the pitch bend wheel to stop entering chords.\n" " " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.scm:30 msgid "You have unsaved work" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:1 msgid "Handel's Figured Bass Exercises" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/FiguredBassExercises.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to play in chords - a continuo realization - to Handel's continuo-practice exercises. Your continuo realization can optionally be marked to show consecutives." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.scm:15 msgid "" "Five notes are played at random from the current bar.\n" "You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. \n" "You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar -\n" "if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often.\n" "You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position.\n" "Invoke the command again to stop." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Recognition (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI/NoteRecognition.xml.h:2 msgid "Five notes are played at random from the current bar. You must play the last one on the MIDI keyboard to score. You can paste as many different notes as you like into a bar - if you include the same note many times you will get that one more often. You can cheat by looking at the Denemo cursor position. Invoke the command again to stop." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:1 msgid "Step Counting Exercise" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/CountSteps.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:1 msgid "Diatonic Interval Detection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/DiatonicInterval.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Line Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the line number in which the note is displayed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Line and Space Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/LineOrSpace.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Speed Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/NoteNameSpeedTest.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:3 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNamesSolfege.xml.h:1 msgid "Solfege Note Name Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/ReadingNoteNames.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Name Recognition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Identify Space Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/SpaceNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Identify the space number in which the note is display on" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Step, Skip, or Same?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/StepSkipOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:1 msgid "Trace Note Direction" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading/UpDownOrSame.xml.h:3 #, no-c-format msgid "%tests your note tracking ability" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:26 msgid "Scores have different numbers of movements" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:30 msgid "Scores have different header information: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41 msgid "Movement number " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:41 msgid "Movements have different header information: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:46 msgid "Finished Movement " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.scm:51 msgid "Finished, but lyric verses are not checked" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:1 msgid "Compare Scores" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/CompareScores.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens two scores and reports on any differences between them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:11 msgid "Your score will be exported to MusicXML music interchange format. Note this does not preserve all the information - you must save your score as well" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.scm:25 msgid "Score not saved." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:1 msgid "Export as MusicXML" msgstr "Exporteren als MusicXml" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAsMusicXML.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports the current score in the MusicXML format. For a multi-movement score the movements are saved in files of the form *-n.xml where n is the number of the movement. The export is limited to things Denemo knows about the score - it does not know a lot about how LilyPond will typeset the score. The parts are exported on separate staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk" msgid "Export Currrent Audio Recording" msgstr "Exporteert de opgenomen audio naar schijf" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports recorded audio output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Recording" msgid "Recording Audio" msgstr "Opnemen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.scm:7 msgid "Give pause between movements (seconds):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Export Score as PNG" msgid "Export Score as Audio" msgstr "Partituur exporteren als PNG" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/ExportScoreAsAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays a performance of the whole score, including repeats, then offers to save the recording as Audio." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.scm:30 msgid "The score does not have a file name, so no file name for the output LilyPond file can be constructed. Save the score first." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Export" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondExport.xml.h:2 msgid "Exports as LilyPond to a file named the same as the .denemo file but with .ly suffix." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts All Movements" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPartsAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Parts on all movemnts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Parts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs Quick LilyPond Part on all the staffs of the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:1 msgid "Quick LilyPond Part" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Export/QuickLilyPondPart.xml.h:2 msgid "Writes a file containing the music of the current staff in LilyPond format. The filename is the current file name with \\\"-denemo\\\" and the movement and staff numbers appended (and the .ly suffix)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.scm:5 msgid "You have unsaved work." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Lilypond (Limited)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Lilypond.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a Lilypond File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:1 msgid "Import Midi (Limited)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-Midi.xml.h:2 msgid "Try to Import a Midi File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9 msgid "Simple Titles" msgstr "Eenvoudige titels" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/init.scm:23 msgid "Book Titles" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.scm:12 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "Zonder titel" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/Import-MusicXml.xml.h:2 msgid "Imports a MusicXml file as a new movement. Not all features are supported." msgstr "" #. SelectMidiImportStrategy #. guided midi import needs re-working to import one track as a MIDI recording... #. (let ((choice (d-GetOption (string-append (_ "Guided Import") stop (_ "Automatic Import") stop)))) #. (cond #. ((boolean? choice) #. (d-InfoDialog (_ Cancelled))) #. ((equal? choice (_ "Guided Import") ) #. (d-GuidedMidiImport)) #. ((equal? choice (_ "Automatic Import")) #. ))) #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Import" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import/SelectMidiImportStrategy.xml.h:2 msgid "Import Music from a MIDI file, either guided or (in simple cases) automatically." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:48 msgid "Not an Index" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:50 msgid "Choose Denemo Score to add to Index" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.scm:85 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:43 msgid "End of Index. Number of entries " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Add to Index" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/AddToIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds an index entry for the file chosen to the currently open Index." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:55 msgid "No Scheme condition in the Scheme Script window - see View menu" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Conditional Index" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateConditionalIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an index including only those scores for which the script in the Scheme Window evaluates to true (i.e. the last expression evaluates as not #f). The comment for each index entry can be created using the procedure DenemoIndexCommentDisplay, e.g. (DenemoIndexCommentDisplay mycomment)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:30 msgid "Where to search" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:45 msgid "The Index to scores will appear in the Print View." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:46 msgid "Note that the display will be very sluggish until indexing completes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:69 msgid "Indexing Complete in " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87 msgid "No scores found for the given condition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.scm:87 msgid "No scores found" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:1 msgid "Index Scores" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/CreateIndex.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an index of all the Denemo scores in a folder and sub-folders." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Index Filter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Give Instrument Name to filter on:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "Violino" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.scm:45 msgid "Create index first" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Filter by Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by your choice of instrument name." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.scm:56 msgid "" "Open the Scheme window from the View menu and write a condition to filter on (in Scheme syntax)\n" "The variables available are:\n" "filename composer title \n" "which are strings and\n" "instruments\n" "which is a list of strings." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:1 msgid "Filter by Scheme Condition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/FilterByUserCondition.xml.h:2 msgid "Filters the currently loaded index of scores by a Scheme expression involving the variables filename, title, composer, comment (all strings) and the list of instruments (a list of strings)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:1 msgid "Sort by Composer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/Indexing/SortByComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Sorts an index already created into alphabetical order by composer. The files are not re-indexed, so may be out-of-date, use Index Scores command if so." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68 msgid "Create Template" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:59 msgid "Give key" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:68 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.scm:39 msgid "Give time signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24 msgid "Cancelled: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.scm:105 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:36 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.scm:15 msgid "Score is not saved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:1 msgid "New from Current" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/NewScoreFromCurrent.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new score from the current score omitting the actual music and prompting for possible new values for clef, key, time signature, titles etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.scm:11 msgid "" "You can now insert the notes from the MIDI track into the staff beneath the (top) click track staff.\n" " The MIDI notes detected are displayed above the top staff, and the first is marked ready to be entered.\n" " The Return key will enter the note using the duration calculated from the time until the next note -\n" " override this by playing a duration key 0, 1 .... or clicking a duration button.\n" " Use the Ins key to insert a note in the chord if the MIDI notes are not sequential.\n" " You can use the Navigation commands to move the marked MIDI note around if you need to back up or re-start\n" " (or you can double-click on the MIDI note marker itself - above the blue line at the top - to make it the marked MIDI note).\n" " When you have finished with this MIDI track use the button (or use the Staff->Add Staff->MIDI menu) to load another track. \n" " It is best to work up from the lowest numbered track so that the staffs are in order without having to swap them afterwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source MIDI" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/GuidedMidiImport.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source Audio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens an audio file which will be played along with the notated music. The music is attached starting at the start time of the note at cursor. It is displayed above the top staff, provided there is notated music to provide timings to attach to. In an empty score a click track is created to attach the audio to." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.scm:6 msgid "" "Failed to open Default.denemo in your custom templates directory\n" "Have you saved a template called Default yet?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Default Template" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenMyDefaultTemplate.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Proof Read PDF" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenProofReadDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a PDF file generated by Denemo which has had proof reading annotations added to it. Clicking on notes in this file moves the cursor to the correct point in the Denemo display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Source for Transcribing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu/OpenSourceDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a dialog to fetch a source facsimile or manuscript. Links can be placed in the Denemo score to this source file so that the source passage for a given measure can be re-displayed when reviewing the score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "You may need to fix this warning:\n" "\"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.scm:4 msgid "" "\"\n" "before printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Check and Print" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/CheckAndPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the score for errors, if none are found proceeds to typeset and print the current layout." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:27 msgid "Do Not Create Layout for this selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:28 msgid "Apply to All Movements" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:30 msgid "Choose Staffs to Print" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Creating Layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Give Layout Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:44 msgid "Woodwind" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31 msgid "Use Typeset->" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:31 msgid " in the Print View to typeset your new layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Select Staffs to Print" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/NonPrintingStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes selected staffs non-printing." msgstr "" #. let #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:1 msgid "Preview Four Measures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/Preview4Bars.xml.h:2 msgid "Print preview of current bar and the next three." msgstr "" #. PrintAccompanistsScore new version #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 msgid "Accompanist's Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Accompanist's Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:2 msgid "How many staffs to make small?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4 msgid "Accompanist with " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:4 msgid " cue part" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.scm:7 msgid "Give Instrumentation " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.scm:23 msgid "No Layouts Available?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Prints All Layouts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score using all the defined score layouts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.scm:13 msgid "Bass without figures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Bass Part Omitting Figures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintBassPartWithoutFigures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.scm:13 msgid "No Book Title, see Score->Titles->Book Titles" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Part with Title Page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintPartWithTitlePage.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints part with part name on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Score and Parts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintScoreAndParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates score layouts for the current layout (full score) and parts (named after instrument name). Set instrument names before use." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Three Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintThreeReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints top three parts on one staff as cues." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:1 msgid "Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintTwoReduced.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:20 msgid "Turn off continuous typesetting first" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.scm:21 msgid "Ambitus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:1 msgid "Print with Ambitus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu/PrintWithAmbitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of the staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:7 msgid "Score not saved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 msgid "Discard Changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:9 msgid "" "Make a copy first\n" "(re-issue this Reload command afterwards!)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.scm:16 msgid "Score not saved to disk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Reload Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/ReloadScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Reloads the current score from last saved version on disk." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6 msgid "Remove All Music?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.scm:6 msgid "Keep Music?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SaveAsTemplate.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves the current score as a template, offering to remove the music if desired. When removing the music, all movements except the first movement are deleted and all the contents of the staffs except the first source reference, and any Incipit is deleted too." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:5 msgid "Returning to the first Movement for thumbnail selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Thumbnail Selection Complete" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:12 msgid "Create thumbnail now?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:15 msgid "" "No Selection to set the thumbnail to\n" "Create a selection and re-run the command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.scm:16 msgid "Save the score before trying to set the thumbnail" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Thumbnail from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/FileMenu/SaveMenu/SetThumbnail.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the thumbnail for opening this file to the selection. (The selection must be in the first movement)." msgstr "" #. EmailForHelp #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3 msgid "Help by Email" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:3 msgid "Please explain the problem you are having" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.scm:26 msgid "Your browser will now start with a button to send your email. If the email form fails to show, send your email to denemo-devel@gnu.org" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:1 msgid "Email for Help" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/EmailForHelp.xml.h:2 msgid "Uses your browser to open an email form for you to ask questions/report problems. This is the sure and certain way to get help, the chat facility is more hit and miss\"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Browse Feature-Packed Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpAllFeatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a score with examples of many things you can create with Denemo with Explanations attached. Click on the explanations in the Print View window. Or copy and paste useful objects to your score." msgstr "" #. HelpForReturnKey #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.scm:2 msgid "" "The Return keypress can be used as a special instantly movable shortcut,\n" "you can set it to any menu action you wish by pressing it while you have the item selected\n" "Any one-key shortcut can be set this way, but with Return you do not get told if you are taking the shortcut away from another command.\n" "Also the setting is not saved.\n" "The idea is to set it for your current activity (e.g. applying tenuto marks).\n" "You can make it \"normal\" by setting a preference - see Edit->Preferences->Command Behavior.\n" "Note that the Enter key on the numeric keypad is a separate key (or should be!) and can be used as a shortcut independently" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Return Keypress" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/HelpForReturnKey.xml.h:2 msgid "Does nothing except explain what the Return key is used for in Denemo, and how to make it an ordinary shortcut if you prefer." msgstr "" #. IRC on freenode #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.scm:2 msgid "" "Your browser may take a few moments to start - be patient!\n" " \tWhen it has started click Start\n" " \tThen you get a page with a place to type your question at the bottom.\n" " \tType hello in there and hit Enter\n" " \tIf no one is there to help you can use the mailing list denemo-devel@gnu.org" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:1 msgid "Chat to Other Users" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/IRC.xml.h:2 msgid "Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:6 msgid "Newbie status is now on - re-start Denemo to see extra tooltips" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.scm:12 msgid "" "Newbie status is now off - re-start Denemo to avoid excessive tooltips.\n" "Note you can also increase the time before the remaining ones appear via the Preferences\n" "Some Newbie Palettes have been hidden, use the View menu to choose ones to re-instate." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn Excessive Tooltips (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/SetNewbieStatus.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets your status as a newbie on or off. This affects the tooltips and palettes. Note you can also independently delay tooltips, indefinitely if you wish, via the preferences dialog. See Edit->Change Preferences->Command Behavior" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:1 msgid "Tutorial" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/HelpMenu/Tutorial.xml.h:2 msgid "Steps through the basic commands" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Default Action" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they edit the note at the cursor, or append a note when in the appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:1 msgid "Note Names Move Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NoteNamesMove.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the shortcuts for note names a, b, c, d, e, f, g so that they move the cursor to the nearest note of that name." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Numbers Default Action" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets key shortcuts 0,1,2... to the default action, inserting notes of the duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Numbers Select Duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/NumbersSelectDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the action of keys 0,1,2... to select the prevailing duration instead of inserting notes of the duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:39 msgid "Dismiss this dialog then press 20 keys for the 20 notes c'' - g'''. Esc to cancel." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:54 msgid "Press Escape in the Denemo Main Window to end MIDI keyboard simulation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:85 msgid "Simulated MIDI Filter: Esc to end." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:81 msgid "Octave:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.scm:112 msgid "MIDI simulator end" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Simulate MIDI" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Keyboard/SimulateMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the second and third rows of the pc-keyboard behave like a MIDI piano keyboard: asdfg... creates the scale from Middle C, while the qwerty row provides sharps/flats (with gaps). To customize these key assignments for your keyboard use Ctrl-Esc. Tab key toggles chord entry off/on. PgUp key starts entering notes an octave higher, PgDn an octave lower. Use with rhythm entry for MIDI in checked in preferences." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.scm:7 msgid "Angry Delete MIDI Filter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Angry Delete" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/AngryDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:7 msgid "No MIDI Filter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.scm:53 msgid "Chord entry without pedal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Entry Without Pedal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordEntry.xml.h:2 msgid "Playing notes on the MIDI keyboard will enter all notes played as a chord until no notes are on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.scm:6 msgid "" "This command expects you to play the notes of the current bar together with chords.\n" "It will notate the chords in a new staff above the current staff. You can hold chords over several notes, change chords on one note.\n" "To temporarily switch to listening so as to try out a chord depress the foot pedal.\n" "It will play you two bars of the music at the start and after you have entered the chords.\n" "Use the pitch bend control to go on to the next bar or to try again in the current bar." msgstr "" #. End of ChordsForBar #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Chords for Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsForBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the context of the current bar. Then listens for you to play each note in current bar with added chord(s). As you do this it notates the chords on a staff above. When the bar is finished it re-plays the bar. Allows you to repeat (pitch bend down) or go on to next bar (pitch bend up)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 msgid "Non Empty Chords staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.scm:214 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 msgid "Remove the previous transcription from this measure on?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Chords Over Bass Line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ChordsOverBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Figured Bass Filter On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FiguredBassFilterOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:1 msgid "Foot Pedal Conductor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/FootPedalConductor.xml.h:2 msgid "Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor." msgstr "" #. MidiFilterOff #. Our own Reset, this makes the filter toggle off/on #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.scm:3 msgid "No MIDI filter active" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Filter Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/MidiFilterOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active." msgstr "" #. (disp "(Re-)Starting at " (GetPosition) " at time " start " with startnote" startnote "\n") #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:67 msgid "Checking Chords Filter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101 msgid "Note played was " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:101 msgid "" "\n" "Expecting " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "(one of)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "" "\n" "Please play " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:102 msgid "entire chord:" msgstr "volledig akkoord:" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.scm:111 msgid "No active MIDI Filter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Chords (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleCheckChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Advances through the current movement as you play the notes from all staffs that sound together, with the cursor moving on in the current staff. Playing a wrong note stops the cursor and the chord/notes have to be re-played correctly. If the current staff has a rest the cursor stops on the note before until you have played to the moment when it re-joins. You can reposition the cursor or edit the music (via the PC keyboard) while continuing with this mode - the checking resumes when you play the next note(s) in. You can arpeggiate the notes as convenient, no particular order is required as long as all the notes that start at the same moment are played before moving on." msgstr "" #. ToggleMidiThru #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Listening/Editing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI/ToggleMidiThru.xml.h:2 msgid "Switches between passing MIDI input directly to output or to Denemo. Use this instead of CapsLock to avoid altering keyboard shortcuts involving the Shift key when editing and listening." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Default Action" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Mouse left click positions the cursor, right click edits, left-click with caps-lock does nothing.." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.scm:35 msgid "" "To insert notes hold down Shift key while left-clicking the mouse. To add to a chord hold down Shift and Alt, to delete hold down Control.\n" " Or use keys a,b,c,d,e,f,g, 0,1,2,3,4 (with Shift, Control or Alt).\n" " Or use palettes. To hide palettes right-click on a button and choose Edit Palette (saves space).\n" " To cut out excessive messages like this use Help menu ->Turn Excessive Tooltips Off/On." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Note Insertion" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/Mouse/MouseInsertion.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the mouse use when CapsLock is on: left click inserts note in the prevailing duration. The shortcuts for number keys 0, 1, 2 ... are set to change the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:1 msgid "On-screen Piano Keyboard" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/InputMenu/ShowVirtualKeyboard.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays a piano-style keyboard that can be clicked on to enter notes. Right click adds notes to the chord. Unlike a MIDI keyboard it doesn't pass through MIDI filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Default Composer Number Keys" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Loads the default composer numberkeys (Notes and Rests)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:1 msgid "Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:1 msgid "NoOp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/NoOp.xml.h:2 msgid "Does absolutely nothing. Use to \"blank\" a key." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:1 msgid "OpEight" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpEight.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:2 msgid "Wrapper/Dummy for Keypress" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFive.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFive" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpFour.xml.h:1 msgid "OpFour" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpNine.xml.h:1 msgid "OpNine" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpOne.xml.h:1 msgid "OpOne" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSeven.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSeven" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpSix.xml.h:1 msgid "OpSix" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpThree.xml.h:1 msgid "OpThree" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "OpTwo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/MoreMenu/OpZero.xml.h:1 msgid "OpZero" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Named Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5 msgid "Insert Non-printing Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.scm:5 msgid "Give a name " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Non-Printing Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/BookmarkNonPrinting.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/NextBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.scm:2 msgid "No more positions are stored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Stored Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PopCursorPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the last stored position. You can store a sequence of positions and then return to them in one by one (a stack of positions)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Prev Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PrevBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Store Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/PushCursorPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores the current cursor position for returning to later." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Rehearsal/Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "" #. Object found #. no object even in the second round. Go to start position. #. user abort #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Bookmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks/SearchBookmark.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Highest Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToHighestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Lowest Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/CursorToLowestNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give input: " msgid "Give destination: " msgstr "Invoer geven:" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To Typeset Measure Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/GoToTypesetMeasureNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Goes to the measure number given taking into account any measure offset (normally this will be set to be the measure number as typeset)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpDownOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor down an octave." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:1 msgid "JumpLeft" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Jumps to beginning of this measure or previous measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:1 msgid "JumpRight" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor to start of next bar or to end." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/JumpUpOctave.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor up one octave." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement Beginning" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementBeginning.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Movement End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToMovementEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Staff Down, Appending" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffDownAppending.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff below." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Staff Up, Appending" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/MoveToStaffUpAppending.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the appending position in the staff above." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor To Next Note" msgstr "Cursor naar volgende noot" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/ToNextNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next note, topping at blank measures. Sounds a warning if no more notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Visible Staff Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice down skipping ones that are hidden in the display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Visible Staff Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/VisibleStaffUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff or voice up skipping ones that are hidden in the display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Staff, Wrapping" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor/WrapToNextStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next staff, wrapping to the first staff when on the last staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:19 msgid "The cursor is " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.scm:23 msgid "There is no link before this bar in this staff, open the source document and click on it to place one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Follow Link to Source" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/DenemoLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Follows the link at or before the cursor to a source document." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor to Marked Onset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/CursorToMarkedMidiNotePosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the Denemo cursor to the note to which the marked MIDI note onset belongs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.scm:5 msgid "No MIDI file has been loaded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "First Note Onset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/FirstNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:182 msgid "The first recorded or imported MIDI note onset in the current track becomes marked so that entered durations will be given its pitch." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.scm:7 msgid "No Onset has been marked" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Note Onset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/NextNoteOnset.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Previous Note Onset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/PreviousNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:184 msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note onset to the one before the current one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-mark Note Onsets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MIDI/UnmarkNoteOnset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:183 msgid "Removes the mark from the MIDI note onset, so that inserting durations have their normal meaning." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Move Display Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportLeft.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the left, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/MoveViewportRight.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the view port (the Denemo Display) to the right, leaving the cursor on the same object as long as it is still in view." msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Edit Point" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindEditPoint.xml.h:2 msgid "Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Lower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextLowerNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Next Similar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNextSimilar.xml.h:2 msgid "Finds the next object similar to the one at the cursor." msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Find Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/FindNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor forward until it is on the note given by the user." msgstr "" #. GoToEmptyMeasure #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To Next Empty Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/GoToMeasureEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Go To End of Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Move to Earliest Empty Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToEarliestEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the cursor back until the a non-empty measure is found. Stops in the empty measure after that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Move To Previous Empty Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Next Higher" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/NextHigher.xml.h:2 msgid "Move cursor to next note higher than cursor position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:8 msgid "New search music from selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:9 msgid "Resume previous music search" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:33 msgid "Make a selection to search for" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:62 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:66 msgid "Continue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:72 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:79 msgid "Wrap to start of staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:80 msgid "Wrap to next staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Note Sequence" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchMusic.xml.h:2 msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the notes of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match (ignoring rests and duration) is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:8 msgid "New search pattern from selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.scm:9 msgid "Resume previous search" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:1 msgid "Search Rhythmic Pattern" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SearchPattern.xml.h:2 msgid "With a selection, searches from the cursor for the next occurrence of the rhythmic patterm of the selection. With no selection, continues the previous search. When a match is found it offers to continue, stop or execute the script in the Scheme Window." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Search locations in all staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Search in only in staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:36 msgid "Choose where to search" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:40 msgid "Key Signature Changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:86 msgid "Time Signature Changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:42 msgid "Changes of Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:16 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:47 msgid "Notes Higher Than Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:48 msgid "Notes Lower Than Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:96 msgid "Denemo Directives tagged" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:58 msgid "Note lower than" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:69 msgid "Note higher than" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:81 msgid "Key Changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:91 msgid "Clef Changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:106 msgid "" "You need a Scheme expression Scheme Script window\n" "to use this option\n" "Locations where the expression evaluates are true will be found." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 msgid "Install a template script in the Scheme Script window" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:107 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:1 msgid "Seek Locations" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:110 msgid "Open View->Scheme Script to edit the script to test for the locations you want to find" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:124 msgid "No locations found" msgstr "" #. (disp "menu-choices " menu-choices " \n\nwhich is a list " (list? menu-choices) "\n\n") #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.scm:128 msgid "Choose a location to go to (Movement, Staff, Measure, Object) and click OK" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek/SeekLocations.xml.h:2 msgid "Seek for locations in the score satisfying a certain condition e.g. exceeding a range or at a clef change etc. A list of such locations is created which can be selected from. Repeating the command after choosing one location re-presents the remainder of the list." msgstr "" #. (fixMeasures) loops infinitely? #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ConvertMidiForBass.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Play from Cursor to End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/DenemoPlayCursorToEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/MuteStaffs.scm:12 msgid "Choose Staffs to Play" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/MuteStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Mute Stafffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:48 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:59 msgid "No fine found, assuming all" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.scm:55 msgid "Dal Segno with no Segno - assuming Da Capo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:1 msgid "Performance (Start/Stop)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Performance.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the current movement, observing repeats, Da Capo, fine and Dal Segno. If playing stops the performance" msgstr "" #. PitchShift #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Pitch Change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.scm:2 msgid "Give amount =/-" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Shift Pitch" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PitchShift.xml.h:2 msgid "Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Music at Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAllAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the score for the duration of the note/chord at the cursor, starting at that note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:1 msgid "Play All" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAll.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the current movement from the start, observing any mute objects placed in the staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Playback and Record MIDI (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAndRecordMidiIn.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or stops) playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created - set the keysignature/enharmonic range before you start." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Chord at Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlayAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Sounds the note or chord at the cursor, using the current staffs instrument." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:3 msgid "Please turn continuous typsetting off first" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.scm:33 msgid "You should typeset this movement first in the Print View, otherwise positioning may not work." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:1 msgid "Playback View" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/PlaybackView.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays the music fully typeset on one long page (the Playback View). Click on a note to play from there or drag to loop play." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:15 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Set Denemo Duration" msgid "Time at Denemo Cursor " msgstr "Denemo-duur instellen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:16 #, fuzzy #| msgid "This will mark the MIDI note onset." msgid "Time at Marked MIDI note " msgstr "Dit markeert de MIDI-nootaanzet." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:17 msgid "" "Move the Denemo Cursor to another position and click on the MIDI note that should appear at that position\n" "And then re-execute this command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:27 msgid "Re-scaling out of range" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.scm:28 msgid "Wrongly ordered adjustement points" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Tempo to Recording" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/AdjustTempoToMidiRecording.xml.h:2 msgid "Adjusts the movement tempo to match the tempo of the MIDI recording. You have to designate two places to be synchronized." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/AudioPlay.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Use File->Open Audio to attach audio." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete last recording?" msgid "Delete Audio Recording" msgstr "Laatste opname verwijderen?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/CloseSourceAudioFile.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete the current movement" msgid "Deletes the current audio recording." msgstr "De huidige beweging verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:19 msgid "" "Play music you want to insert next\n" "Then re-issue this command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.scm:29 msgid "" "Now the music is attached to the score starting at the cursor position.\n" "The timing of the notes is shown at the top of the score.\n" "You can drag the timing of start of the music by left-clicking above the blue line.\n" "You can insert the rhythm in your staff and check by invoking Play.\n" "When that's correct, press the Shift key to switch to Inserting/Appending Pitches and play in the music again." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:1 msgid "Record (Start/Stop) and Attach at Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/RecordAndAttach.xml.h:2 msgid "The first invocation of this command starts recording - play the melody you want to notate. Then invoke the command again to stop the recording - the audio is attached to an (optional) click track created at the top of the staffs. The recording will play along with your notated music - ensure you have enough filled measures after the cursor to attach the audio to otherwise it won't play." msgstr "" #. SaveRecording #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Recording" msgid "Save Recording" msgstr "Opnemen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SaveRecording.xml.h:2 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Exports the audio recorded to disk" msgid "Saves the recorded autio to disk." msgstr "Exporteert de opgenomen audio naar schijf" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:1 msgid "Synchronize Audio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/SynchronizeAudio.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the audio attached to the current movement. Creates a timing bar for each space bar press. Music written in the staffs below will synchronize with the audio." msgstr "" #. ToggleAudioRecord #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:1 msgid "Record (Start/Stop)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/Audio/ToggleAudioRecord.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts/Stops recording the audio output from Denemo." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:1 msgid "Backup and Play Marked MIDI Note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/BackupAndPlay.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the marked MIDI note one note earlier and plays that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Delete last recording?" msgid "Delete Last Recorded Note" msgstr "Laatste opname verwijderen?" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteLastRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the last recorded note, deletes it and marks the new last note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Double Click on Click Track" msgid "Delete Recorded MIDI and Click Track" msgstr "Dubbelklikken op het klikspoor" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteMidiAndClickTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the MIDI recording and the click track that shows it and any trailing blank measures." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Imported/Recorded Midi" msgstr "Geïmporteerde/opgenomen Midi verwijderen" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/DeleteRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:177 msgid "Deletes the MIDI that has been imported or recorded via MIDI in." msgstr "Verwijdert de MIDI die is geïmporteerd of opgenomen via de MIDI-ingang." #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:1 msgid "Play and Advance Marked Midi Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayAndAdvance.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the marked recorded MIDI note and advances the mark." msgstr "" #. PlayRecordedMidi #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Recorded MIDI (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/PlayRecordedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Plays the recorded MIDI track from the marked MIDI note or beginning if no note is marked. Stops playing if already playing MIDI track." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Record from MIDI in (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/RecordMidiIn.xml.h:2 msgid "Records/Stops recording notes played on MIDI keyboard. Notes are recorded on a track above a click track staff at the top of the score. Insert the notes into the score by pressing duration keys/Ins key." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3 msgid "Repositioning Marked MIDI Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.scm:3 msgid "Give interval back from end (seconds):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Re-positioned" msgid "Reposition Relative to End" msgstr "Opnieuw gepositioneerd" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SetMarkedMidiFromEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a number of seconds back from the end of the recording which you want to synchronize with the Denemo Cursor. Use this to find and position a passage you have just recorded ready for transcribing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.scm:4 msgid "No Recorded MIDI note is marked." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Synchronize Marked Recorded Midi Note to Denemo Cursor Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/SyncRecordingToCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Alters the timing of the recorded MIDI notes so that the marked note plays at the time of the note currently at the Denemo cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Other Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleHideOtherStaffsKeepingClick.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/unhides other staffs in the display while keeping the MIDI track at the top visible." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Unmute/Mute Recording Playback" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/Recording/ToggleMuteClickTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls whether the recorded MIDI (and the click track) plays back with your score when you do Play." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Timebase" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/RecreateTimebase.xml.h:2 msgid "Recalculates the timing of each note." msgstr "" #. ToggleConduct #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:1 msgid "Mouse Conductor (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleConduct.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off moving the playback on by moving the mouse over the score area." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Immediate Playback" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/ToggleImmediatePlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing." msgstr "" #. TogglePlayAlongPlayback #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Play Along Playback (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu/TogglePlayAlongPlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayCurrentObject.xml.h:2 msgid "Pops up a window which displays the object at the cursor, including anything attached to it." msgstr "" #. DisplayEditingTime #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2 msgid "This score has taken\n" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.scm:2 msgid " to create, not counting unsaved edits." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:1 msgid "Time Spent Editing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/DisplayEditingTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Displays the cumulative time spent editing this score. The time counts any period between starting to edit and saving to disk. The time is accumulated over different editing sessions." msgstr "" #. Choose Palette #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:1 msgid "Select a Palette to Show" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/ChoosePalette.xml.h:2 msgid "Offers the available palettes to un-hide." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9 msgid "Create Palette Button" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:9 msgid "Give a name for the chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.scm:18 msgid "Not on a chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Button for Chord Type" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForChordType.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a palette button which will insert the type of chord at the cursor, transposed to the cursor position when invoked. Use prepending sharp or flat to insert a chord with sharpened or flattened root note. Use for chord symbol chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Object Clone" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 msgid "Give (unique) label for button: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:127 msgid "mylabel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Give tooltip for button: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:129 msgid "Inserts object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:133 msgid "Failed - duplicate label, no palette?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.scm:134 msgid "Not implemented yet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Button for Object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/CreateButtonForObject.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a palette button to insert a clone of the object at the cursor when the button is pressed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Hidden Palettes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Palettes/UnhidePalettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Un-hides all non-empty palettes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.scm:2 msgid "No (un-iconized) source for transcribing is open" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Swap Display and Source Window Positions" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/SwapSourcePosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Swaps the positions of the Denemo Display and the (first, un-iconized) Source Window currently open." msgstr "" #. ToggleCursorHighlight #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:1 msgid "Cursor Highlighting Off/On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/ToggleCursorHighlight.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Scale Display" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.scm:3 msgid "Give % scaling required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Display Scale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomDialog.xml.h:2 msgid "Scales the display by value given by user." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn~.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomIn.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom In" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomOut.xml.h:1 msgid "Zoom Out" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:2 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom/ZoomReset.xml.h:4 #, no-c-format msgid "Zoom to 100%, restore the original size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 4th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 5th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpAugmented5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add an augmented fifth as a chord note above the lowest note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 3rd above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th above base" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase/AddLowestUpPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15 msgid "Add Bass Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.scm:15 msgid "" "Give bass note to add below root\n" "Use \"es\" for flat, \"is\" for sharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Bass Inversion" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBassInversion.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Augmented 4th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownAugmented4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Diminished 5th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownDiminished5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 2nd below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 3rd below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 6th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Major 7th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMajor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 2nd below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor2.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 3rd below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor3.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 6th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor6.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Minor 7th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownMinor7.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 1st below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect1.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 4th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect4.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Perfect 5th below top" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop/AddHighestDownPerfect5.xml.h:2 msgid "Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Alternate Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AlternateNote.xml.h:2 msgid "If there are two notes at the cursor height this command swaps them round. This affects which note will be acted on by commands such as fingering, string-number, sharpen, flatten etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:1 msgid "Arpeggiate" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Arpeggiate.xml.h:2 msgid "Transforms the three-note chord at the cursor into a triplet of notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:4 msgid "This directive places a sequence of bass note names after the next chord. You can delete it with the usual backspace and del commands." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:17 msgid "Give Next Note or Blank to finish" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.scm:35 msgid "Place the cursor on chord to which bass sequence belongs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Sequence" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/BassInversionSequence.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a sequence of bass inversion notes." msgstr "" #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Enharmonic Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes" msgstr "" #. special rule for irregular notes #. all other notes #. else just stay on the same note #. body #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Enharmonic Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangeEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to whole note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration0.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to half note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration1.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to quarter note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDuration2.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to breve" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Change chord-member to longa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration/ChangePrintDurationLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18 msgid "Chord Symbol Offset" msgstr "Verschuiving akkoordsymbool" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98 msgid "Give horizontal displacement required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99 msgid "Give vertical displacement required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:1 msgid "Offset Chord Name" msgstr "Verschuiving Akkoordnaam" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChordNameOffset.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:208 msgid "Offsets the Chord symbol generated by the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Parenthesis (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CloseParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a close parenthesis after the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22 msgid "Chord Symbol Scale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:17 msgid "Give horizontal scaling for next chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.scm:22 msgid "Give vertical scaling for next chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:1 msgid "Scale Next Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/CompactChordScale.xml.h:2 msgid "The next chord symbol will be scaled to the values given." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:11 msgid "New LilyPond Directive" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.scm:13 msgid "Delete " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives/InsertChordDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the chord at the cursor, also allows editing/deleting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.scm:4 msgid "hide" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide on Printing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/HideLilyPond.xml.h:2 msgid "Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Parenthesis (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/OpenParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints an open parenthesis before the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Chord (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:1 msgid "Use \"add\" Prefix" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/UseAddPrefix.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the word \"add\" as a prefix for added notes in chord symbols after the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:7 msgid "Treble Octava Bassa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:8 msgid "Bass Octava Bassa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:11 msgid "Drum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14 msgid "Custom Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:14 msgid "Give LilyPond syntax for clef name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.scm:22 msgid "" "N.B.The Denemo display will show notes using prevailing Denemo clef,\n" "but they will be typeset in the clef given" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.scm:33 msgid "Drum Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:1 msgid "Clef Chooser" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ClefChooser.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "(Conditional) " msgid "Conditional Clef Change" msgstr "(Voorwaardelijk) " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/ConditionalClefChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates clef change at the cursor will *not* affect the typeset score if the specified condition is met." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/HideClef.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:1 msgid "Display Only Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/SetDisplayClef.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this if, after a Change Staff, the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Only Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu/TypesetOnlyClef.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a clef that affects only the typesetting, not the display. Use this for music transposed on typesetting (avoiding too many ledger lines in the display, making it hard to read). Also useful to enter music in a familiar clef which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. enter music in treble or bass clef music to be printed for viola)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "Amalgamate Repeat Barlines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/AmalgamateRepeatBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Replaces erroneous repeat end Directive followed by repeat start with (correct) repeat-end-start Directives throughout the score. (Only one type of barline can be present at one musical time in the score)." msgstr "" #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #. 6 #. 7 #. 8 #. 9 #. 0 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ChooseBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose a barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Closing Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ClosingBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:130 msgid "Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker)." msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Dotted Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DottedBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints dotted barline" msgstr "" #. DoubleBarline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Double Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:129 msgid "Insert a double barline at cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Double Bar Repeat Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/DoubleBarRepeatStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a repeat start, with double bar on previous line if at a line break." msgstr "" #. ForceBarline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:2 msgid "" "Warning: Do not use this command to create an upbeat (or pickup) bar.\n" "It does not affect which notes appear in which measures.\n" "It simply draws a barline at the point in question, if no other barline will be drawn.\n" "Use the Measures->Anacrusis (Upbeat) command for a short measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.scm:7 msgid "" "This object instructs the LilyPond typesetter to draw a barline here.\n" "The timing is not altered, use a hidden time signature change or the short measure or anacrusis command to do that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/ForceBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected." msgstr "" #. Half Barline #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Half Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/HalfBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a barline with only half of its original size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.scm:13 msgid "Only for appending to music - use the individual first and second time bar commands to insert within music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert 1st & 2nd Time Bars" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/InsertFirstAndSecondTimeBars.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Omit Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/NoBarline.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:131 msgid "Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End-Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEndStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:128 msgid "Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat End Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatEnd.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:127 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat Start Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines/RepeatStart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:126 msgid "Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:17 msgid "Bad End Cue Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:21 msgid "Bad Start Cue Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.scm:32 msgid "Start Cue without End Cue Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Paired Directives" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CheckDirectivePairs.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks that paired directives match from the cursor to the end of the staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:7 msgid "Comment is currently set to: \n" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Insert Comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:11 msgid "Give comment text " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Cursor has Moved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.scm:16 msgid "Insert comment at new position of cursor?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Comment.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a comment at the cursor position. The music typesetting is unaffected." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Condition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ChooseCondition.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a menu for choosing whether the directive at the cursor should apply to the current part only or the default score or all layouts," msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:33 msgid "Just for this one" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:34 msgid "Apply condition to all further cases in this staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:33 msgid "Standalone Directives " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:33 msgid " in this staff from the cursor onwards will be typeset for all layouts " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:34 msgid "This Directive " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:34 msgid " will be typeset for all layouts " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:39 msgid "" "The cursor is not on a Denemo Directive.\n" "You can place the \"Void\" Denemo Directive before the object you wish to omit\n" "and then make that directive conditional." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:1 msgid "Reset for All Layouts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/ForAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Clears conditional behaviour of this layout. The Directive will apply to all score layouts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:37 msgid " in this staff from the cursor onwards will not be typeset for the layout " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:38 msgid " will not be typeset for the layout " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore for Current Layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/NotForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will be ignored when printing from the current score layout (See View->Score Layout)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:33 msgid " in this staff from the cursor onwards will be typeset for the layout " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:32 msgid " will be typeset for the layout " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.scm:40 msgid "" "The cursor is not on a Denemo Directive.\n" "You can place the \"Hide Next\" Denemo Directive before the object you wish to omit\n" "and then make that directive conditional." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Exclusive to Current Layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Conditional-Directives/OnlyForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "The Denemo Directive at the cursor will apply for the current Score Layout (see View->Score Layout)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Critical Comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:11 msgid "Give Comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:10 msgid "Apply Command to new position of cursor?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/CriticalComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:1 msgid "Enable Accordion 16'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/EnableAccordion16v.xml.h:2 msgid "Defines the accordions shifts for this score. The command Menu of Objects to Insert will allow them to be inserted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:60 msgid "No Definitions have been created for this score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:1 msgid "Menu of Objects to Insert" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertDefinedLilyPond.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a menu of previously created LilyPondDefinition commands (see Score->LilyPond Definition menu for this)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert/Edit Lilypond" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/InsertStandaloneDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:5 msgid "" "Duplicate the selected music\n" "for use as second time bar(s)\n" "when not typesetting this part on its own" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:14 msgid "" "Duplicate from cursor to end\n" "for use as second time bar(s)\n" "when not typesetting this part on its own" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "End of Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Mid-Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.scm:40 msgid "Now place first and second time markings in the part(s) that have distinct first and second time bars" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Conditional 2nd Time Bar(s)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/ConditionalSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "If there is no selection: Duplicates the bar(s) from the cursor to the end as an identical 2nd time bar(s) to be used only when not typesetting the part on its own. If there is a selection: Duplicates the selection for the same purpose. Inserts a end- (or end/start-) repeat barline for use only when typesetting the part. Use to avoid a part having two identical bars marked first and second time." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.scm:9 msgid "This closes a 1st, 2nd, ... n'th time bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:1 msgid "End Volta (1st, 2nd ... Time Bar)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/EndVolta.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar; without this the opening of a first (Nth) time bar will not be printed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a First Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenFirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) start (a) first time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:68 msgid "1st Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:69 msgid "2nd Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:74 msgid "This marks the start of one or more measures to be played on one or more of the repeats. There must be a later End Volta mark else nothing prints" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:90 msgid "Set/Unset Bold" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:91 msgid "Set/Unset Italic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:92 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:70 msgid "Edit Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111 msgid "Nth Time Bar Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:97 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:111 msgid "Give text: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.scm:101 msgid "Give size: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start an Nth Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenNthTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage using the End Volta command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Start Second Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.scm:21 msgid "Adjust the typeset bar number to ignore second time bar(s)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Start a Second Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/AlternativeBars/OpenSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) start (a) second time bar(s), use the End Volta command at the end of the first time bar(s)" msgstr "" #. if BaseBeat is not specified, must query the user as to what should be the first beat unit: #. use old BPM if there. Bug: Only good for 4=... #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Metronome Marking" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:10 msgid "" "Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for 𝅘𝅥. ) \n" " or enter n for none:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "n" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid "Give number of these " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:40 msgid " beats per minute:" msgstr "" #. let #. define GetBPM #. Begin of main function #. Input from the user what kind of beat change they want: #. Input from the user text to be placed before #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:48 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:56 msgid "Beat Change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:49 msgid "Enter beat change as [beat1]=[beat2] with the beats in LilyPond syntax," msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:50 msgid "" "\n" "i.e. 4 for 𝅘𝅥, 8. for dotted 𝅘𝅥𝅮, etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:51 msgid "" "\n" "Place immediately after a barline to center the beat change over the barline." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:55 msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear before the [beat1]=[beat2]" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.scm:57 msgid "Enter text (if any) to appear after the [beat1]=[beat2]" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Beat Change (e.g. 𝅗𝅥 = 𝅘𝅥 .)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/BeatChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a change of beat at the cursor position. The playback tempo is adjusted to match." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14 msgid "Text or Custom Rehearsal Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:14 msgid "Give text to use for Mark" msgstr "" #. in case the user pressed Escape do nothing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "center" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.scm:16 msgid "right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Mark (Text/Rehearsal/Book)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/CustomRehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a Mark in the score at the cursor. Marks can be placed in each part and will appear only once (above the top part) in the score (provided they occur at the same moment in each part and are identical). Any size, font, effect can be chosen. A preview button allows you to check the appearance/syntax used. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. If there is any slight difference in the text of multiple text marks at the same moment a warning will be given on manually typesetting the score, to avoid this copy and paste or clone the mark you want to place in each part." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66 msgid "Custom dynamic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:66 msgid "Enter dynamic text:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73 msgid "Dynamic setting" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.scm:73 msgid "Enter loudness level (0-127):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/DynamicText.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose dynamics and midi volume level." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:13 msgid "Show if at end of line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.scm:14 msgid "Show if at start of line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:1 msgid "Standalone Coda (for barlines)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeCoda.xml.h:2 msgid "Coda symbol attached to the net object, for example a barline. But shown between notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Standalone Segno (for barlines)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FreeSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a segno over the barline." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14 msgid "String: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:14 msgid "" "Give Fret Number\n" "or o or x" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:1 msgid "Fret Diagram" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:25 msgid "Barre from string (or cancel for none) " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:28 msgid "Barre to string (or cancel for none) " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:31 msgid "Barre at fret (or cancel for none) " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:38 msgid "Give size for diagram " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 msgid "Edit Fret Diagram" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:69 msgid "Edit Space Occupied" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:72 msgid "Edit Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93 msgid "Space Occupied by Text/Music" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:93 msgid "" "Give space:\n" "(0 prevents dragging position\n" "Blank for natural size.)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:65 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:66 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:98 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:99 msgid "Offsets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.scm:86 msgid "Give Number of Strings " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/FretDiagram.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:219 msgid "Creates a dialog for you to enter a description of the fret diagram to be typeset at the cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:24 msgid "" "Give unit beat duration (e.g., 4. for dotted-quarter) \n" " or enter n for none:" msgstr "" #. want * 3/2 for dotted,*4 since midi uses quarters and divide by duration, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:55 msgid "BPM Printed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:52 msgid "BPM Not Printed" msgstr "" #. begin #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.scm:60 msgid "Incorrect BPM syntax." msgstr "" #. this did not fire using d-PopUpMenu so changed to RadioBoxMenu #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Tempi and Metronome Marks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/MetronomeMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not, adjust playback tempo to suit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:1 msgid "Agréments" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Agrement.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a (French 18th c) agrément on the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 msgid "Add Accidental/Ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:7 msgid "Re-order Accidentals/Ornaments" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:23 msgid "No Note to apply ornament to" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26 msgid "Further from Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:26 msgid "Closer to Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34 msgid "Priority now " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:34 msgid " you may need to repeat this command to get a suitable value to re-order this ornament with respect to other ornaments on the same note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:49 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:9 msgid "Trill" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:50 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:19 msgid "Sharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:51 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:18 msgid "Flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:17 msgid "Natural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:53 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:12 msgid "Mordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:54 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:10 msgid "Turn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:11 msgid "Reverse Turn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:56 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:13 msgid "Prall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:57 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:14 msgid "Up Prall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:58 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:15 msgid "Down Prall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:59 msgid "Prall Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:60 msgid "Prall Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:61 msgid "Prall Prall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:62 msgid "Prall Mordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:63 msgid "Up Mordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:64 msgid "Down Mordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:133 msgid "Above Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:134 msgid "Below Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.scm:135 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Auto Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert/Edit Ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Ornaments/Ornament.xml.h:2 msgid "Select an ornament to insert as an object at the cursor (it will be typeset on the following note), or edit the ornament already present. Ornament here includes accidentals to be placed over or under other ornaments, as well as multiple ornaments stacked on one note/chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.scm:9 msgid "More Editing Options" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/RehearsalMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rehearsal mark in the score. The default is to typeset as the letters A, B, ... The display shows simply A for all bookmarks. This mark also acts as a Denemo bookmark which can be searched for." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Cadenza" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/CadenzaOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off automatic barlines, beaming etc and sets small sized notes for a cadenza. You can break up the cadenza in the Denemo Display into Denemo \"bars\" if the cadenza is too long. You will need to insert barlines or use the Allow Page/Line break command to let the typesetter break lines. Add Ignore Measure Duration Error directives in each bar if you want to use Check Score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:1 msgid "End Cadenza" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/FinishCadenza.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts Cadenza end at the current cursor position which should be at the start of a (Denemo) bar. See Start Cadenza for details." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.scm:7 msgid "Ligature End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "End Ligature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "End drawing a square bracket above the notes. Must be preceded by a Start Ligature earlier in the same staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.scm:7 msgid "Ligature Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Ligature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/LigatureStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts drawing a square bracket above the notes from the cursor. Use End Ligature to mark the place where the bracket should end. Used in transcribing mensural music notation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:5 msgid "Give -1 for ottava bassa, 1 for ottava alta and 0 for end ottava" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.scm:9 msgid "End Ottava" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:1 msgid "Ottava" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/Ottava.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (or 15ma) mark or terminates one already started. Either octave up or octave down can be specified. The notes should be entered at the true (sounding) pitch. Combine with a Print Transposition if you want to see the notes in the display at the transposed pitch (affects the MIDI playback)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:8 msgid "No \"tr\" at start." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:11 msgid "This marks the start of a trill extending over several notes. The leading \"tr\" can be omitted if desired." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.scm:27 msgid "Cursor must be on the note where the trill is to start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Trill" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StartTrillSpan.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:81 msgid "Starts a spanning trill from the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.scm:4 msgid "This marks the end of a trill spanning several notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop Trill" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/StopTrillSpan.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:82 msgid "Ends a previously started trill at the next note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:35 msgid "Prints a Sustain Off Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Sustain On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/Spanning/SustainOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:33 msgid "Prints a Sustain Pedal On Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:1 msgid "Footnote" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:18 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:17 msgid "Give footnote text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:14 msgid "Give footnote marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.scm:36 msgid "Orig. " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Footnote" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/StandaloneFootnote.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a footnote at the cursor position as a standalone object. WARNING does not appear if followed by a chord, single notes only!" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:1 msgid "Breath Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/BreathMark.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a Breath Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:1 msgid "Caesura" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Caesura.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a caesura (pause) at the cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:1 msgid "D.C al fine" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/DaCapo.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts D.C. al fine marking as a standalone Denemo Directive." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:1 msgid "Fine (i.e. end)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/Fine.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts Fine marking as standalone Denemo Directive." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14 msgid "Scaling Graphic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:14 msgid "Give scale to be used: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.scm:24 msgid "Graphic File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Graphic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/InsertGraphic.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a graphic in the music. This should be created as an encapsulated postscript file." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:19 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:11 msgid "Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:15 msgid "Give text for Denemo Display" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:20 msgid "" "Type the text in the lower pane. The preview pane above will show the typeset appearance. You can type any text, however the characters \\, \", ¶, { and } have a special meaning in the text. New lines will be started from the ¶ character (if allowed). The backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax called 'markup', the {} and \"\" have to surround other text in pairs - one on its own will not typeset. The Insert menu and Selection menu contain pre-packaged markup for various effects.\n" "For other possible markup commands \\wordwrap, \\circle, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25 msgid "Scaling Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:25 msgid "Give text size: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:73 msgid "Edit Display Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:74 msgid "Edit Others" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.scm:176 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:18 msgid "Delete this text?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-line Text and Music" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MultiLineTextAnnotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts multi-line text object which can include music snippets, Fret Diagrams and Note Names/Chord Symbols. LilyPond Markup can be used and a preview button is available to check the syntax." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:532 msgid "rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:6 msgid "0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:7 msgid "1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:8 msgid "0o" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:9 msgid "1o" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:10 msgid "M3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:11 msgid "M2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:12 msgid "M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:13 msgid "M1o" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:14 msgid "2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:15 msgid "2classical" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:16 msgid "3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:17 msgid "4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:18 msgid "5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:19 msgid "6" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:20 msgid "7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:577 msgid "accidentals" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:23 msgid "sharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:24 msgid "sharp.arrowup" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:25 msgid "sharp.arrowdown" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:26 msgid "sharp.arrowboth" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:27 msgid "sharp.slashslash.stem" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:28 msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stemstem" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:29 msgid "sharp.slashslashslash.stem" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:30 msgid "sharp.slashslash.stemstemstem" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:31 msgid "natural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:32 msgid "natural.arrowup" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:33 msgid "natural.arrowdown" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:34 msgid "natural.arrowboth" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:35 msgid "flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:36 msgid "flat.arrowup" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:37 msgid "flat.arrowdown" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:38 msgid "flat.arrowboth" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:39 msgid "flat.slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:40 msgid "flat.slashslash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:41 msgid "mirroredflat.flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:42 msgid "mirroredflat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:43 msgid "mirroredflat.backslash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:44 msgid "flatflat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:45 msgid "flatflat.slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:46 msgid "doublesharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:47 msgid "rightparen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:48 msgid "leftparen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:50 msgid "arrowheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:51 msgid "open.01" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:52 msgid "open.0M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:53 msgid "open.11" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:54 msgid "open.1M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:55 msgid "close.01" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:56 msgid "close.0M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:57 msgid "close.11" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:58 msgid "close.1M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:614 msgid "dots" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:241 msgid "dot" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:63 msgid "scripts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:64 msgid "ufermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:65 msgid "dfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:66 msgid "ushortfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:67 msgid "dshortfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:68 msgid "ulongfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:69 msgid "dlongfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:70 msgid "uverylongfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:71 msgid "dverylongfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:72 msgid "thumb" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:73 msgid "sforzato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:74 msgid "espr" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:75 msgid "staccato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:76 msgid "ustaccatissimo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:77 msgid "dstaccatissimo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:78 msgid "tenuto" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:79 msgid "uportato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:80 msgid "dportato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:81 msgid "umarcato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:82 msgid "dmarcato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:84 msgid "more scripts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:85 msgid "open" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:86 msgid "halfopen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:87 msgid "halfopenvertical" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:88 msgid "stopped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:89 msgid "upbow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:90 msgid "downbow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:91 msgid "reverseturn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:92 msgid "turn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:93 msgid "trill" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:94 msgid "upedalheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:95 msgid "dpedalheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:96 msgid "upedaltoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:97 msgid "dpedaltoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:98 msgid "flageolet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:99 msgid "segno" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:100 msgid "varsegno" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:101 msgid "coda" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:102 msgid "varcoda" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:103 msgid "rcomma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:104 msgid "lcomma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:105 msgid "rvarcomma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:106 msgid "lvarcomma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:108 msgid "and more scripts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:109 msgid "arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:110 msgid "trill_element" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:111 msgid "arpeggio.arrow.M1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:112 msgid "arpeggio.arrow.1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:113 msgid "trilelement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:114 msgid "prall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:115 msgid "mordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:116 msgid "prallprall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:117 msgid "prallmordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:118 msgid "upprall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:119 msgid "upmordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:120 msgid "pralldown" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:121 msgid "downprall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:122 msgid "downmordent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:123 msgid "prallup" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:124 msgid "lineprall" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:125 msgid "caesura.curved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:126 msgid "caesura.straight" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:127 msgid "tickmark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:128 msgid "snappizzicato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:130 msgid "ictus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:131 msgid "uaccentus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:132 msgid "daccentus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:133 msgid "usemicirculus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:134 msgid "dsemicirculus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:135 msgid "circulus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:136 msgid "augmentum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:137 msgid "usignumcongruentiae" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:138 msgid "dsignumcongruentiae" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:139 msgid "barline.kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:142 msgid "clefs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:143 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:5 msgid "C" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:144 msgid "C_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:145 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:8 msgid "F" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:146 msgid "F_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:147 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:9 msgid "G" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:148 msgid "G_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:149 msgid "percussion" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:150 msgid "percussion_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:151 msgid "tab" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:152 msgid "tab_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:154 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:176 msgid "more clefs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:155 msgid "vaticana.do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:156 msgid "vaticana.do_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:157 msgid "vaticana.fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:158 msgid "vaticana.fa_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:159 msgid "medicaea.do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:160 msgid "medicaea.do_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:161 msgid "medicaea.fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:162 msgid "medicaea.fa_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:163 msgid "neomensural.c" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:164 msgid "neomensural.c_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:165 msgid "petrucci.c1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:166 msgid "petrucci.c1_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:167 msgid "petrucci.c2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:168 msgid "petrucci.c2_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:169 msgid "petrucci.c3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:170 msgid "petrucci.c3_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:171 msgid "petrucci.c4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:172 msgid "petrucci.c4_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:173 msgid "petrucci.c5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:174 msgid "petrucci.c5_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:177 msgid "mensural.c" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:178 msgid "mensural.c_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:179 msgid "blackmensural.c" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:180 msgid "blackmensural.c_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:181 msgid "petrucci.f" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:182 msgid "petrucci.f_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:183 msgid "mensural.f" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:184 msgid "mensural.f_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:185 msgid "petrucci.g" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:186 msgid "petrucci.g_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:187 msgid "mensural.g" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:188 msgid "mensural.g_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:189 msgid "hufnagel.do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:190 msgid "hufnagel.do_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:191 msgid "hufnagel.fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:192 msgid "hufnagel.fa_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:193 msgid "hufnagel.do.fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:194 msgid "hufnagel.do.fa_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:195 msgid "kievan.do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:196 msgid "kievan.do_change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:198 msgid "timesig" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:199 msgid "C44" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:200 msgid "C22" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:202 msgid "mensural timesig" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:203 msgid "mensural44" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:204 msgid "mensural22" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:205 msgid "mensural32" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:206 msgid "mensural64" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:207 msgid "mensural94" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:208 msgid "mensural34" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:209 msgid "mensural68" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:210 msgid "mensural98" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:211 msgid "mensural48" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:212 msgid "mensural68alt" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:213 msgid "mensural24" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:214 msgid "neomensural44" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:215 msgid "neomensural22" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:216 msgid "neomensural32" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:217 msgid "neomensural64" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:218 msgid "neomensural94" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:219 msgid "neomensural34" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:220 msgid "neomensural68" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:221 msgid "neomensural98" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:222 msgid "neomensural48" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:223 msgid "neomensural68alt" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:224 msgid "neomensural24" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:226 msgid "pedal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:227 msgid "*" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:228 msgid "M" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:229 msgid "." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:230 msgid "P" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:231 msgid "d" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:232 msgid "e" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:233 msgid "Ped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:235 msgid "brackettips" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:236 msgid "up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:237 msgid "down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:239 msgid "accordion" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:240 msgid "discant" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:242 msgid "freebass" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:243 msgid "stdbass" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:244 msgid "bayanbass" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:245 msgid "oldEE" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:246 msgid "push" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:247 msgid "pull" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:249 msgid "ties" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:250 msgid "lyric.short" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:251 msgid "lyric.default" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:253 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:292 msgid "noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:254 msgid "uM2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:255 msgid "dM2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:256 msgid "sM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:257 msgid "sM1double" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:258 msgid "s0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:259 msgid "s1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:260 msgid "s2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:261 msgid "s0diamond" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:262 msgid "s1diamond" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:263 msgid "s2diamond" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:264 msgid "s0triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:265 msgid "d1triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:266 msgid "u1triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:267 msgid "u2triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:268 msgid "d2triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:269 msgid "s0slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:270 msgid "s1slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:271 msgid "s2slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:272 msgid "s0cross" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:273 msgid "s1cross" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:274 msgid "s2cross" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:275 msgid "s2xcircle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:276 msgid "s0do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:277 msgid "d1do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:278 msgid "u1do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:279 msgid "d2do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:280 msgid "u2do" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:281 msgid "s0doThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:282 msgid "d1doThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:283 msgid "u1doThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:284 msgid "d2doThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:285 msgid "u2doThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:286 msgid "s0re" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:287 msgid "u1re" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:288 msgid "d1re" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:289 msgid "u2re" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:290 msgid "d2re" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:293 msgid "s0reThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:294 msgid "u1reThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:295 msgid "d1reThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:296 msgid "u2reThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:297 msgid "d2reThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:298 msgid "s0mi" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:299 msgid "s1mi" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:300 msgid "s2mi" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:301 msgid "s0miMirror" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:302 msgid "s1miMirror" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:303 msgid "s2miMirror" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:304 msgid "s0miThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:305 msgid "s1miThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:306 msgid "s2miThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:307 msgid "u0fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:308 msgid "d0fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:309 msgid "u1fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:310 msgid "d1fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:311 msgid "u2fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:312 msgid "d2fa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:313 msgid "u0faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:314 msgid "d0faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:315 msgid "u1faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:316 msgid "d1faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:317 msgid "u2faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:318 msgid "d2faThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:319 msgid "s0sol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:320 msgid "s1sol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:321 msgid "s2sol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:322 msgid "s0la" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:323 msgid "s1la" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:324 msgid "s2la" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:325 msgid "s0laThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:326 msgid "s1laThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:327 msgid "s2laThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:328 msgid "s0ti" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:329 msgid "u1ti" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:330 msgid "d1ti" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:331 msgid "u2ti" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:332 msgid "d2ti" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:333 msgid "s0tiThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:334 msgid "u1tiThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:335 msgid "d1tiThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:336 msgid "u2tiThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:337 msgid "d2tiThin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:339 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:360 msgid "Funk noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:340 msgid "u0doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:341 msgid "d0doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:342 msgid "u1doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:343 msgid "d1doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:344 msgid "u2doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:345 msgid "d2doFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:346 msgid "u0reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:347 msgid "d0reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:348 msgid "u1reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:349 msgid "d1reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:350 msgid "u2reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:351 msgid "d2reFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:352 msgid "u0miFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:353 msgid "d0miFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:354 msgid "u1miFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:355 msgid "d1miFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:356 msgid "s2miFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:357 msgid "u0faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:358 msgid "d0faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:361 msgid "u1faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:362 msgid "d1faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:363 msgid "u2faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:364 msgid "d2faFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:365 msgid "s0solFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:366 msgid "s1solFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:367 msgid "s2solFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:368 msgid "s0laFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:369 msgid "s1laFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:370 msgid "s2laFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:371 msgid "u0tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:372 msgid "d0tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:373 msgid "u1tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:374 msgid "d1tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:375 msgid "u2tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:376 msgid "d2tiFunk" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:378 msgid "Walker noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:379 msgid "s0doWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:380 msgid "u1doWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:381 msgid "d1doWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:382 msgid "u2doWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:383 msgid "d2doWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:384 msgid "s0reWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:385 msgid "u1reWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:386 msgid "d1reWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:387 msgid "u2reWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:388 msgid "d2reWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:389 msgid "s0miWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:390 msgid "s1miWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:391 msgid "s2miWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:392 msgid "s0faWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:393 msgid "u1faWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:394 msgid "d1faWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:395 msgid "u2faWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:396 msgid "d2faWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:397 msgid "s0laWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:398 msgid "s1laWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:399 msgid "s2laWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:400 msgid "s0tiWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:401 msgid "u1tiWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:402 msgid "d1tiWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:403 msgid "u2tiWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:404 msgid "d2tiWalker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:406 msgid "mensural noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:407 msgid "uM3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:408 msgid "dM3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:409 msgid "uM2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:410 msgid "dM2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:411 msgid "sM1neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:412 msgid "urM3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:413 msgid "drM3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:414 msgid "urM2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:415 msgid "drM2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:416 msgid "srM1neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:417 msgid "s0neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:418 msgid "s1neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:419 msgid "s2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:420 msgid "s0harmonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:421 msgid "s2harmonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:422 msgid "uM3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:423 msgid "dM3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:424 msgid "sM3ligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:425 msgid "uM2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:426 msgid "dM2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:427 msgid "sM2ligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:428 msgid "sM1mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:429 msgid "urM3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:430 msgid "drM3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:431 msgid "srM3ligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:432 msgid "urM2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:433 msgid "drM2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:434 msgid "srM2ligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:436 msgid "more mensural noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:437 msgid "srM1mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:438 msgid "uM3semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:439 msgid "dM3semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:440 msgid "sM3semiligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:441 msgid "uM2semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:442 msgid "dM2semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:443 msgid "sM2semiligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:444 msgid "sM1semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:445 msgid "urM3semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:446 msgid "drM3semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:447 msgid "srM3semiligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:448 msgid "urM2semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:449 msgid "drM2semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:450 msgid "srM2semiligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:451 msgid "srM1semimensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:452 msgid "uM3blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:453 msgid "dM3blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:454 msgid "sM3blackligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:455 msgid "uM2blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:456 msgid "dM2blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:457 msgid "sM2blackligmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:458 msgid "sM1blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:459 msgid "s0mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:460 msgid "s1mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:461 msgid "s2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:462 msgid "s0blackmensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:464 msgid "ancient noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:465 msgid "s0petrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:466 msgid "s1petrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:467 msgid "s2petrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:468 msgid "s0blackpetrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:469 msgid "s1blackpetrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:470 msgid "s2blackpetrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:471 msgid "svaticana.punctum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:472 msgid "svaticana.punctum.cavum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:473 msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:474 msgid "svaticana.linea.punctum.cavum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:475 msgid "svaticana.inclinatum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:476 msgid "svaticana.lpes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:477 msgid "svaticana.vlpes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:478 msgid "svaticana.upes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:479 msgid "svaticana.vupes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:480 msgid "svaticana.plica" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:481 msgid "svaticana.vplica" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:482 msgid "svaticana.epiphonus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:483 msgid "svaticana.vepiphonus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:484 msgid "svaticana.reverse.plica" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:485 msgid "svaticana.reverse.vplica" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:486 msgid "svaticana.inner.cephalicus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:487 msgid "svaticana.cephalicus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:488 msgid "svaticana.quilisma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:490 msgid "more ancient noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:491 msgid "ssolesmes.incl.parvum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:492 msgid "ssolesmes.auct.asc" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:493 msgid "ssolesmes.auct.desc" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:494 msgid "ssolesmes.incl.auctum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:495 msgid "ssolesmes.stropha" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:496 msgid "ssolesmes.stropha.aucta" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:497 msgid "ssolesmes.oriscus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:498 msgid "smedicaea.inclinatum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:499 msgid "smedicaea.punctum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:500 msgid "smedicaea.rvirga" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:501 msgid "smedicaea.virga" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:502 msgid "shufnagel.punctum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:503 msgid "shufnagel.virga" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:504 msgid "shufnagel.lpes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:506 msgid "kievan noteheads" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:507 msgid "sM2kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:508 msgid "sM1kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:509 msgid "s0kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:510 msgid "d2kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:511 msgid "u2kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:512 msgid "s1kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:513 msgid "sr1kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:514 msgid "d3kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:515 msgid "u3kievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:518 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:587 msgid "flags" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:519 msgid "u3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:520 msgid "u4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:521 msgid "u5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:522 msgid "u6" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:523 msgid "u7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:524 msgid "d3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:525 msgid "d4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:526 msgid "d5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:527 msgid "d6" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:528 msgid "d7" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:529 msgid "ugrace" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:530 msgid "dgrace" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:533 msgid "M3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:534 msgid "M2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:535 msgid "M1neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:536 msgid "0neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:537 msgid "1neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:538 msgid "2neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:539 msgid "3neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:540 msgid "4neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:541 msgid "M3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:542 msgid "M2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:543 msgid "M1mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:544 msgid "0mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:545 msgid "1mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:546 msgid "2mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:547 msgid "3mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:548 msgid "4mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:551 msgid "custodes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:552 msgid "hufnagel.u0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:553 msgid "hufnagel.u1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:554 msgid "hufnagel.u2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:555 msgid "hufnagel.d0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:556 msgid "hufnagel.d1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:557 msgid "hufnagel.d2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:558 msgid "medicaea.u0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:559 msgid "medicaea.u1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:560 msgid "medicaea.u2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:561 msgid "medicaea.d0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:562 msgid "medicaea.d1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:563 msgid "medicaea.d2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:564 msgid "vaticana.u0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:565 msgid "vaticana.u1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:566 msgid "vaticana.u2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:567 msgid "vaticana.d0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:568 msgid "vaticana.d1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:569 msgid "vaticana.d2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:570 msgid "mensural.u0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:571 msgid "mensural.u1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:572 msgid "mensural.u2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:573 msgid "mensural.d0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:574 msgid "mensural.d1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:575 msgid "mensural.d2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:578 msgid "medicaeaM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:579 msgid "vaticanaM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:580 msgid "vaticana0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:581 msgid "mensural1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:582 msgid "mensuralM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:583 msgid "hufnagelM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:584 msgid "kievan1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:585 msgid "kievanM1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:588 msgid "mensuralu03" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:589 msgid "mensuralu13" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:590 msgid "mensuralu23" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:591 msgid "mensurald03" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:592 msgid "mensurald13" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:593 msgid "mensurald23" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:594 msgid "mensuralu04" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:595 msgid "mensuralu14" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:596 msgid "mensuralu24" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:597 msgid "mensurald04" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:598 msgid "mensurald14" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:599 msgid "mensurald24" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:600 msgid "mensuralu05" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:601 msgid "mensuralu15" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:602 msgid "mensuralu25" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:603 msgid "mensurald05" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:604 msgid "mensurald15" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:605 msgid "mensurald25" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:606 msgid "mensuralu06" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:607 msgid "mensuralu16" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:608 msgid "mensuralu26" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:609 msgid "mensurald06" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:610 msgid "mensurald16" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:611 msgid "mensurald26" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:615 msgid "dotvaticana" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:616 msgid "dotkievan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:619 msgid "..." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:620 msgid "space" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:621 msgid "plus" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:622 msgid "comma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:623 msgid "hyphen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:624 msgid "period" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:625 msgid "zero" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:626 msgid "one" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:627 msgid "two" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:628 msgid "three" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:629 msgid "four" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:630 msgid "five" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:631 msgid "six" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:632 msgid "seven" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:633 msgid "eight" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:634 msgid "nine" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:635 msgid "f" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:636 msgid "m" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:637 msgid "p" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:638 msgid "r" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:639 msgid "s" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.scm:640 msgid "z" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:1 msgid "Music Glyph" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/MusicGlyph.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows placing any musical glyph which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. The complete list of glyphs is in the LilyPond documentation. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:5 msgid "Light" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:44 msgid "" "This directive has to be placed before a note, chord or rest.\n" "The text itself can be re-positioned by right-clicking in the typeset (print) view" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:64 msgid "This directive must be placed before a note to work" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:70 msgid "Text Annotation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.scm:71 msgid "" "Give text to be placed in score at cursor\n" "(it can be dragged in the typeset view)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:1 msgid "Textual Annotation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Markings/TextMarks/TextAnnotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows placing arbitrary text on the score which can then be dragged in the final typeset view for fine control over positioning. Note! Do not place this directive at the end of a staff as it will not be typeset, place it before the last note and then right-click on it in the typeset (print) view to adjust its position if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:1 msgid "8 Balance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeBalance.xml.h:2 msgid "Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:1 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeChannel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Channel of a staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:1 msgid "11 Expression" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeExpression.xml.h:2 msgid "AKA \"Sub Volume\" or \"Percent Volume\". The \"real\" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/dim with expression." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:1 msgid "Generic Control Change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeGeneric.xml.h:2 msgid "Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:1 msgid "69 Hold Pedal #2 On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHold2Pedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeHoldPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to \"Off\"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "68 Legato Pedal On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeLegatoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:1 msgid "1 Modwheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeModwheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:1 msgid "10 Pan" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePan.xml.h:2 msgid "Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:1 msgid "65 Portamento On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangePortamento.xml.h:2 msgid "Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:1 msgid "Program" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeProgram.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Program of the current channel/staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "67 Soft Pedal On/Off (Left Piano Pedal)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSoftPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:1 msgid "66 Sostenuto Pedal On/Off (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeSustenutoPedal.xml.h:2 msgid "Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sostenuto Off." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7 msgid "Change Instrument Timbre" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:3 msgid "Give MIDI program number (1-256): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.scm:7 msgid "Give accompanying text to typset here (if any): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Timbre (Instrument Sound)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeTimbre.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the MIDI instrument for the following notes, optionally typesetting some text here. Use for pizz. trem. etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChangeVolume.xml.h:2 msgid "Change the Volume of a channel/staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Midi Channel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ChannelChange.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the MIDI channel of a staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in A" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInA.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI playback minor third lower than printed, marks as Clarinet in A" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:1 msgid "Clarinet in B flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/ClarinetInBb.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output is one tone lower than printed, inscribes clarinet in B flat above music" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Transposing Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/CloseTransposingInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Returns MIDI output to transposition set on staff properties." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tempo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/MidiTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:1 msgid "Equal Temperament Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartEqualTemperament.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI tuning becomes equal temperament from this point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:1 msgid "Quarter Comma Meantone" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/MIDI/Temperament/StartQCMeanTone.xml.h:2 msgid "MIDI output becomes 1/4 comma mean tone from this point" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.scm:4 msgid "All Staffs: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning Across All Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.scm:4 msgid "This Staff: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Tuning for Current Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Playback/SetTuningStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:4 msgid "This directive sets the style of typesetting for accidentals" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:4 msgid "Default" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:10 msgid "Modern" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:11 msgid "Modern Cautionary" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:15 msgid "Neo-Modern" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:19 msgid "Teaching" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:21 msgid "Forget" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Accidental Printing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/AutoAccidentals.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints accidentals according to a chosen style" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.scm:10 msgid "No Beaming" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Stop Beaming" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Stop automatic beaming from current position in score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.scm:10 msgid "Normal Beaming" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beaming" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/BeamingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:4 msgid "Augmentation Dot" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:6 msgid "Note Head" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:8 msgid "Clef Modifier" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:9 msgid "Cue Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:10 msgid "Cue End Clef" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:12 msgid "Key Cancellation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:14 msgid "Arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:15 msgid "Breath" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:16 msgid "Custos" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8 msgid "Fingering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:18 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:19 msgid "Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.scm:22 msgid "Markup to use for " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Stencil for Object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChangeStencil.xml.h:2 msgid "Lets you create your own stencil for typesetting the next occurence of the chosen layout object. The stencil is created using LilyPond markup - this can be anything from a single character to a drawing in encapsulated Postscript format. See LilyPond documentation for details." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:4 msgid "This Directive turns off repeations of the chord except at the start of a new line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Changes Only" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordChangesOnly.xml.h:2 msgid "From the cursor position on only chord changes are typeset (either Chord Symbols or Fret Diagrams), except at the beginning of the line." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:7 msgid "Color for Next Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.scm:13 msgid "Color" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:1 msgid "Color Next Symbol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ChordSymbols/ColorChordSymbol.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the next chord symbol in a color you choose." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Dynamics Above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/DynamicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to cause dynamics to be printed above the staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.scm:4 msgid "This directive turns off stems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Stems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/HideStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides stems on notes from this point on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Hide.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!" msgstr "" #. IgnoreOff #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.scm:2 msgid "Stop Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOff.xml.h:2 msgid "End commenting-out of the LilyPond output. Normal typesetting resumes from this point." msgstr "" #. IgnoreOn #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.scm:2 msgid "Start Ignore" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/IgnoreOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Start commenting-out of the LilyPond output when typesetting the current part. You must resume the typesetting with Ignore Off before the end of the staff or the score will not typeset." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:9 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:18 msgid " on Staff " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11 msgid "Transpose Cue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:11 msgid "" "Give note (in LilyPond notation) that middle C should transpose to\n" "in this cue:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:40 msgid "" "This marks the end of a cue - where notes from another part are printed.\n" "This marker can be cut and pasted to another position to alter the extent of the cue." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:41 msgid "" "This marks the start of a cue - if you make an alteration to the number of staffs you will need to delete this cue and remake it.\n" "Watch out that you do not end up with two End Cue directives\n" "as this will not typeset." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:62 msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to take a cue from." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:71 msgid "Start Cue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:80 msgid "Nowhere to place the End Cue marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.scm:86 msgid "End Cue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:1 msgid "Install Cue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/InstallCue.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts quoting music from another staff as a cue. The end cue marker is placed at the end of the measure, but can be moved with cut and paste to the desired position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:4 msgid "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to start/stop placing a count above the measures." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:31 msgid "Stop Count" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.scm:40 msgid "Start Count" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:1 msgid "Measure Count Start or End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MeasureCountDelimeter.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to start or stop the printing of a counter above each measure. Use for repeated measures to assist the performer count the number of repetitions." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:7 msgid "Give limit for use of church rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.scm:13 msgid "MMR Limit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Expand Limit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/MMRExpandLimit.xml.h:2 msgid "In Multi-Measure rests: controls how many measures rest are notated as church rests before numbers are used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Give new spacing: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:13 msgid "To restore the prevailing music spacing delete this directive object." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.scm:14 msgid "Note spacing unaltered." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Start New Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/NewSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards based on the spacing given." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:4 msgid "This sign allows a Line Break. The bar can be broken across a line at this point. Delete using Del or Backspace key." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.scm:8 msgid "The cursor is on a voice. Put line breaks in the main staff that the voice belongs to." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Line/Page Break" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/AllowLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.scm:12 msgid "This Line Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point. You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/LineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure. This will be ignored if it breaks a beam or tuplet. Use Allow Line Break to break mid-measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "No Line Break" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/NoLineBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Disallow a line break at this measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.scm:11 msgid "This Page Break will have no effect if there is no barline at this point. You can use Allow Line/Page Break to insert an invisible one if you need it" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Forces a new page at this barline." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12 msgid "Spacing for Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:12 msgid "Give value for extra space: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:16 msgid "Space Above Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.scm:17 msgid "Space Below Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff/System/Titles Spacer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/PrintLayout/StaffSpacer.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces extra space between this staff and the adjacent one at this point in the score. If in the top staff of a system, forces the systems apart in the line at the cursor. If in the top staff on the top line gives more room below the titles." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Revert Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/RevertSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes from cursor onwards in default manner." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Change Barnumber in typeset score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:2 msgid "Please enter a number to set the current bar number. The typeset score will continue to count up from there." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.scm:6 msgid "BarNumber = " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Set Bar Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SetBarNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Enter a number to change the bar number in the typeset score. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6 msgid "X-Y shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2 msgid "Give horizontal shift required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3 msgid "Give vertical shift required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.scm:10 msgid "This type of object cannot be shifted by this method" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Shift Object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShiftNext.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:2 msgid "This directive turns on typesetting of stems on notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/ShowStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Stems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "End Small Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Printing resumes normal size music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Small Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/SmallFontStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Music after this is printed in a small size." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StartStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop Drawing Staff\" command" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Stop Drawing Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/StopStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Minimum Fret Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.scm:6 msgid "Give lowest fret number wanted: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Fret Number Allowed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/MinimumFret.xml.h:2 msgid "In a Tab staff, restrict the frets available to larger than the given value." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:1 msgid "Restrain Open Strings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/RestrainOpenStrings.xml.h:2 msgid "Restrains the use of open strings in Tablature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:5 msgid "" "This directive causes the tab to be notated fully with beaming and other notation added\n" "Delete the directive to undo the effect." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.scm:16 msgid "This Directive can only be added in a Tab Staff. See Staff menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:1 msgid "Full Tab Notation On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Tablature/TabFull.xml.h:2 msgid "Typeset beaming etc with Tablature from the cursor position on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive closes a block of music with a close curly brace }. It must be preceded earlier in the save voice by a corresponding open {, otherwise the music will not typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/CloseLilyBlock.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically flattened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.scm:8 msgid "Enh-" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Enharmonic Flatten" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicFlatten.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (D-sharp becomes E-flat etc). The block should be closed with a curly brace }" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be enhamonically sharpened. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.scm:8 msgid "Enh+" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Enharmonic Sharpen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenEnharmonicSharpen.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block of music that will be sharpened enharmonically (E-flat becomes D-sharp etc). The block should be close with a curly brace }" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive starts block of music that will be transposed up one octave. The block of music should be closed with a curly brace }.t" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.scm:8 msgid "Down8va" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.scm:8 msgid "Up8va" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Open { Octave Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Transposition/OpenOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Opens a block to be transposed up one octave This must be followed by a CloseBlock \"}\" to end the transposed section." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:1 msgid "TypesettingOn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/TypesettingOn.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/UnHideNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Reverts the \"Stop drawing notes\" command" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset1.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for first voice. Stems up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset2.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for second voice. Stems down." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset3.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for third voice. Stems up." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePreset4.xml.h:2 msgid "Preset for voice four. Stems down." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicePresetAutomatic.xml.h:2 msgid "Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour." msgstr "" #. 1 #. 2 #. 3 #. 4 #. 5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice Preset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoicesDoublestroke.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice." msgstr "" #. VoiceSetting #. InitialVoiceSetting #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:4 msgid "Voice 1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:6 msgid "Voice 2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:8 msgid "Voice 3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:10 msgid "Voice 4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.scm:12 msgid "Automatic Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Voices/VoiceSetting.xml.h:2 msgid "The Voice 1,2,3,4 commands set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice command returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions. The Denemo display shows automatic stem directions, use StemDown and StemUp commands if you wish to affect the display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Next" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Directives/Typesetter/Void.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing the next music item will be omitted from the score. Use with conditional directives to leave out music for certain layouts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:6 msgid "D" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:7 msgid "E" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:10 msgid "A" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:11 msgid "B" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:13 msgid "Finish" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:20 msgid "Double Sharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.scm:21 msgid "Double Flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Key Signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/ArbitraryKeySignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a key signature composed of an arbitrary combination of accidentals. For any step of the scale which needs an accidental to show choose the note name and accidental. Note that the Denemo Display will ignore this, so you have to enter the accidentals as if it wasn't there. LilyPond will typeset the key signature specified and display accidentals before notes correspondingly." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♭ Initial" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/FlattenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/HideKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:1 msgid "♯ Initial" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenInitialKeysigs.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the inital key signature by one degree on all staffs/voices." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:1 msgid "♯" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Key/SharpenKeysig.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.scm:2 msgid "Delete Current Verse (no undo!)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/DeleteCurrentVerse.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the current verse - copy the text first if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.scm:2 msgid "No verse has been created for this staff. Use Add Lyric Verse in Lyrics menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Lyric at Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/EditLyricAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Switches keyboard input to the lyrics pane, placing the cursor on the syllable that belongs to the cursor note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:16 msgid "Highlighted Syllable" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.scm:17 msgid "Give syllable to insert:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert a Highlighted Lyric" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHighlightedLyricSyllable.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a syllable which can be bold and/or italic." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:1 msgid "Divide Syllables with Hyphen" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertHyphenBetweenSyllables.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a hyphen between the syllables at the cursor, if there is sufficient room." msgstr "" #. InsertLyricAlignment #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Center" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.scm:4 msgid "Note: start lyrics on a new line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:1 msgid "Syllable Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricAlignment.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts some syntax into the lyric verse to determine the alignment of syllables under notes. Lyrics to be affected should be on the following lines." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:3 msgid "Printed as \"ˬ\" (lyric tie symbol)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.scm:4 msgid "Printed as space" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Lyric Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertLyricTie.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a lyric tie between two words at the cursor. Use this instead of a space between two words that are sung to the same note (do not leave a space as well). It will be typeset as a tie or space between the words." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:3 msgid "During Word, with Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:4 msgid "Word End, with Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:5 msgid "During Word, no Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:6 msgid "Word End, no Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.scm:7 msgid "Extend Melisma" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:1 msgid "Melismata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMelisma.xml.h:2 msgid "Extends a syllable over the next note with hyphenated line (within word) or extender line (at end of word)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:21 msgid "this inserts the verse " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:22 msgid " from " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.scm:36 msgid "There are no verses above this one to mirror from." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Mirrored Verse" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertMirroredVerse.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts special syntax to typeset a verse from another staff under this staff. This syntax should be on a line of its own." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.scm:17 msgid "Give non-lyric text to insert" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertStanzaNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a stanza number (or other text that is not part of the lyrics) in the current verse at the cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:9 msgid "Skip Syllables" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.scm:10 msgid "Give number of syllables to skip" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:1 msgid "Skip Syllables in Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/InsertSyllableSkips.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts blanks for the syllables from the start of the notes selected in the Denemo Display to the cursor. With no selection asks for a number of syllables to skip and inserts the skip at the lyric cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:3 msgid "Font Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.scm:4 msgid "Give font name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.scm:4 msgid "Give font size magnification (0 = default, negative = smaller)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Larger/Smaller Font Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFontSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a code in the current lyric verse to change to larger or smaller font size. Keep this code on a separate line." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Font" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricFont.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts into the current lyric verse a change of font. Keep this code on a line of its own." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:1 msgid "Dynamic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/LyricVerseDynamic.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a dynamic marking in the current verse at the insertion point in the lyrics pane. Use this to indicate dynamics which change from one verse to another." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:16 msgid "Lyrics will appear in the Print View for the default layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.scm:17 msgid "Lyrics will be omitted in the Print View for the default layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Lyrics (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/ToggleTypesetOfLyrics.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns Off/On typesetting of lyrics for the entire score. The score will revert to typesetting verses when reloaded (except for any custom score layouts created) - the command does not count as a change in the score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Append verses to current text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Edit current end-of-movement text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:6 msgid "Replace with verses" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28 msgid "Typesetting Verses at End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:28 msgid "Which verse to start at?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:43 msgid "Verse " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.scm:52 msgid "No verses found" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Verses at End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Lyrics/TypesetVersesAtEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Let's you choose a number of verses to print at the end of the piece (movement), instead of underlaying the music. The verses are copied to the end so can be deleted once copied to prevent them from appearing beneath the music in addition." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Duplicate Measure After" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/AddDuplicateMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:22 msgid "Beam Start command on a note with no beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:27 msgid "Second start Beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:35 msgid "Beam End command on a note with no beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:40 msgid "End Beam with no start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:50 msgid "Start Beam with no end" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.scm:55 msgid "No problem detected with beams in measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Beaming" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckBeamsInMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the current measure for beaming errors." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:26 msgid "End Tuplet with no start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:40 msgid "Start Tuplet with no end" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.scm:45 msgid "All tuplets in measure are terminated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Tuplets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/CheckTupletsInMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Empty Measures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all empty measures from the cursor until the next music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2 msgid "Display Measure Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.scm:2 msgid "Enter the number you wish to display as the bar number for the current bar. Does not affect the typeset score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Measure Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DisplayEffects/DisplayMeasureNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the bar number displayed for this and subsequent bars. Does not affect the print out, see Set Bar Number command for that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Two Measures" msgstr "Twee maten dupliceren" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/DuplicateTwoMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a copy of the previous and the current measure after the curreent measure." msgstr "Voegt een kopie van de vorige en de huidige maat in na de huidige maat." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Hidden Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/HiddenMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a dummy whole measure rest. The measure is not seen by the LilyPond typesetter, it just takes up space in the display. Use for polymetric music to even up the staff lengths for the display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:3 msgid "This Directive tells Denemo not to signal an error if there are too many notes or rests after this point (or too few) for a complete measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:11 msgid "Partial Measure is Acceptable" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.scm:12 msgid "Partial Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:1 msgid "Ignore Measure Duration Error" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/IgnoreMeasureDurationError.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. Only affects the Denemo display and error checking, the typesetting will place barlines according to the actual durations of notes as usual." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Gap" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/InsertBreakInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a gap between the previous measure and the current one. The clef is re-instated after the gap. The gap size can be adjusted by inserting or deleting empty measures in between." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge with Next Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/MergeWithNextMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins two measures together." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close and Reopen Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseReopenRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes an open repeat block and opens a new one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Close a Repeat Section" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/CloseRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Close Second Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/EndSecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes the second time bar previously opened (printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "First Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/FirstTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.scm:1 msgid "Repeats are usually inserted using commands to insert repeat barlines and to insert first/second/nth time bar markings from the Directives menu - look these up in the Command Center. This menu is just for those that want the normal LilyPond syntax for repeats - use right-click->More Commands to un-hide these." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Repeats" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/HelpForRepeats.xml.h:2 msgid "Explains the different ways of creating repeats." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Open Repeat Section" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/OpenRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Second Time Bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats/SecondTimeBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:8 msgid "Upbeat/Short Measure can only be used in an underfull, non-empty measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:52 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:59 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:65 msgid "Re-calculate" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.scm:51 msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, without taking space in the typeset score. Use if for partial measures in first and second repeats. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the partial measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Short command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/ShortMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Measure at Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/SplitMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Split the current measure into two at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.scm:64 msgid "This object fills up the duration of this measure, so that the notes in the measure form an upbeat. It needs to be renewed if you change the duration of the notes in the measure - use Re-calculate for this, or simply delete it and re-run the Upbeat command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Upbeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.scm:25 msgid "Measure Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/WholeMeasureRepeat.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:206 msgid "Inserts a whole measure repeat sign." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (Score)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture and Insert One Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:21 msgid "All measures appear complete." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.scm:25 msgid "This measure has the wrong duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Check for Irregular Measures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckForIncompleteMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks each Denemo measure in the current movement for complete number of beats. Unless you explicitly set otherwise, on typesetting the notes will be re-distributed to the correct measures, which can lead to strange effects." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:17 msgid "Time Signature does not match " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:36 msgid "Time Signature not at start of measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54 msgid "Polymetric Staffs not checked" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.scm:54 msgid "No problem detected with time signature changes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Time Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CheckTimeSignatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the movement for miss-matched or miss-placed time signature changes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.scm:36 msgid "Non Empty Intro staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Intro" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CreateIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide All Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsHidden.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes all the staffs hidden in the display except for the one with the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:1 msgid "Show All Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DisplayEffects/AllStaffsVisible.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes all the staffs visible in the display." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5 msgid "Duplicate Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:5 msgid "Merge with Previous Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.scm:27 msgid "No Movement Before" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate or Merge" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/DuplicateOrMergeMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Offers choice to duplicate the current movement or merge this movement with the previous one." msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:1 msgid "Even Up the Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/EvenOutStaffLengths.xml.h:2 msgid "Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:11 msgid "This movement is a sketch - it will not be typeset with the default layout. You must have at least one movement that is typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.scm:12 msgid "Movement will be typeset normally" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Movement as Sketch (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/HideMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the current movement from being typeset (use for fragments of music, sketches etc). At least one movement must be typeset." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/InsertMovement/AddMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a new movement with new time signature and titles." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.scm:6 msgid "Click to edit comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:1 msgid "Comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/MvntComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores textual comments for this movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Tempo of Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.scm:3 msgid "Give quarter notes per minute:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Tempo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Playback/SetMovementTempo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:25 msgid "" "There are unclosed tuplets in this bar.\n" " Please fix - see CheckTuplets command." msgstr "" #. query the user: should we split the note, or let him/her do it? #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336 msgid "Split This Note" msgstr "" #. need to stop if we hit cancel #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:335 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:336 msgid "Split All" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:333 msgid "Stop Here" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:365 msgid "" "This measure's discrepancy requires a tuplet.\n" "Please adjust manually and run this script again." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:385 msgid "Search for under/overfull bars" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389 msgid "Pad underfull bars with rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:386 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:388 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:389 msgid "Pad underfull bars with blank rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:387 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:390 msgid "Rebar-Merge underfull, split overfull bars" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 msgid "Entire Staff" msgstr "" #. let's try to return cursor to here when done. #. Start at top staff, top voice #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:398 msgid "This Point Onwards" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:391 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:395 msgid "Entire Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.scm:422 msgid "Problem with measure length" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust the Measure Lengths" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/ReBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/SplitMovementAtCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Splits the movement at the cursor. Place the cursor after any time signature or key signature change that applies to the split-off movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:3 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n" "You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79 msgid "Edit the file " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:21 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:22 msgid "Edit width and position " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:71 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:70 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:124 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:132 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "Encapsulated Postscript File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:73 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:27 msgid "Give width required:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:27 msgid "Give space above required:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:28 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:29 msgid "Give space to the left required:" msgstr "" #. (if filename #. (d-WarningDialog (_ "This will replace the current definition"))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:61 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:60 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:63 msgid "Start From Template" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:75 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:76 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:136 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:79 msgid "Use the file unedited" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92 msgid "The file " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:91 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:92 msgid "" "does not exist\n" "Perhaps you saved to a different directory?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:93 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:94 msgid "Delete prepended postscript?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.scm:96 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:97 msgid "Prepended Postscript Deleted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:1 msgid "Append Encapsulated Postscript" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/AppendPostscript.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the end of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear after the music." msgstr "" #. Chapter #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.scm:2 msgid "Give heading or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:1 msgid "Heading" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Chapter.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a heading the current movement" msgstr "" #. Piece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.scm:2 msgid "Give name for this piece of the current movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:1 msgid "Piece" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Piece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a piece name for the Movement" msgstr "" #. Section #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.scm:2 msgid "Give name for movement sub-title or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:1 msgid "Sub-Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/Section.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a subtitle for the Movement" msgstr "" #. TitledPiece #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.scm:2 msgid "Give title for the movement or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/BookTitles/TitledPiece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints title for the current movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:8 msgid "Give space between title and score:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.scm:15 msgid "Delete spacer?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/InsertSpaceBeforeMovement.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:221 msgid "Inserts blank space above the movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15 msgid "Markup At End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.scm:15 msgid "Edit markup:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Text after Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/MarkupAtEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the given Lilypond markup syntax after the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:26 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.scm:74 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:28 msgid "Give space below required:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:1 msgid "Prepend Encapsulated Postscript" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/PrependPostscript.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the current movement. Use this for columns of text or images, fancy titles etc. prepared in other programs which are to appear before the music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:1 msgid "Composer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name for current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementPiece.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Subtitle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementSubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given below the title of this movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Titles" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitles.xml.h:2 msgid "Set titles for this movement. The names of the various titles are just suggestions, any sort of title can be placed in any field. See the manual for the default positioning of each title." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/SimpleTitles/MovementTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title above the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Breaks at Beats" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtBeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the typesetter to break lines at each beat in a bar, instead of just at the end. Time signature changes must be handled manually (using Allow Page/Line Break command)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow Breaks at Half Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/AllowBreakAtHalfBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing barline half-way through each bar from the cursor position onwards, which allows the typesetter to choose a line or page break at those places." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:20 msgid "Give text to appear on blank page, if any " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.scm:11 msgid "This page is intentionally left blank" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Blank Page Before" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/BlankPage.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a blank page (with optional text) before the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:1 msgid "Custos (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/Custos.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a custos at the end of each line for the current movement. Repeat command to turn custos off." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.scm:7 msgid "Hide Barlines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Hide Barlines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Omits barlines when printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.scm:15 msgid "Empty staffs hidden in all systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs on All Systems (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffsAllSystems.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides empty staffs on the first and subsequent systems (Off/On). See also the command \"Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)\" which keeps all staffs for the first system." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.scm:9 msgid "Empty Systems Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/HideEmptyStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed in the current movement. All staffs are printed on the first system (line) thereafter any staff that has only rests for a entire system is dropped. Use this in large scores to fit more systems per page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:1 msgid "Beaming Rules" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementBeamingRules.xml.h:2 msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:4 msgid "Page Break Removed before Movement Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:5 msgid "Page Break Inserted before Movement Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20 msgid "Make Conditional" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.scm:20 msgid "Delete Page Break" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Break Before" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/MovementPageBreak.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this movement starting on a new page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:5 msgid "Baroque" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsBaroque.xml.h:2 msgid "Baroque note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsCross.xml.h:2 msgid "Cross note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDefault.xml.h:2 msgid "Default note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Movement Notehead Settings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDelete.xml.h:2 msgid "Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsDiamond.xml.h:2 msgid "Diamond note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic-black" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Harmonic note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:7 msgid "Mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsMensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Mensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:1 msgid "Neomensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsNeomensural.xml.h:2 msgid "Neomensural note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:8 msgid "Petrucci" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsPetrucci.xml.h:2 msgid "Petrucci note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:16 msgid "Slash" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsSlash.xml.h:2 msgid "Slash note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:15 msgid "Triangle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/NoteHeadStyles/MovementNoteheadsXcircle.xml.h:2 msgid "Triangle note head style for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:6 msgid "Polymetric Staffs will no longer typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.scm:24 msgid "Staffs can have differing time signatures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Polymetric Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PolymetricStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off independent time signatures and barline on the staffs. Use for polymetric notation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6 msgid "Choose indent for Current Movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:6 msgid "Give indent or Cancel to unset movement indent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:11 msgid "Indent= " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.scm:15 msgid "Movement indent dropped. Score indent will be used for this movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:1 msgid "Indent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/Indent.xml.h:2 msgid "Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.scm:7 msgid "Flush Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Right (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedRight.xml.h:2 msgid "If the current movement has only one system it will be stretched to the right margin. Run the command again to turn this off." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:4 msgid "Cannot use this command with Book Titles" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:9 msgid "Separated Movement status dropped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.scm:13 msgid "Movement will be separated from others" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:1 msgid "Separated Movement (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SeparateMovement.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this movement on its own page(s). Not for use with Book Titles." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.scm:4 msgid "Normal System Spacing is restored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Reduce Space Between Systems (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/ReduceSystemSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page for the current movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/SwitchMensuralBarlines.xml.h:2 msgid "Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51 msgid "Set Transpose Interval" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.scm:6 msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" " Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" " \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" " \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" " Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" " single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" " e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" " You do not have to start with c\n" " e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" " " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Typesetter/TransposeMovementPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "The current movement will be printed transposed by the interval given." msgstr "" #. (d-MoveCursorRight) #. (d-RefreshDisplay))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:1 msgid "Beam 4 Beats" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/Beam1234.xml.h:2 msgid "Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4)." msgstr "" #. BeamLeftNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:147 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the left." msgstr "" #. BeamLeftOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:149 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to left." msgstr "" #. BeamLeftThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:153 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the left." msgstr "" #. BeamLeftTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamLeftTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:151 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the left." msgstr "" #. BeamRightNone #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightNone.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:146 msgid "Typeset the note at the cursor with no beam to the right." msgstr "" #. BeamRightOne #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:1 msgid "One Beam Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightOne.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:148 msgid "Prints with just one beam linking to the right." msgstr "" #. BeamRightThree #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Three Beams Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightThree.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:152 msgid "Prints with just three beams linking to the right." msgstr "" #. BeamRightTwo #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Beams Right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/BeamRightTwo.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:150 msgid "Prints with just two beams linking to the right." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Beaming Directive" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/DeleteBeamingDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "End Beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/EndBeam.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.scm:13 msgid "No beam possible here" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "No Beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/NoBeam.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:154 msgid "(Print) Removes beam from current note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.scm:144 msgid "Selection must start and end in the same bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:1 msgid "Replicate Beams from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/ReplicateManualBeams.xml.h:2 msgid "Copies the manual beams set in the current selection to occurrences of the same rhythmic pattern at the same beat (in the same time signature) in the rest of the staff. Include rests if they are part of the pattern." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming/StartBeam.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:1 msgid "Augment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Augment.xml.h:2 msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgstr "" #. not music #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Breve" msgstr "" #. not a chord #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Change current note duration to Longa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅝" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo0.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅝 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo1.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅗𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo2.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo3.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅮 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo4.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅯 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo5.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅰 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo6.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅱 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Duration To 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/ChangeTo7.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note or rest at the cursor to 𝅘𝅥𝅲 duration. Works also in appending position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:1 msgid "Diminish" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Diminish.xml.h:2 msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.scm:11 msgid "Cursor must be on a chord/note/rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:1 msgid "Dot" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DotDoubleDotNoDot.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a dot to the note/rest/chord at the cursor, or removes them if double dotted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Slurred, Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythmSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm. Slurs the two notes together." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Dotted Rhythm" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/DottedRhythm.xml.h:2 msgid "In appending position, dots the note or rest at the cursor and appends a note of half the duration so as to create a dotted rhythm." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:1 msgid "Dottify2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify2.xml.h:2 msgid "As Dottify command but dotted rhythm created is dotted note plus two notes of a quarter the duration. Total duration is unchanged." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:1 msgid "Dottify" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/Dottify.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a dotted rhythm with the same total duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects to new chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChordsToMergedChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Join music objects" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/JoinChords.xml.h:2 msgid "Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Split Note/Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration/SplitChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.scm:5 msgid "Comment this chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChordComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:32 msgid "Directive " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:37 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:32 msgid " on " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:33 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:37 msgid "Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:32 msgid "Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.scm:34 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.scm:32 msgid "Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveForAllLayouts.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be typeset normally, i.e for all layouts. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.scm:37 msgid "Directives " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveNotForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor be ignored for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:1 msgid "Allow for Current Layout" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/Conditional-Directives/DirectiveOnlyForLayout.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes a (chosen) directive on the note/chord at the cursor take effect for typesetting the current layout. The cursor should be positioned at the note height if a directive attached to the note is intended." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete LilyPond on Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/DeleteLilyPondOnNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach/Edit LilyPond to Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives/InsertNoteDirective.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax you give before and after the note at the cursor height, also allows editing/deleting." msgstr "" #. DisplaceRestHorizontally #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.scm:2 msgid "Horizontal shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Displace Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/DisplaceHorizontally.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts the next note, chord or rest and its markings horizontally by the amount given. Use this to refine the positioning, but be aware that notes in other staffs will not be affected. For polyphony, see NoteColumnShift under the Voices menu" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Breve.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Breve. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Longa.xml.h:2 msgid "Append/Insert Longa. N.B. turns off spillover to next measure if set in preferences." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅝" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur0.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur1.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur2.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur3.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur4.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur5.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur6.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/Slur7.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅜" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:1 msgid "⏜ 𝅛" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurred/SlurLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/AddDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds dots" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Cautionary Accidental" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/CautionaryAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:71 msgid "Forces the accidental on the note to be printed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Enharmonic -" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step lower. Use for individual notes in chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Enharmonic +" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ChangeNoteEnharmonicUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to its enharmonic equivalent one step higher. Use for individual notes in chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:1 msgid "Ficta Accidental" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/Ficta.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the accidental above rather than before the note. In European music from before about 1600, singers were expected to chromatically alter notes at their own initiative according to certain rules. This is called musica ficta. In modern transcriptions, these accidentals are usually printed over the note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatten or Append Flattened" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/FlattenNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Flatten note at cursor, or if appending flatten next note entered." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Accidental" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/HideAccidental.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the accidental on the note at the cursor on printing. Does not affect the pitch." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "To Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/MoveNoteToCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the nearest note to join the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:1 msgid "Reminder Accidental" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/ReminderAccidental.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:72 msgid "Prints the accidental in ()." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Sharpen or Append Sharpened" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SharpenNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Sharpens the note at the cursor, or if appending sharpen next entered note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Flat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestFlat.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints flat sign over note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Natural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestNatural.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a natural over the note at the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:1 msgid "Suggest Sharp" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote/SuggestSharp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a sharp above the note/chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/FingeringsDoublestroke.xml.h:2 msgid "Place a fingerin instruction on a note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.scm:7 msgid "GraceAfter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace After (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "The grace note(s) following the current note will be typeset attached to the current note, rather than the note that follows them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace Note (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceNoteSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:1 msgid "Termination" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/GraceTermination.xml.h:2 msgid "Appends two grace notes, slurred to current note. Follow with a duration key to set duration of grace notes to be appended." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:4 msgid "Press a duration key to get two, beamed, grace notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.scm:33 msgid "" "To use this function correctly you need to give a duration.\n" "This will insert two grace notes, beamed together if needed, with the given duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Two" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.scm:65 msgid "Grace note hints installed" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:1 msgid "Install Grace Note Hints" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/InstallGraceNoteHints.xml.h:2 msgid "Where a grace note occurs at a boundary the LilyPond typesetter requires extra hints about positioning. This command installs them for the whole movement. It is usually run in the Check Score routine." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:1 msgid "Grace/UnGrace" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/MakeGrace.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the note at the cursor to/from being a grace note. Gives audio feedback." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.scm:29 msgid "The cursor is not on a grace note after a main note or chord\n" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-Grace After" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes/UnGraceAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Remove grace after created with Denemo versions before 2.4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Note/Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the current note or chord at the cursor. Not for rests." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Rest, Note, Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/DuplicateRestNoteChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the rest, note or chord at or before the cursor." msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Fill Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the note/chord/rest at or before the cursor until the measure is full or over-full. In a full measure duplicates the measure, in an empty measure insert the current duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Duplicate to Fill Measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/FillUpMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "Duplicates the notes in the current measure until the measure is full or over-full. If already full, duplicates the previous and current measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Breve" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a Longa" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration/InsertOneNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a note in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Percent Repeat\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11 msgid "Percent Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:6 msgid "Give number of further repeats 1,2,..." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.scm:11 msgid "Give frequency of numbering 0, 1,..." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Percent Style Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/PercentRepeat.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a repeat from the selection, typeset in \\\"percent\\\" style." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:1 msgid "Accent (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/AccentSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Arpeggio (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:87 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Articulation Outside Slur (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ArticulationOutsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:1 msgid "DownBow (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/DownbowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:85 msgid "Mark/Unmark selection or current object" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "Fermata (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FermataSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:118 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata" msgstr "" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Flageolet" 12) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:1 msgid "Flageolet (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/FlageoletSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection of object with a Flageolet" msgstr "" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "Harmonic" 12) #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gx "Harmonic" -2) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Harmonic (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/HarmonicSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:86 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a harmonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:1 msgid "Lheel (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Lheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:1 msgid "Ltoe (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/LtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Ltoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:1 msgid "Marcato (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/MarcatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:123 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:1 msgid "Portato (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/PortatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:88 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:1 msgid "Rheel (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RheelSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:1 msgid "Rtoe (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/RtoeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Rtoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:1 msgid "Signumcongruentiae (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/SignumcongruentiaeSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes signumcongruentiae" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccatissimo (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:120 msgid "Toggles Staccatissimo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccato (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StaccatoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:119 msgid "Adds the staccato dot or removes it" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:1 msgid "Stopped (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/StoppedSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:89 msgid "Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Tenuto (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TenutoSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:121 msgid "Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:1 msgid "Thumb (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ThumbSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 msgid "Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Thumb" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleAccent.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord accented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleDownBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleFlageolet.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a Flageolet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note lheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "LongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLongFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord longfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleLtoe.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note ltoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleMarcato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/TogglePortato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Portato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRheel.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rheel" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleRtoe.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current note rtoe" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "ShortFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleShortFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord shortfermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleSignumcongruentiae.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord signumcongruentiae" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccatissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStaccato.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord staccato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleStopped.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord stopped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleTenuto.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleThumb.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord thumb" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:1 msgid "UpBow (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleUpBow.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:1 msgid "VeryLongFermata (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/ToggleVeryLongFermata.xml.h:2 msgid "Mark/Unmark the current chord with very long fermata" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24 msgid "Tonguing Indication" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.scm:24 msgid "Give number of dots required: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:1 msgid "Tongue" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/Tongue.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a tonguing indication, (a number of staccato dots) to the current note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations/UpBowSelectionSwitcher.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:84 msgid "Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45 msgid "Chord Symbol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:27 msgid "Give text of chord symbol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:30 msgid "Give horizontal scale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:31 msgid "Give vertical scale" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:42 msgid "Give horizontal shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:45 msgid "Give vertical shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.scm:57 msgid "Insert Root note of chord for symbol to attach to" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Symbol" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/ChordSymbols/CompactChordSymbol.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an arbitrary chord symbol text for the root note at the cursor - used in compact chord charts for uncommon chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3 msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the cresc.)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13 msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the crescendo." msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1 msgid "Crescendo Text Spanner" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 msgid "Give text for start or continuation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/CrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:11 msgid "Not yet implemented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.scm:14 msgid "cresc. start deleted. The end crescendo should also be deleted ..." msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:1 msgid "Cresc (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Cresc.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts textual cresc. (or deletes one already present at cursor). Terminate with End Crescendo or with a dynamic." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:3 msgid "\\bold cresc. (or poco if continuing the dim.)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:13 msgid "Sorry, this operation needs to be applied to the start of the Decrescendo." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.scm:31 msgid "Decrescendo Text Spanner" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:1 msgid "Diminuendo Text Spanner" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DecrescendoTextSpanner.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.scm:14 msgid "dim. start deleted. The end diminuendo should also be deleted ..." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:1 msgid "Dim (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/Dim.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts a textual diminuendo. Terminate with End Diminuendo or a dynamic." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4 msgid "Dynamics Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.scm:4 msgid "Give extra spacing required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Extra Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/DynamicsExtraSpace.xml.h:2 msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4 msgid "Hairpin Length" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.scm:4 msgid "Give extra length required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:1 msgid "Lengthen Hairpin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/LengthenHairpin.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a directive to lengthen the following cresc or dim hairpin." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.scm:5 msgid "End Hairpin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Terminate Hairpin at Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Dynamics/TerminateHairpinAtBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a cresc. or dim, hairpin at the barline following the current note/chord. This command inserts a standalone Denemo Directive after the note/chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Figured Bass Height" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:12 msgid "Give height adjustment (unit = staff space): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Height of Bass Figure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.scm:3 msgid "Give number of groups: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:1 msgid "Heights of Groups" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AdjustFiguredBassHeights.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:162 msgid "Allows several groups of figures to be individually adjusted for height." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust All Heights" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/AutoBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the heights of the bass figures above the notes throughout the score to avoid ungainly positions. The bass figures must be on the lowest staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:1 msgid "Tweak Default Appearance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/FiguredBassTweak.xml.h:2 msgid "Alters the default figured bass appearance to a more 18th c. look." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:1 msgid "Fix Bass Figure/Marking Clashes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/OrnamentBassFigureHeight.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts bass figures up to avoid clashes with markings on the bass note." msgstr "" #. PlaceFiguredBassBelow #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:1 msgid "Place Figures Below Bass Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/PlaceFiguredBassBelow.xml.h:2 msgid "Places an instruction (between $ ... $) which tells the engraver to place the figures below from this note on. Any figure for this note should follow the last $" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Figured Bass" msgid "Figured Bass Extenders" msgstr "Becijferde bas" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.scm:4 msgid "Give Figure to Extend" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Single Random Note" msgid "Single Extender" msgstr "Een enkele willekeurige noot" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/FiguredBass/SingleExtender.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a single extender for the group of figures on the previous note. Append |0 to the group and use 0 for the extender to leave a little space between the group and the start of the extender." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.scm:35 msgid "No Custom Ornaments at cursor position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/AdjustCustomOrnament.xml.h:2 msgid "Place the ornament attached to the note at the cursor above/below or adjust padding around it." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:1 msgid "Pincé" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/TogglePince.xml.h:2 msgid "Pincé ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:1 msgid "Suspension" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleSuspension.xml.h:2 msgid "Suspension ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremblement Appuyé" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblementAppuye.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches tremblement appuyé to the note/chord at the cursor, or removes it if already present." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremblement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Claveciniste/ToggleTremblement.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a tremblement to the current note/chord or remove it if already present." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:4 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps),\n" "using the name given.\n" "You will need to refresh the print view to see your changes.\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:23 msgid "Edit width " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:53 msgid "No definitions created for this score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:77 msgid "No definitions selected" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83 msgid "Custom Ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:83 msgid "Give Ornament Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:114 msgid "Choose Custom Template" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:147 msgid "Attaches (or removes) this ornament from the current note/chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102 msgid "The file \"" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:152 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:102 msgid "" "\"\n" "does not (yet) exist, or no longer exists.\n" "Typesetting will silently fail until the file exists.\n" "Either create the file or delete the Graphic Title Page now" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:156 msgid "Delete Custom Ornament?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.scm:159 msgid "Custom Ornament Definition Deleted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Custom Ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/CustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created) into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case and have no numerals. If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill, then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score." msgstr "" #. EditCustomOrnamentDefinition #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Custom Ornament Definition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/EditCustomOrnamentDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created/loaded in this score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:1 msgid "Accidental Below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentAccidentalBelow.xml.h:2 msgid "Places the accidental on the ornament below rather than above." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach ♭ (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentFlat.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a flat above the ornament on the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach ♯ (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentSharp.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a sharp above the ornament on the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:20 msgid "No accidental above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.scm:21 msgid "No accidental below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:1 msgid "Ornament with Accidentals" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/OrnamentWithAccidentals.xml.h:2 msgid "Create an ornament with accidentals above and/or below the ornament." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:21 msgid "Edit this individual ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:22 msgid "Edit the ornament definition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.scm:24 msgid "Position editing not implemented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach Custom Ornament (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleCustomOrnament.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Down Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleDownPrall.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a down prall on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:1 msgid "Mordent (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleMordent.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:76 msgid "Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "PrallPrall (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrallPrall.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/TogglePrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:77 msgid "Adds/Removes a prall to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Reverse Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleReverseTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:80 msgid "Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:1 msgid "Trill (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTrill.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:23 msgid "Adds/Removes a trill to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:1 msgid "Turn (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleTurn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:79 msgid "Add/Removes a Turn to the note" msgstr "" #. (d-DirectivePut-chord-gy "UpPrall" -100) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:1 msgid "Up Prall (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/ToggleUpPrall.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:78 msgid "Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c. Trill Above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Above.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill above note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:1 msgid "18th c Trill Below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments/Trill+Below.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts 18th c style trill below note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:46 msgid "Places the fingering above the chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:19 msgid "Below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:47 msgid "Places the fingering below the chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:48 msgid "Places the fingering to the left of the chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.scm:49 msgid "Places the fingering to the right of the chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18 msgid "Fingering Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/FingeringPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to specify the position of the fingering relative to the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger0.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:90 msgid "Inserts fingering for open string" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger1.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:91 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger2.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:92 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger3.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:93 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger4.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:94 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:1 msgid "Finger 5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Finger5.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:95 msgid "Inserts fingering for finger 5" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:3 msgid "Give finger number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.scm:11 msgid "Delete this fingering?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingering Swap" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:2 msgid "Give first fingering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.scm:5 msgid "Give second fingering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/FingeringSwap.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints two fingerings joined to indicate a change of fingering on one note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Finger" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/Fingering.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches a fingering to the note at the cursor. Blank deletes the fingering." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.scm:6 msgid "No fingering on note at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide/Show Fingering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/ToggleFingeringVisibility.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides/Shows the fingering on the note at the cursor height in the typeset score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:8 msgid "Give finger number: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:12 msgid "Give horizontal shift required: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.scm:18 msgid "Give vertical shift required: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Tweak Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings/TweakFingeringPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts the position of the fingering indication by the amounts given." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:1 msgid "Right Hand Fingering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/RHFinger.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete." msgstr "" #. d-StringNum #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:1 msgid "String Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/StringNum.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:97 msgid "Followed by a number, places string number on note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:1 msgid "Avoid Collisions with Stems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/ToggleStemSupport.xml.h:2 msgid "Fingerings and String numbers will be moved to avoid colliding with stems on typesetting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "Give string" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.scm:3 msgid "give your text" msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary Text Above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ArbitraryTextAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the text you give above the chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.scm:24 msgid "" "Give text to appear with note/chord:\n" "The characters \\, \", §, { and } have a special meaning in the text,\n" "the backslash \\ starts some LilyPond syntax, the others must be paired.\n" "To apply italic or bold to a group of words enclose them in {}, e.g. \\bold {These words are bold}.\n" "Other markup commands \\super, \\tiny etc, see LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/AttachedText.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches multi-line text which can include music snippets, transposing note/chord names, fret-diagrams, with control over bold, italic font size and more. Double quotes and {} must be paired - check with the Preview button before okaying the markup. Newlines are triggered by the paragraph sign." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:1 msgid "Congruentia" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Congruentia.xml.h:2 msgid "Print congruentia / canon symbol" msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Dal Segno" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DalSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints Dal Segno below the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Replacing Text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "Give new text" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:9 msgid "D.C. Al Fine" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.scm:51 msgid "No note or rest at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:1 msgid "D. C. al fine" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DCAlFine.xml.h:2 msgid "Puts Da Capo al fine over the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/DeleteDynamic.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:1 msgid "Forte" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Forte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Fortissimo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Fortissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor" msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:1 msgid "Largo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/Largo.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Largo above note at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Forte" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoForte.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach mf indication to a chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:1 msgid "Mezzo Piano" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/DynamicMarkings/MezzoPiano.xml.h:2 msgid "prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:9 msgid "Fn" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23 msgid "Footnote Mark" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:20 msgid "Give horizontal offset for the marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:23 msgid "Give vertical offset for the marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.scm:65 msgid "No note or chord at cursor to attach footnote to" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Footnote.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a footnote at the bottom of the current page. The mark is placed above the note at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:4 msgid "Minimum Length" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:1 msgid "Glissando" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.scm:10 msgid "Give minimum length for glissando line: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Glissando.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a glissando (portamento, slide), a line joining the notehead of this and the next note. You may need to displace the following note horizontally to make the gliss marking visible enough." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Parenthesize Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:16 msgid "Sorry, not yet implemented" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:29 msgid "Text Span Start deleted. The end text span later should also be deleted ..." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33 msgid "Text Spanner" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.scm:33 msgid "Give text " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Span Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts text which spans several notes, e.g. rallentando poco a poco. Terminate with Stop Text Span command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Span Stop" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Spanning/TextSpanStop.xml.h:2 msgid "Stops the spanning text started earlier." msgstr "" #. End of scheme script #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro Assai" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/AllegroAssai.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:1 msgid "Allegro" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Allegro.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:1 msgid "Andante" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Andante.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Andante in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Largo.xml.h:2 msgid "Attaches Largo to chord" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:1 msgid "Presto" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TempoIndications/Presto.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Presto in bold italics above the chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.scm:6 msgid "Give text to appear above music: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/TextAbove.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints your text above the music at this point" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:1 msgid "Coda (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleCoda.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a Coda to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:1 msgid "Fine (end). (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleFine.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the musical instruction \"fine\", in italics." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:1 msgid "Segno (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/ToggleSegno.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds/Removes a Segno to the note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3 msgid "Start a vibrato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:3 msgid "Stop a vibrato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:14 msgid "Vibrato End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:1 msgid "Vibrato" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:20 msgid "Give amplitude or 0 to finish giving amplitudes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:29 msgid "Give wavelength for wavy line " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.scm:32 msgid "Give thickness for wavy line " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Vibrato.xml.h:2 msgid "Start or Stop a wavy line above the notes. The waves can be made longer/shorter via the wavelength given and can be made to swell and or diminish, several times if desired by giving one or more amplitudes." msgstr "" #. InsertMarkedMidi #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Marked MIDI" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/MIDI/InsertMarkedMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.scm:8 msgid "" "This note will typeset with a diamond notehead, to indicate a harmonic\n" "You can sharpen or flatten this note using the standard commands." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:1 msgid "Artificial Harmonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ArtificialHarmonic.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Neo-mensural" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:10 msgid "Harmonic Black" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:11 msgid "Harmonic Mixed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:14 msgid "XCircle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.scm:18 msgid "AltDefault" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Notehead" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/ChooseNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Gives a choice between all the notehead types available." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10 msgid "Notehead Font Magnification" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.scm:10 msgid "Give size required: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Head Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/IndividualNoteheadSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the notehead that the cursor is on to be made larger of smaller than normal." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl/NeoMensuralNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints note with neomensural style notehead." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Normal Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/NormalSizeNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in normal size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Small Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/SmallNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in small size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Tiny Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadSizes/TinyNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out note heads in tiny size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:1 msgid "Omit (Print)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/OmitChord-Note-Rest.xml.h:2 msgid "Omits the current chord, note or rest when typesetting. By default this will be conditional: exclusive to current layout. Use the Object Editor to change the condition if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ParenthesizeNote.scm:22 msgid "Applies to Note, Chord or Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Drum" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/BassDrum.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Bass Drum in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:1 msgid "Drum GM2 Custom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/DrumGM2Custom.xml.h:2 msgid "Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Hat with Foot" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHatFoot.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiHat.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert HiHat with foot in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:1 msgid "Hi Tom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/HiTom.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Hi Tom in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride Bell" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/RideBell.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Ride Bell in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:1 msgid "Ride" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/Ride.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert Ride in the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Timbales Style Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Percussion/TimbalesStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes to print as a drum staff in timbales style" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Sounding Duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.scm:7 msgid "Choose a duration in \"ticks\" (𝅘𝅥 = 384 ticks): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Playback/ChangeSoundingDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the duration of the note a the cursor for playback purposes, typesetting unaffected." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Replace LilyPond" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ReplaceChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Suppresses the normal LilyPond typesetting for the current note/chord/rest replacing it with syntax provided by user." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert to Whole Measure Rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ConvertToWholeMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes rests throughout the score that have the duration of the whole measure to whole measure rests (typeset as whole-note rest by convention)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Horizontally" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/DisplaceRestHorizontally.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/EnterRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Breve Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertBreveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with breve duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Longa Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertLongaRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Insert a rest with longa duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/InsertWholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Displace Rest Vertically" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MoveRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Multi-Measure Rest Number (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRestNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the printing of the multi-measure rest number off or on. Use this when merging rests to avoid the number appearing twice." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:76 msgid "Grouped in mm rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:94 msgid "" "This whole measure rest is grouped with adjacent ones to form a multi-measure rest.\n" "The first of the group should be the multi-measure rest itself. Place the cursor on that object to do editing." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Recalculate" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:98 msgid "Un-group" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:101 msgid "" "This represents a number of whole measure rests.\n" "The following measure rests are grouped with this one when typeset on their own. In full score they are typeset separately to match the other parts.\n" "If you add further grouped whole measure rests, this Directive will need re-calculating.\n" "The check score routine that is run before printing will do this for you." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106 msgid "Creating Multi-Measure Rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.scm:106 msgid "Give number of whole measure rests to insert" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/MultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor, or inserts the number of rests you specify after the cursor, making them a multi-measure rest. Multi-measure rests will be typeset as individual whole measure rests if any other part being typeset has music during them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:1 msgid "Spacer/Normal Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/ToggleNonPrinting.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the rest at the cursor a spacer rest/restores it as a printing rest." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.scm:7 msgid "Duration of whole measure rest has been re-calculated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole Measure Rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureRest.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Whole Measure Spacer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry/WholeMeasureSpacer.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetBreve.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration/SetLonga.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet." msgstr "" #. ShiftDot #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.scm:3 msgid "Dot Position" msgstr "Puntpositie" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Move Dot" msgstr "(Afdrukken) Punt verplaatsen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ShiftDot.xml.h:2 msgid "Adjust the position of the dot on the current note by the amounts given (in units of staff line spaces)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:7 msgid "Slur/Accidental avoidance removed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.scm:17 msgid "Use only on a slur start to make the slur avoid accidentals on following notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:1 msgid "Avoid Slur Collision" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/AvoidSlurAccidentalCollision.xml.h:2 msgid "Avoids slur colliding with accidental (Print)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Phrasing Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/BeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begins a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:5 msgid "Slur Deleted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.scm:17 msgid "Not on a slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/DeleteSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the slur that includes the current cursor position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "End Phrasing Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/EndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends a phrasing slur (which can have slurs within it)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Extend Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ExtendSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Extends the slur finishing at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:1 msgid "Shorten Slur from Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/LaterSlurStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the Slur start from the note at the cursor to the following note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:10 msgid "Inside Slur " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Marking Inside Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/MarkingInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Shorten Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ReduceSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Shorten a slur that ends or starts at the cursor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slur below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:1 msgid "Auto Slur Directions" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurNeutral.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slurs as normal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:4 msgid "Dashed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.scm:5 msgid "Dotted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Dashed or Dotted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Make the slur starting from this note dashed or dotted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur with Next Two Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Slur over next two notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur with Next Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a slur from current note to next note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Slur Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/SlurUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints slurs up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.scm:5 msgid "This makes the next text marking on a note etc move inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Text Inside Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/TextInsideSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Next text marking will be placed inside the slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Slur Below (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginDownSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur below the chord at the cursor. If deleting be sure to delete the end slur as well." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:1 msgid "Begin Slur Up (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleBeginUpSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "Starts (or deletes) a slur above the chord at the cursor. Follow with End Slur on a later chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs/ToggleEndPhrasingSlur.xml.h:2 msgid "End a phrasing slur on the current note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:3 msgid "OneVoice: Default-For a single voice on a staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:4 msgid "VoiceOne: Designate as upper voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "VoiceTwo: Designate as lower voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:5 msgid "" "VoiceThree: \n" "Horizontally offset upper voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:7 msgid "VoiceFour: Horizontally offset lower voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:13 msgid "Voice1" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:15 msgid "Voice2" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:17 msgid "Voice3" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:19 msgid "Voice4" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.scm:21 msgid "1Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Designate Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/DesignateVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "These commands are used when entering several voices per staff. VoiceOne is for the upper voice-it sets the direction of slurs, beams, etc. up to avoid clashes. VoiceTwo is for the lower voice, and it sets the directions down. Additional voices beyond two are offset slightly to the right." msgstr "" #. HelpForStemControl #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:2 msgid "Stem direction (up, down or automatic - depending on the note height on the staff- is normally controlled by selecting the LilyPond voice for the music on the staff. This menu is for primitive commands that force stems in one direction without altering slur, tie, ornament directions. Use right-click More Commands to un-hide these primitives if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/HelpForStemControl.xml.h:1 msgid "Help for Stem Control" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartDownStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point downward." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:1 msgid "Stems Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl/StartUpStems.xml.h:2 msgid "Stems from now on point upward." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert Incorrect Slurs to Ties" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ConvertIncorrectSlursToTies.xml.h:2 msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:1 msgid "Attach Tied Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/InsertTiedNoteDuration.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggles a tie on the note at the cursor and moves right for inserting a note to tie to with duration key. Gives audible feedback." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.scm:15 msgid "This command only applies to notes or chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:1 msgid "Laissez Vibrer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/LaissezVibrer.xml.h:2 msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Repeat Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/RepeatTie.xml.h:2 msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Convexity of Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.scm:10 msgid "Give extra to flatten by (+/-):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:1 msgid "Flatter/More Curved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieFlatter.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie more or less curved depending on the value given. The change is relative to the current shape, not the default shape." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 msgid "Height of Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.scm:10 msgid "Give amount to raise (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:1 msgid "Higher/Lower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieHigher.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the next tie higher/lower by the amount given from the current position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 msgid "Width of Tie" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.scm:14 msgid "Give additional width (unit = staff line space):" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:1 msgid "Widen/Make Narrower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/ShapeTieWider.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the next tie wider/narrower by the amount given. The change is relative to the default value." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:4 msgid "Widen/Narrow" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:5 msgid "Flatten/Bend More" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.scm:6 msgid "Raise/Lower" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/Shape/TieShape.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a choice of modifications to make to the following tie." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/TieStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Make the tie on this note dashed or dotted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.scm:15 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.scm:16 msgid "Individual Ties only apply to notes within chords." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Down-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteDownTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:195 msgid "Ties the individual note at the cursor the tie going down; repeat to remove." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:193 msgid "Ties the note at the cursor leaving other notes in the current chord unchanged." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:1 msgid "Individual Note Up-Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleNoteUpTie.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:194 msgid "Ties the individual note in a chord the tie being above; repeat command to remove." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Down Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieDown.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:192 msgid "Ties to the following note/chord with tie downwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Up Tie (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes/ToggleTieUp.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:191 msgid "Ties to next note, tie upwards, or removes tie." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Arbitrary transpose up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealDialogUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Half tone up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealHalfUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeDown.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Whole tone up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftRealWholeUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:1 msgid "Tonal step up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose/ShiftUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo Downward" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloDownward.xml.h:2 msgid "Slopes the tremolo slash downwards instead of upwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:21 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅮 1/8" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:22 msgid "divide𝅘𝅥𝅯 1/16" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:23 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/32 " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:24 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/64" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:25 msgid "divide 𝅘𝅥𝅱 1/128" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.scm:43 msgid "Cursor must be on a note or chord for tremolo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo Upward" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TremoloUpward.xml.h:2 msgid "Slopes tremolo mark on stem upward." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:1 msgid "Tremolo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tremolo.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the note at the cursor with the tremolo marking for the subdivisions specified." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Slurred Triplet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTripletSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "If a MIDI controller is active duplicates the current note twice making a triplet and slurring all three notes, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Triplet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CreateTriplet.xml.h:2 msgid "If a MIDI controller is active takes the current note and appends two more making all three a triplet, otherwise same as Toggle Tripleting command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:57 msgid "Square Tuplet Brackets re-instated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.scm:60 msgid "Tuplet Brackets Curved" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Curved Tuplet Brackets (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/CurvedTupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Tuplet brackets will have a curved shape (like a slur) with the tuplet number inside. Note these cannot be re-shaped like slurs, so turn tuplet brackets off and place slurs manually if you need to reshape them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:1 msgid "No Tuplet Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/NoTupletNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Stop the printing of tuplet numbers from this point." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:7 msgid "Enter tuplet numerator " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:8 msgid "" "Enter the fraction to multiply the duration by,\n" "numerator first. E.g., for triplets, enter 2, then 3. \n" "Numerator:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter tuplet denominator" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.scm:11 msgid "Enter the fraction's denominator:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Arbitrary Tuplet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/StartTuplet.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:1 msgid "Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTripleting.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a start triplet or end tuplet alternately." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets if not Beamed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBracketsIfBeamed.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off for beamed notes. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns tuplet brackets off or on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Numbering On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/ToggleTupletNumbering.xml.h:2 msgid "Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.scm:17 msgid "This command needs a note or chord to turn into a triplet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize (Slurred)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TripletizeSlurred.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note at or before the cursor into a triplet of the same total duration, slurring the triplet." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:1 msgid "Triplet-ize" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/Tripletize.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the note on or before the cursor into a triplet of notes with the same total duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:3 msgid "No Brackets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:4 msgid "Always Brackets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.scm:5 msgid "Bracket if not beamed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Brackets" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletBrackets.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose whether tuplets should have brackets. Affects tuplets from the cursor onwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:1 msgid "Tuplet Position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets/TupletPosition.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the positioning of the following tuplet (up/down/auto) to your choice." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:4 msgid "This Denemo Directive is part of a set of four creating a \"Two note (or chord) tremolo\". Be sure to delete them all if you delete one of them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6 msgid "Tremolo Repeat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:6 msgid "" "Give number of times the two notes/chords should be sounded 2,4... \n" "(must total up to proper note duration)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.scm:49 msgid "The selection must comprise two notes/chords which will sound alternately as a tremolo. The display will show and sound out repetitions, while LilyPond will typeset them using the tremolo notation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Note (or Chord) Tremolo" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TwoNoteTremolo.xml.h:2 msgid "Takes the selected two notes or chords and repeats them to make up the duration of a longer note. This will then be typeset using the tremolo notation (beaming placed between notes), while the Denemo Display will show and sound the repetitions." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:28 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Print Movement" msgid "Parts in movement " msgstr "Beweging afdrukken" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:29 msgid "" " differ from those in opening movement.\n" "While this is not an error, be aware that trying to print a part that does not appear in each movement will result in empty movements." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:101 msgid "Incorrect measure duration; If you are trying to create an upbeat (pickup/'anacrusis) use the Anacrusis command" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:102 msgid "Incorrect measure duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:127 msgid "Final Measures not all equal duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.scm:142 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:22 msgid "No problem detected in this score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Score Skipping Some Errors" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:4 msgid "Give number of errors to skip" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.scm:19 msgid "Error number: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScoreSkipping.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the score ignoring the first so many errors. Use this to skip errors that are ok to leave in." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CheckScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.scm:9 msgid "Only one tab is open" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Compare With Next" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/CompareWithNextScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Compares the current score with the score in the next tab, reporting any differences." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:5 msgid "Edit Score Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.scm:6 msgid "Edit LilyPond to apply to whole score" msgstr "" #. #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "Edit Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/EditProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows you to edit the LilyPond score prolog; here you can set transposition for the printed version and much more." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45 msgid "Search for Similar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.scm:45 msgid "Which movement to search in?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:1 msgid "Search for Similar Scores" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/GenerateMusicSignatureSearchScript.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a music signature from the opening intervals of the current score then searches all the scores below a given folder for one starting with the same intervals as this score. Any score found is opened in a new tab. Use to seek out a lost score in your collection by entering the first few notes of the lost score and invoking this command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Creating LilyPond Definition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:8 msgid "Give name (alphabetical only): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.scm:10 msgid "Give valid LilyPond syntax for this definition: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Definition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondDefinition.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a definition at the head of the LilyPond text. This can then be referenced in the music. See LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:6 msgid "Included LilyPond Files" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:50 msgid "Include LilyPond File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.scm:55 msgid "LilyPond include files unchanged" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Include File" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/LilyPondInclude.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Transposed Version" msgid "Transpose on Playback" msgstr "Getransponeerde Versie" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.scm:5 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give space to insert +/- " msgid "Give semitones (+/-): " msgstr "Ruimte opgeven om in te voegen +/-" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose Score On Playback" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Playback/TransposeScoreOnPlayback.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a number of semitones (+/-). Each staff will have its current MIDI transposition value incremented by this amount. This means the whole score will playback transposed with any transposing instruments maintaining their relative transposition." msgstr "" #. FIXME there are 13 other types of directive to refresh ,,, #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:1 msgid "Refresh Dynamic Directives" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/RefreshDynamicDirectives.xml.h:2 msgid "Re-runs any directives that may have become stale." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Block Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreBlockProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.scm:6 msgid "Type any notes about the score you are working on here" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Header" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 msgid "Give LilyPond:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:13 msgid "Prolog unchanged" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreHeader.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax at the head of the output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "LilyPond Score Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/ScoreProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5 msgid "My Arranger" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.scm:5 msgid "Give name for arranger etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:1 msgid "Arranger" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the arranger name on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5 msgid "My Composer" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.scm:5 msgid "Give name for composer etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a composer name on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5 msgid "My Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.scm:5 msgid "Give name for copyright etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:1 msgid "Copyright" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a copyright notice on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5 msgid "My Date" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.scm:5 msgid "Give name for date/opus number etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:1 msgid "Date" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookDate.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a date on the title page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.scm:5 msgid "Give instrumentation for the default layout or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrumentation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookInstrumentation.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the instrumentation on the title page. This can be edited for layouts that print just one part or section." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5 msgid "My Poet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.scm:5 msgid "Give name for poet/lyricist/librettist etc or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet/Lyricist" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookPoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9 msgid "My Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:9 msgid "Give a title for the whole score or blank out to delete: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13 msgid "Space Above Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.scm:13 msgid "Give amount of space at top of title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/BookTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a title on title page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:1 msgid "Title and Introduction" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentaryIntro.xml.h:2 msgid "A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score." msgstr "" #. (if (equal? (string-ref thecomment 0) #\\) #. (begin #. (set! thecomment (substring thecomment 19)) #. (set! thecomment (string-drop-right thecomment 1)))) #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid "At m" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:54 msgid " v" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.scm:55 msgid " b" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:1 msgid "(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/Epilog/CriticalCommentary.xml.h:2 msgid "Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:4 msgid "" "Wait for your vector graphics editor to start.\n" "It will open an SVG file of the same name, if available,\n" "but be sure to save as encapsulated postscript (eps).\n" "When saving your eps it is good to save as SVG file format as well, \n" "as this will give better editing later. \n" "Quit your graphics editor before quitting this dialog\n" "to return to work in Denemo.\n" "If you are saving to a new file you will be asked to open it later." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:90 msgid "Now dismiss this dialog and select the .eps file you have just saved in the graphics editor program." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:106 msgid "Delete Graphic Title Page?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.scm:109 msgid "Graphic Title Page Deleted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:1 msgid "Create or Edit Graphic Title Page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/GraphicTitlePage.xml.h:2 msgid "Places text/graphics from an encapsulated postscript file at the start of the score. Use this for a title page prepared in your vector graphics editor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.scm:30 msgid "Incipit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:1 msgid "Incipit from Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/IncipitFromSelection.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates an incipit from the selection. This music will be printed on the title page. Only one voice is supported." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Table of Contents Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:8 msgid "" "Give title for the table of contents\n" "Blank to delete" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:11 msgid "Page Break before Table of Contents" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:12 msgid "Page Break after Table of Contents" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:13 msgid "Page Break before and after" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.scm:14 msgid "No page breaks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/BookTitles/TocTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:8 msgid "Extra space above this line: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:36 msgid "" "Give text to appear at the left\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:39 msgid "" "Give text to appear in the center\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.scm:42 msgid "" "Give text to appear at the right\n" "LilyPond syntax can be included." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:1 msgid "Filled Title Line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/FilledTitleLine.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints three pieces of text left, right and centered on a single line. Each field can be a different size etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreTagline.xml.h:2 msgid "Centered at the bottom of the last page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:4 msgid "v 1.0" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:5 msgid "Give a version for this edition:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:11 msgid "Version number only on first page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:12 msgid "Version number on every page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:13 msgid "Delete Version Numbering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:18 msgid "Include Layout Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.scm:20 msgid "Do not include Layout Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:1 msgid "Score Version" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/ScoreVersion.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints a tiny text in top left corner of the first page and optionally on subsequent pages. The score layout name can also be optionally included. If only on first page it comes below the title." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreArranger.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:1 msgid "Breakbefore" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreBreakbefore.xml.h:2 msgid "This forces the title to start on a new page (set to ##t or ##f)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreComposer.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreCopyright.xml.h:2 msgid "Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:1 msgid "Dedication" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreDedication.xml.h:2 msgid "The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the instrument, centered below the score title. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:1 msgid "Meter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreMeter.xml.h:2 msgid "Meter string, flush-left below the poet." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:1 msgid "Poet" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScorePoet.xml.h:2 msgid "Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:1 msgid "Subsubtitle" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubsubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subsubtitle, centered below the subtitle." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreSubtitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Subtitle, centered below the title." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitles.xml.h:2 msgid "Set titles for whole score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/ScoreTitle.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:26 msgid "Chapter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:4 msgid "Give chapter title::" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:35 msgid "Setting End Chapter at last movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:39 msgid "A Chapter start/end is already present at movement #" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:43 msgid "End Chapter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:55 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:60 msgid "Miss-matched Chapter Start/End, use Movement Properties Editor to fix this" msgstr "" #. procedure starts here #. already at a chapter start #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:67 msgid "Re-title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:82 msgid "This is the end of a Chapter, start the next chapter on the next movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.scm:86 msgid "Chapter Title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:1 msgid "Book Chapter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/SimpleTitles/SimpleChapter.xml.h:2 msgid "Asks for a Chapter Title and end movement number. Makes the current movement the start of a chapter which ends at a later movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:9 msgid "Source file at http://denemo.org" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:1 msgid "Tagline with Link" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:12 msgid "Give URL to link to" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:13 msgid "Give text for tagline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.scm:20 msgid "Tagline deleted" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/TaglineLink.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:12 msgid "Modern Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:11 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:16 msgid "Piano" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:14 msgid "Piano Cautionary" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:16 msgid "Neo-Modern Cautionary" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:17 msgid "Neo-Modern Voice Cautionary" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:18 msgid "Dodecaphonic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.scm:20 msgid "No Reset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:1 msgid "Accidental Style" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccidentalStyle.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose the style for typesetting accidentals. Determines whether or not an accidental is printed in particular circumstances (such as repeated notes in different measures, octaves, voices etc)." msgstr "" #. AccompanistsScore #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Accompanist's Score (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AccompanistsScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4 msgid "Ending a Repeat Alternative" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.scm:4 msgid "Give barline to end at: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:1 msgid "Barline to end Repeat Alternative" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/AllowVoltaHook.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose an additional type of barline to close a second (or n'th) time bar with a downward tick." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.scm:11 msgid "Connect Arpeggios" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:1 msgid "Connect Arpeggios (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ConnectArpeggios.xml.h:2 msgid "Any arpeggios inserted on chords in different voices will be drawn across the voices." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:51 msgid "Custom Barlines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:38 msgid "Give name (blank to re-define a standard barline)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:39 msgid "Give barline char(s) - | : . [ ] ; etc, for the normal appearance of the barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:40 msgid "Give char(s) for line start appearance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:41 msgid "Give char(s) for line end appearance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:42 msgid "Give char(s) for appearance when spanning staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.scm:57 msgid "Custom Bar Lines unchanged" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/CustomBarline.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a custom barline. These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type. A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 3) end of a line , and 4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff. Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],: and others in the LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.scm:10 msgid "Time Signatures will not be typeset for this score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil.xml.h:2 msgid "Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:5 msgid "Automatic barlines and beaming rules re-instated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.scm:9 msgid "Literal Barlines now ON. Execute the command a second time to turn it off. This command is for un-metered music. You will have to manually beam the music. Do not use this for an upbeat (pickup, anacrusis), there is a proper command for that." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Barlines Literally (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/DenemoBar.xml.h:2 msgid "Advanced: Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing. Turns off automatic beaming." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Normal Beam Endings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/NormalBeamEndings.xml.h:2 msgid "Ends beams in the expected places (print)." msgstr "" #. BarNumberingAlignment #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Center on barline" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Align to right" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:2 msgid "Align to left" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.scm:7 msgid "Default bar number alignment restored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Number Alignment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberAlignment.xml.h:2 msgid "Allow choice of alignment of bar numbers with the barline." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:15 msgid "Regular Bar Numbering" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:16 msgid "Give interval at which to place bar numbers: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.scm:19 msgid "Default bar numbering restored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Numbering Interval" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumberingInterval.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the interval at which bar numbers will be printed on typesetting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:1 msgid "Bar Numbers On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/BarNumbers.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns bar numbering on/off in print out." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.scm:6 msgid "Default page number position reinstated" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Center Page Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/CenterPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints page numbers at center bottom of the page, or revert to default positioning." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:16 msgid "Default First Page Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18 msgid "First Page Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.scm:18 msgid "Give number for first page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Set/Unset First Page Number" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/FirstPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows setting the first page number." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.scm:6 msgid "Default Page Numbering Restored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Bold Page Numbers" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PageNumbersWithInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Page numbers typeset in a distinct font. The instrumentation is printed too, centered above each page after the first." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:7 msgid "No number will be printed on the first page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.scm:11 msgid "Page number will be printed on the first page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:1 msgid "Print First Page Number (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/Numbering/PrintFirstPageNumber.xml.h:2 msgid "Control if the first page number is typeset." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.scm:11 msgid "Paper Size =" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Paper Size and Orientation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PaperSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Specifies how the printed page should be." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:5 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now On.\n" "This means that you will be able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be larger though." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.scm:7 msgid "" "Point-and-click is now Off.\n" "This means that you will be not able to click on the typeset score to move the cursor to a given note, or do editing etc.\n" "Generated PDF files will be smaller. Use this for pdf export" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:1 msgid "Point and Click (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PointAndClick.xml.h:2 msgid "When on, clicking on a note in the Print Preview window takes the cursor to that note. This works also for Rehearsal Marks and many other objects in the score. The only reason to turn it off is for export to PDF file via the Export menu or the PDF button in the Print View. However, using print to file is a better way of doing this (if your operating system supports it) as then it is not needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:4 msgid "Revert to Optimal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:17 msgid "Measures per line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.scm:13 msgid "Give required measures per line: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:1 msgid "Measures Per Line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MeasuresPerLine.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces a fixed number of measures per line." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Minimum Number of Systems Per Page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/MinimumSystemsPerPage.xml.h:2 msgid "The LilyPond typesetter will not typeset less than the given number of systems per page. Use to prevent the last page having an \\\"orphan\\\" line of music, for example." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Breaks (On/Off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/PageBreaksBeforeMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Movements will start on a new page (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6 msgid "Proportional Notation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:6 msgid "Give base duration: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.scm:10 msgid "Default music spacing restored." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:1 msgid "Proportional Note Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ProportionalNotation.xml.h:2 msgid "Spaces notes in proportion to duration, based on the duration given." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Last" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/RaggedLast.xml.h:2 msgid "When set the last line will not be stretched to fill the line." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8 msgid "Choose indent of first system" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8 msgid "Give amount in decimal" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.scm:15 msgid "indent=" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreIndent.xml.h:2 msgid "Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:8 msgid "Choose indent of subsequent systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.scm:15 msgid "short indent=" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Indent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/ScoreShortIndent.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the indent to be used on systems after the first." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Score Size" msgid "Overall Score Sizing" msgstr "Partituurgrootte" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.scm:16 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Give relative font size: " msgid "Give font size to use" msgstr "Geef relatieve lettergrootte: " #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print)Set Overall Score Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFontSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:36 msgid "Titles, Lyrics etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:37 msgid "Chord Names, etc. (sans serif)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.scm:38 msgid "Mono-spaced font" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Fonts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetFonts.xml.h:2 msgid "Select the default fonts used for titles, chord names etc. for the whole score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:39 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:50 msgid "Left Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:40 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:49 msgid "Inner Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:41 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:51 msgid "Outer Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:42 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:52 msgid "Right Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:43 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:53 msgid "Top Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.scm:54 msgid "Bottom Margin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:1 msgid "Adjust Margins" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetMargin.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows the left, right, top and bottom margins to be set to a value in millimeters." msgstr "" #. SetPageCount #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2 msgid "Total Page Count" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:2 msgid "" "Give Pages Required\n" "(0 for optimal): " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:6 msgid "Page Count" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.scm:12 msgid "Optimal page count restored" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Total Number of Pages" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageCount.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces the score to be typeset onto the number of pages you choose." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Page Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:10 msgid "Give page width in cm " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:13 msgid "Give page height in cm " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25 msgid "Revert to Default" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.scm:25 msgid "Re-size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/SetPageSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the page size - this overrides the default page size set in score properties." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.scm:6 msgid "Single-sided margins will be used" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Sided Margins" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/TwoSidedMargins.xml.h:2 msgid "Uses different margins for left and right hand pages." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Last System to Bottom Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LastBottomSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the last system or top-level markup on a page to the bottom of the printable area (i.e. the top of the bottom margin)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:12 msgid "Spacing Between Systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:13 msgid "Give spacing limit (1=no extra space)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.scm:16 msgid "Customized spacing limit removed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:1 msgid "Limit Space Between Systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/LimitInterSystemSpace.xml.h:2 msgid "Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Title to Title Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between two (title or top-level) markups." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 msgid "Markup to System Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Titling Markup to System Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/MarkupSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the basic distance between a (title or top-level) markup and the system that follows it." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:1 msgid "Ragged Bottom" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/RaggedBottom.xml.h:2 msgid "This turns ragged bottom off/on. If set, systems will not spread vertically down the page. This does not affect the last page. This should be set for pieces that have only two or three systems per page, for example orchestral scores." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Score to Title Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a score and the (title or top-level) markup that follows it." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Movement to First System Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/ScoreSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between the last system of a movement and the first system of the movement that follows it, when no (title or top-level) markup exists between them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:3 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Create Titles for Movement" msgid "Last title to start of movement" msgstr "Titels voor beweging creëren" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:4 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Add movements from a Denemo file" msgid "End of movement to next title" msgstr "Bewegingen toevoegen vanuit een Denemo-bestand" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:5 msgid "End of movement to next (untitled) movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:6 msgid "System to system" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:7 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Titles, Buttons etc" msgid "Title to title" msgstr "Titels, knoppen, enz." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:8 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Movement Editor" msgid "Movement to bottom margin" msgstr "Bewegingseditor" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:9 msgid "Top margin to (untitled) movement" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:10 msgid "Top margin to first title" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:12 msgid "Basic Distance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:13 msgid "Minimum Distance" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.scm:15 msgid "Stretchability" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Titles and Systems Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SpacingParameters.xml.h:2 msgid "Lets you choose parameters to control the vertical spacing between titles, systems and margins." msgstr "" #. StaffSpacing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:2 msgid "Spacing for Un-grouped staffs (no braces)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:3 msgid "Spacing for Piano Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:4 msgid "Spacing for Group Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:5 msgid "Spacing for Choir Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:6 msgid "Spacing for Grand Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:10 msgid "Basic Distance Apart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:11 msgid "Minimum Distance Apart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:13 msgid "Stretchabilty" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:18 msgid "Staff Spacing" msgstr "" #. grouped staff spacing #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:37 msgid "Spacing between group and other" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.scm:38 msgid "Spacing within group" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:1 msgid "Spacing between Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/Staff-Spacing/StaffToStaffSpacing.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows setting of various parameters controlling the space between staffs and between and within staffs grouped with braces." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:8 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:1 msgid "Systems Per Page" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.scm:5 msgid "Give required systems (lines) per page: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemsPerPage.xml.h:2 msgid "Forces a specific number of systems (lines of music) per page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 msgid "Padding Between Systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.scm:17 msgid "Give extra padding (1=no extra space, staff units)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemPadding.xml.h:2 msgid "Allows control over the padding between successive systems down the page. (A system is all the staffs representing the music at one time, sometimes called a \"line\" of music)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "System to System Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/SystemSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance between systems." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Top to Title Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopMarkupSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first (title or top-level) markup on a page, when there is no system between the two." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.scm:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:1 msgid "Top to System Spacing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/PrintLayout/VerticalSpacing/TopSystemSpacingDist.xml.h:2 msgid "Set the distance from the top of the printable area (i.e. the bottom of the top margin) to the first system on a page, when there is no (title or top-level) markup between the two." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Notehead Style" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreChooseNotehead.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the type of notehead to be used score-wide." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:5 msgid "Alphabetic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:6 msgid "Numeric" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:7 msgid "Boxed alphabetic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:8 msgid "Boxed numeric" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:9 msgid "Circled alphabetic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.scm:10 msgid "Circled numeric" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Format of rehearsal marks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ScoreRehearsalMarkFormat.xml.h:2 msgid "Select the format of rehearsal marks (alphabetic, numeric, boxed, etc.)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:101 msgid "Add to current rules" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:102 msgid "Replace current rules" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:103 msgid "Delete (and revert to default rules)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:125 msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:131 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:152 msgid "Beaming Rules replaced with ones from the selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:136 msgid "Beaming Rules added from the selections have been dropped" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:154 msgid "Set Beaming rule for " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:155 msgid "Delete Beaming rule for " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:156 msgid "Delete All (and revert to default rules)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:162 msgid "Give beat" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:168 msgid "Chosen duration does not fit time signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid "Beat Structure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid "Give groupings for " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.scm:172 msgid " beats: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Beaming Rules" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/SetBeamExceptions.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:1 msgid "Staccato as '" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/StaccatoStaccatissimo.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets staccato in 18th c. style, similar to modern stacattissimo. Applies to whole score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:1 msgid "Ties Extend to Matching Note" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TieWaitForNote.xml.h:2 msgid "Ties will extend over intermediate notes until the note tied to occurs. Use for written-out arpeggio styles." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff in All Movements" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TinyStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:15 msgid "Curve Control Points On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.scm:16 msgid "" "Typeset score will have curves marked with control points\n" "Use these for accurate reshaping of curves via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Curve Control Points (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleCurveControl.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with curve control points marked. Use these for accurate tweaking of shape via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:6 msgid "Bass Figures will be typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.scm:12 msgid "Bass Figures will not be typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:1 msgid "Bass Figures (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFigures.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off visibility of figured bass on typesetting for whole score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:6 msgid "Fingerings will be typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.scm:9 msgid "Fingerings will be not typeset" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:1 msgid "Fingerings (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleFingeringVisibilityInScore.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns on/off visibility of fingerings on typesetting for whole score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:16 msgid "Wysiwyg Marks On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.scm:17 msgid "" "Typeset score will have graphical objects marked with red dots\n" "Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via wysiwyg operations on the typeset score with mouse" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:1 msgid "Typeset Red Dots (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/ToggleWysiwygMarks.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets with red dots on the graphical objects. Use these for accurate tweaking of positions via clicking and dragging with mouse on final typeset score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.scm:2 msgid "Print out 8va up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose Octave Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3 msgid "Transpose Score" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:3 msgid "Transpose Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.scm:5 msgid "--- Transpose to -->" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print (Graphical Interface)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeOnPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Gets an interval from the user: the entire score is transposed by this interval on typesetting - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:51 msgid "" "Give Interval to transpose by as two note names, \n" " for example \"c g\" means transpose 5th up.\n" " Note names are in Dutch!!! a,b,c ... are the same but\n" " \"es\" = flat, so e.g. bes means b-flat\n" " \"is\" = sharp so e.g fis means f-sharp\n" " Use commas for octave(s) down, \n" " single-quotes for octave(s) up\n" " e.g. c c' means octave up.\n" " You do not have to start with c\n" " e.g. d e means a tone higher.\n" " " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.scm:61 msgid "Will be transposed to:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose on Print (Text Input)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TransposeScorePrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the score transposed by the interval you give - key signatures are transposed as well as notes and chord symbols." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Trill Style as +" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/Score/Typesetter/TrillIsPlus.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints trills with the common 18th c. notation: a plus sign." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Capture Measures (one staff)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/CaptureMeasuresForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Captured Measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore/InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure in the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/ChangeStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:36 msgid "(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:20 msgid "Tied notes not the same" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.scm:41 msgid "All ties in this staff are correctly placed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Ties" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CheckTiesInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Cues" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CreateCuesForStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Goes through the staff looking for long rests. Creates a cue in the whole measure rest." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:7 msgid "Arpeggios will not cross staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:9 msgid "Arpeggios will cross staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.scm:10 msgid " Cross Staff Arpeggios " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:1 msgid "Cross Staff Arpeggio" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CrossStaffArpeggio.xml.h:2 msgid "(Print) Allow arpeggio sign to extend across staffs. Piano staffs obey this by default, other staff groups need the Span_arpeggio_engraver including in the Score context for it to work." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Current Staff/Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteCurrentStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes current staff (if the action is confirmed by the user)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 msgid "All Staffs - Delete all measures from cursor?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.scm:4 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.scm:4 msgid "This Staff/Voice only?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Measures From Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteFromCursorToEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all measures from the cursor to the end, either in one or all staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Measures Before Cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteMeasuresBeforeCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes all the measures before the measure containing the cursor, either current staff or all staffs as chosen by user." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete Text Annotations" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DeleteTextAnnotationsFromCursor.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes standalone text annotations from the cursor to the end of the staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Non-Selected Staffs." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideNotSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides staffs that are not selected in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Hides Selected Staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/HideSelectedStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Hides the selected staffs in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the Typesetting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff Hidden (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleCurrentStaffDisplay.xml.h:2 msgid "Shows/Hides the current staff in the Denemo Display. Does not affect the typesetting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:1 msgid "Display All (Other) Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/DisplayEffects/ToggleDisplayAllStaffs.xml.h:2 msgid "Show the current staff in the display and hide/show all other staffs. Typesetting is not affected." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:1 msgid "Fill Empty Measures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FillEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Replaces empty measures from the cursor position onwards with non-printing whole measure rests." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Fix Slurs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/FixSlursInStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddInstrumentStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a staff at the bottom for the instrument selected from the templates/instruments directory. The name and range of the instrument is set with any transposition for playback if needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/AddMirrorStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a staff whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.scm:4 msgid "This staff creates notes drawn as a diagonal line. Use these to create a coule between two notes another part." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Coulés" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CouleStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff which typesets notes as a slanting line - a coulé. The main voice provides the chord notes, and this provides the coulé between them." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:8 msgid "Fill in the upbeat in the click track before playing" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Populate with these clicks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Play clicks again" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:51 msgid "Edit clicks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.scm:61 msgid "Edit the clicks and then re-run this command to populate the subsequent empty measures up to any time signature change. Then repeat for each change of time signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create/Populate Click Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/CreateClickStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff at the top as a click track. Suggests a pattern of drum beats for the first bar, and offers to copy these to the following bars. The cursor height determines which drum sounds are suggested from the General MIDI set. Invoked in a click track it will copy your own set of drum beats to subsequent (empty) measures." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.scm:32 msgid "" "This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other. Create this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed.\n" "WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!\n" "This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Dynamics" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/DynamicsStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "This line (\"staff\") is for holding cresc. dim hairpins and dynamic markings so that they can be positioned (using dummy notes, colored blue) and will align with each other.\\nCreate this between the staffs for a piano work or on any staff where alignment of hairpins and dynamic marks is needed. WARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting! This Dynamics \"staff\" must have the same part name as the staff the dynamics should appear on." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.scm:22 msgid "" "This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\n" "WARNING: Do not place clef changes or other non-duration items in this staff - it may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Staff for Marks" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MarksStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "This staff is purely for holding marks that should appear once at the top of the system - avoiding having to put the marks in each part. It must have a blank part name, so that it is typeset with every part. The marks should be spaced using either dummy notes or spacers.\\nWARNING: Do not start/end staff-groupings on this staff. Do not place clef changes etc in this staff - they may trigger the creation of a separate staff on typesetting!" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80 msgid "Click Track Creation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.scm:80 msgid "Give number of measures required: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Click Track Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/CreateClickStaffForMidi.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI file, using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:11 msgid "MIDI Track Selection" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:12 msgid "Select track to import" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:23 msgid "Out of range" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.scm:25 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:7 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:7 msgid "No MIDI file loaded" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Insert Staff for MIDI Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/LoadMidiTrack.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.scm:6 msgid "This is the last track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Next Midi Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/NextMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:181 msgid "Creates a staff for the next MIDI track after the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.scm:6 msgid "This is the first track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:1 msgid "Load Previous MIDI Track" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/MIDI/PreviousMidiTrack.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:180 msgid "Creates a staff for the imported MIDI track previous to the current one, making that the current one." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff After Current" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAfter.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, after the current staff. Use the staff to voice command if you want to make this staff a voice on the previous staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:1 msgid "Add in All Movements" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffAllMovements.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a new structured staff after the current staff in this and succeeding movments." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:1 msgid "New Staff Before Current" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStaffBefore.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff with the given name, before the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "New Structured Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/NewStructuredStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a new staff below the current staff with the same time signature changes inserted." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:8 msgid "Replace Current Staff?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.scm:9 msgid "Keep Current Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Piano Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/InsertStaff/PianoStaff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:34 msgid "Adds two staff braced together for keyboard instrument." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Bottom" msgstr "Notenbalk naar onderen" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToBottom.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the current staff to become the bottom most staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Top" msgstr "Notenbalk naar boven" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/MoveStaffToTop.xml.h:2 msgid "Moves the current staff to become the topmost staff." msgstr "Verplaatst de huidige notenbalk om er de bovenste notenbalk van te maken." #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Ossia Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/CreateOssiaStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.scm:4 msgid "This marks the end of the passage to be shown on the ossia staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Hide Ossia" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/HideOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:4 msgid "This marks the start of a passage to be shown on the ossia staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.scm:8 msgid "Show" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:1 msgid "Show Ossia" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia/ShowOssia.xml.h:2 msgid "Place this at the start of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.scm:30 msgid "" "The volume set on this staff is very low, you may not hear it.\n" "See Staff->Staff Properties->Built-in Staff Properties, MIDI tab." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:1 msgid "Mute" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/MuteStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SetInitialVolumeToZero.xml.h:2 msgid "Mutes playback on this staff by placing a volume=zero directive at the start." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:1 msgid "Remove Custom Durations (Swing/Graces)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffRemoveCustomDurations.xml.h:2 msgid "Removes the special durations applied by swing and sounding grace notes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:1 msgid "Sound Grace Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/StaffSoundGraceNotes.xml.h:2 msgid "Grace notes will be played back as appogiature, stealing time from the following note. Not for Playback View which uses LilyPond's MIDI to play back." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Swing Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.scm:31 msgid "Give percentage swing: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback/SwingStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes the playback duration of pairs of 𝅘𝅥𝅮 notes for swing or notes inègales. Does not affect typesetting." msgstr "" #. clears any extras in the staff-prolog #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:1 msgid "Normal Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/ClearStaffProlog.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes the extra staff prolog - restoring the normal staff settings." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "No Transposition Interval" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "" "To use this function you need to place the cursor\n" "on the first of two notes which define\n" "the transposition required" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.scm:7 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:1 msgid "Transpose Output" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/PrintEffects/TransposeStaffOutput.xml.h:2 msgid "Transpose this staff in the print out. The cursor must be on the first of two notes that define the interval to use." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:1 msgid "Simplify Ties" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/SimplifyTies.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffDeleteEmptyMeasures.xml.h:2 msgid "Deletes any measures that are empty from the measure after the cursor to end of staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:5 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:1 msgid "Brace End" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:10 msgid "Add an End Brace Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:11 msgid "Delete an End Brace Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:12 msgid "Move End Brace Marker Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:13 msgid "Move End Brace MarkerDown" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:34 msgid "No staff above" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.scm:46 msgid "No staff below" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/BraceEnd.xml.h:2 msgid "Add or remove end of staff group marks, or move them to an adjacent staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:39 msgid "Too few staff braces open at staff number " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:41 msgid "More staff braces started than are ended." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.scm:43 msgid "More staff braces ended than are started." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:1 msgid "Check Braces" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/CheckBraces.xml.h:2 msgid "Checks the braces (staff groupings) for this movement." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "ChoirStaff Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/ChoirStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:1 msgid "Delete all staff groupings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/DeleteStaffGroupings.xml.h:2 msgid "Clear the staff from all groupings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GrandStaff Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GrandStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "GroupStaff Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/GroupStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the GroupStaff context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:1 msgid "PianoStaff Start" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings/PianoStaffStart.xml.h:2 msgid "Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffMultiMeasureRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Groups of whole measure rests of two or more are changed to multi-measure rests for the whole staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Ambitus On/Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Ambitus.xml.h:2 msgid "Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:7 msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staffs to the new, and then delete the old staffs" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.scm:16 msgid "Copy and Paste the music from the old staff to the new, and then delete the old staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:1 msgid "Assign Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/AssignInstrument.xml.h:2 msgid "Assigns the current staff to an instrument selected by the user." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:23 msgid "Chord Chart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:56 msgid "Double" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:57 msgid "RepeatStart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:58 msgid "RepeatEnd" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:59 msgid "RepeatEndFirstTime" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:117 msgid "Compact Chord Chart Marker" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Compact Chord Chart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Paper Chord Chart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Convert Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.scm:126 msgid "Customizable Chord Chart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordChartStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Symbols (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ChordStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets the music on this staff as chord symbols (off/on)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:5 msgid "Guitar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:6 msgid "Mandolin" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:7 msgid "Ukulele" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.scm:16 msgid "This score cannot be typeset until you have entered some chords in this staff (which will then be typeset as fret diagrams)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:1 msgid "Fret Diagrams (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/FretDiagrams/FretBoards.xml.h:2 msgid "Chords on this staff will typeset as fret diagrams (off/on). Choose from several instruments." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:8 msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line or Chord Symbols" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "InstrumentName" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:24 msgid "" "Give name of instrument/voice/part\n" "for current staff:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5 msgid "Instrument Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.scm:44 msgid "" "This sets the name in Movement 1\n" "Set this name for the same staff in other movements?" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/InstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Print Instrument name before staff at start of score," msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11 msgid "MIDI Instrument Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.scm:11 msgid "Give name of MIDI instrument for current staff:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "MIDI Instrument" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/MidiInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the MIDI instrument for this staff for use in the Playback View" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.scm:12 msgid "Staff will be printed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Non Printing Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/NonPrintingStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns the on/off whether this staff will be typeset. The staff still displays normally but will be dropped for the print view." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.scm:5 msgid "Give name of instrument for staff group starting here:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:1 msgid "Piano Staff Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/PianoStaffName.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the name given at the start of the Piano staff which must be where the cursor is. Remove instrument names on the individual staffs by setting them blank." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:1 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The Staff" msgid "Rhythmic Staff" msgstr "De Notenbalk" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/RhythmicStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The staff will display as rhythm only, with pitches being ignored." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3 msgid "Staff Lines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.scm:3 msgid "Give Number of Staff Lines for current staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Lines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffLines.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the number of lines for the current staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.scm:4 msgid "The cursor must be on a chord with the highest note and lowest note set to the range desired." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Range" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SetStaffRangeFromChord.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the highest and lowest notes valid for the current staff to the highest and lowest pitches of the chord at the cursor. Notes outside that range will be typeset but will display as red notes to warn you that you are outside the range of the current instrument." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:5 msgid "Instrument Name should not be set on a Dynamics Line" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:1 msgid "Short Instrument Name" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.scm:16 msgid "Give Short Instrument Name:" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/ShortInstrumentName.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff for second and subsequent systems" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Smaller Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SmallerStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:4 msgid "comment for this staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5 msgid "Staff Comment" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.scm:5 msgid "Give comment text for current staff " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffComment.xml.h:2 msgid "Saves textual comments for this staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Octave Up" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffOctaveUp.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints out the music of this staff one octave higher." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Setting Staff Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.scm:4 msgid "Give Staff Size (for printing), 0 for default" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Staff Size" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/StaffSize.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the size of the staff on printing relative to the default 0. Value -3 is tiny 3 is large." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:37 msgid "There are no other staffs for this one to mirror." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:60 msgid "Right click to update clef/time/key" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.scm:65 msgid "Music here is mirrored from " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:1 msgid "Substitute Music (Borrowed/Mirrored)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/SubstituteMusic.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets this staff with the music from another staff, ignoring any music entered on this staff. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored. Staff number to mirror is chosen interactively or passed as a parameter to the command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:1 msgid "Set Open Strings" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/SetTabStrings.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the open strings for tablature to the notes of the current chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tablature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/Tablature/TabStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Converts to tablature notation (print only)" msgstr "" #. TinyStaff #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Tiny Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TinyStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints current staff in a tiny font." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:8 msgid "--> Transpose to -->" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.scm:12 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:10 msgid "Print transposed: " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:1 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Transpose" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffPropertiesMenu/TransposeStaffPrint.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Un-dot Rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/UndotRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Changes dotted rests into the equivalent sequence of un-dotted rests in the current staff. Use e.g. in 6/8 time to replace 𝅘𝅥. with 𝄽 𝄾" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Add Voice (Borrowed/Mirrored Music)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/AddMirrorVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice whose music is automatically mirrored from another staff of your choice. Use this e.g. to create a staff with two divisi parts, while keeping the second part as a separate staff, or to typeset both Fret Diagrams and Chord Symbols from the same music. Note that initial clef/key/time are copied not mirrored." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts (Treble First)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreatePartsFromTop.xml.h:2 msgid "Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first." msgstr "" #. CreateParts #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.scm:2 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:1 msgid "Create Parts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/CreateParts.xml.h:2 msgid "Create a number of parts from the current staff which should have chords with that number of notes per chord." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Automatic Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceAuto.xml.h:2 msgid "Undoes the effect of the InitialVoiceOne, Two ... commands. The voice has variable stem direction, slur placement etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.scm:4 msgid "Voice Four" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Four" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceFour.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice four (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.scm:4 msgid "Voice One" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice One" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceOne.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice one (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.scm:4 msgid "Voice Three" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Three" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceThree.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice three (this affects stems up, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.scm:4 msgid "Voice Two" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:1 msgid "Initial Voice Two" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoiceTwo.xml.h:2 msgid "Sets the (initial) voice of the staff to be voice two (this affects stems down, slurs etc on printing)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Initial Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/InitialVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge Differently Dotted Off" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:111 msgid "From this point notes in different voices that begin at the same time will not be merged onto the same stem if they differ in the dotting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Differently Dotted Merge On" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeDifferentlyDottedOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:110 msgid "From this point in the music notes in different voices beginning at the same time will be merged onto the same stem even if they differ in the dotting." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.scm:6 msgid "Turning off merging of rests, use Merge Rests command to turn it on" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:1 msgid "Merge Rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/MergeRests.xml.h:2 msgid "Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Applies to the whole movement. For multi-measure rests you need to additionally suppress one of the multi-measure rest counts." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NewVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Horizontal Shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.scm:5 msgid "Give amount (staff spaces)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:1 msgid "Change Note Shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/NoteColumnShift.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use this to alter which voice is shifted leftwards/rightwards." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:6 msgid "Clashing Note Columns will generate a warning from the LilyPond typesetter" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.scm:10 msgid "Ignore Clashing Columns" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:1 msgid "Clashing Note Column Warnings (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/IgnoreClashingNoteColumns.xml.h:2 msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score." msgstr "" #. partcombineApart #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter not to combine notes from the voices when part combining has been set..\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:1 msgid "Keep Voices Apart" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineApart.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:115 msgid "When part combining, from this point the parts will be kept apart even though they could be combined." msgstr "" #. partcombineAutomatic #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices using the default part combining.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineAutomatic.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:114 msgid "Reverts to the default part combining." msgstr "" #. partcombineChords #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices into chords.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:1 msgid "Part Combine Chords" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineChords.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:112 msgid "From the cursor onwards chords will be combined from the parts included in the part combine command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:9 msgid "Parts are now uncombined" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:14 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:21 msgid "Part Combine " msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:30 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:36 msgid "Can only part-combine two voices" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.scm:38 msgid "Must be on a staff with two voices" msgstr "" #. partcombineUnisono #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.scm:2 msgid "" "This directive instructs the LilyPond typesetter to combine notes from the voices as unison.\n" "Use with the Part Combine command.\n" "You can delete the directive as any other object." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:1 msgid "Unisono" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombineUnisono.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:113 msgid "Combine parts as unison." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:1 msgid "Part Combine Two Voices" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/Part-Combining/PartCombine.xml.h:2 msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.scm:4 msgid "Current staff is already a voice or not suitable" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:1 msgid "Staff to Voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentStaffAsVoice.xml.h:2 msgid "The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.scm:4 msgid "The current staff is not voice" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:1 msgid "Voice to Staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff.xml.h:2 msgid "The current voice will be typeset on its own staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.scm:6 msgid "No Shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:1 msgid "No Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOff.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:106 msgid "Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.scm:6 msgid "Shift" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:1 msgid "Use Horizontal Shifts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/ShiftOn.xml.h:2 #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:107 msgid "Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.scm:6 msgid "<-- Transpose to -->" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices/TransposeVoices.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints the voices transposed by the interval given. This is in addition to any score-wide transposition and any staff-wide transposition" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Apparent Time Signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ApparentTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets a time signature which is not the one actually being used. This is used in polymetric music, often in conjunction with a tuplet spanning the whole staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:5 msgid "Beaming at half measure allowed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.scm:8 msgid "Beaming breaks at half-measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:1 msgid "Beam at Half Measure (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/BeamHalfMeasure.xml.h:2 msgid "In time signatures 3/N prevent beaming across the beat. Repeat the command to allow such beaming." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:6 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing timesignature to indicate a cadenza follows. You must insert any barlines and beaming you require (otherwise none will typeset). End the cadenza by inserting an End Cadenza Time in a new Denemo bar." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.scm:14 msgid "Cadenza" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/CadenzaTime.xml.h:1 msgid "Start Cadenza Time" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Choose Typical Time Signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChooseTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Choose from a set of typical time signatures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:1 msgid "Chord Chart Time Signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/ChordChartTimeSignature.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a time signature (for use in Chord Charts)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:10 msgid "End Cad." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.scm:13 msgid "Inserts a time signature to resume normal measured music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:1 msgid "End Cadenza Time" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/EndCadenzaTime.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a non-printing time signature to resume normal measured music." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/HideTimesig.xml.h:2 msgid "On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.scm:17 #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.scm:15 msgid "Beam" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:1 msgid "Beaming Rule Change" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/InsertBeamingRule.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a (hidden) time signature with rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:1 msgid "Numeric Time Signature" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/NumericTimeSig.xml.h:2 msgid "Typesets common and cut time numerically rather than the traditional C and C cut." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.scm:4 msgid "Inspect/Edit Single Digit Directive" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:1 msgid "(Print) Single Digit" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/SingleDigitTimeSig.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the time signature at the cursor typeset as a single digit; if no time signature at cursor this applies to initial timesig of staff. Run the command again to delete/inspect the time signature directive." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:1 msgid "Time Signature with Beaming Rule" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TimesigWithBeatStructure.xml.h:2 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.scm:9 msgid "Double time signature removed" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:1 msgid "Two Time Signatures" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/TwoTimeSignatures.xml.h:2 msgid "Prints two time-signatures, the second is active." msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:1 msgid "Unmeasured Staffs (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/menus/ObjectMenu/TimeSig/Unmeasured.xml.h:2 msgid "Makes the staffs accept any duration per Denemo measure and typesets as a cadenza. Equivalent to Cadenza Time from the first bar." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:2 msgid "Selects 𝅝 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:3 msgid "Selects 𝅗𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:4 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:5 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅮 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:6 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅯 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:7 msgid "Selects 𝅘𝅥𝅱 as the duration for inserting notes or rests" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:8 msgid "Alternates inserting start triplet and end triplet markers" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:9 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:10 msgid "Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:13 msgid "Add a note to the current chord The cursor position determines which note to add" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:14 msgid "Begin Slur from note/chord at cursor, or remove a Begin Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:15 msgid "End Slur at note/chord at cursor, or remove an End Slur" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:16 msgid "Tie/Untie from the note/chord at the cursor - will be ignored by the LilyPond typesetter if next note is not at the same pitch" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:17 msgid "Insert a tempo change at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:18 msgid "Insert a Dynamic Marking at the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:19 msgid "Start Crescendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:20 msgid "End Crescendo on note/chord at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:21 msgid "Start Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor " msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:22 msgid "End Diminuendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:24 msgid "Choose more palettes of buttons." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:26 msgid "Help with chord symbol entry methods." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:27 msgid "Start Crescrendo from note/chord at cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:28 msgid "Adds a staff to be used purely for dynamic markings, insert after right hand piano staff" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:29 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a crescendo extending over a passage. Use for cresc. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Crescendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:30 msgid "Prints text to start or continue a diminuendo extending over a passage. Use for dim. poco a poco, for example. Terminate with End Diminuendo marking or a dynamic mark, else nothing will be printed. LilyPond markup, such as \\\\bold can be used." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:31 msgid "Music is spaced out by the extra amount given to avoid textual dynamic markings colliding. Not for hairpins." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:32 msgid "Pianoforte" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:37 msgid "Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:38 msgid "Insert or Append Duration" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:39 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅝 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:40 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:41 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:42 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:43 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:44 msgid "When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note If MIDI-in is active, the note will be pitchless (displays yellow, percussion-sounding) - the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch. Changes prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:45 msgid "Insert 𝄻 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:46 msgid "Insert 𝄼 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:47 msgid "Insert 𝄽 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:48 msgid "Insert 𝄾 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:49 msgid "Insert 𝄿 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:50 msgid "Insert 𝅀 rest" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:51 msgid "Dot, double dot or undot the note at the cursor" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:53 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅝" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:54 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:55 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:56 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:57 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:58 msgid "Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:59 msgid "Halves the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Eighth Note. " msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:60 msgid "Doubles the duration of the note/chord/rest at the cursor or the selection. E.g. Quarter Note becomes Half Note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:61 msgid "Change or Append Notes" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:62 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note A. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:63 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note B. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:64 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note C. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:65 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note D. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:66 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note E. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:67 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note F. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:68 msgid "Changes the note the cursor is on to the note G. If the cursor is in the appending position, appends a note using the prevailing duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:73 msgid "Sharpen the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:74 msgid "Flatten the note at the cursor or next entered note if the cursor is in the appending position" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:83 msgid "Stringed Instruments" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:98 msgid "The given number as right hand fingering, using the conventional p,m,i indicators. Use Cancel to delete" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:99 msgid "Asks for a finger number and typesets p,m,i as appropriate. Use cancel to delete." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:100 msgid "Places a diamond shape notehead at the cursor. Invoke this command with the cursor above the note to be fingered/fretted to notate an artificial harmonic." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:101 msgid "Polyphony" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:102 msgid "Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:103 msgid "Select a voice for the music following the cursor position. The Voice 1,2,3,4 choices set up the voices so that first and third voices get stems up, second and fourth voices get stems down, third and fourth voice note heads are horizontally shifted, and rests in the respective voices are automatically moved to avoid collisions. The Automatic Voice setting returns all the voice settings to the neutral default directions" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:104 msgid "The two voices will be printed only once when they are the same, otherwise they will be printed as parts. (Off/On)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:105 msgid "(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Not for whole measure or multi-measure rests." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:108 msgid "On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord is in a different voice." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:109 msgid "Choose which voice this staff will initially be set to. To change voice during music see the Directives->Voices menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:116 msgid "Turns warnings from the LilyPond typesetter about clashing note columns off or on. These can be harmless but can cause a warning to check the score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:122 msgid "Adds the > accent" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:124 msgid "The articulation(s) on this note will be placed outside the slur (furthest from the note). Repeat the command to return the slur to the outside." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:125 msgid "Barlines" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:132 msgid "Choose a barline " msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:133 msgid "Create a custom barline. These can be named, or can simply override a standard LilyPond bar line type. A bar line is defined by four forms, which describe 1) the appearance normally (during a line), 2) appearance when the barline is at the beginning or 3) end of a line , and 4) what to show when joining staffs together as with a Piano Staff. Barline forms are made of characters including |,:,.,[,],: and others in the LilyPond documentation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:134 msgid "Repeats" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:135 msgid "(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:136 msgid "(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:137 msgid "Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:138 msgid "Inserts first and second time bars each with a whole measure rest. You can then edit this to suit your music, e.g by inserting extra bars, deleting the repeat start etc." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:139 msgid "Start passage to be played on one or more of the repeats as indicated by the text given by the user (e.g. 3 for third time bar). Finish the passage by placing the End ... time bar command." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:140 msgid "Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:141 msgid "Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue to count up from there." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:143 msgid "Help with beaming commands." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:144 msgid "Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:145 msgid "Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:155 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature. Time Signature can be hidden on printing - see Time Signatures menu." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:156 msgid "Sets the rules to be used for beaming. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will set exceptions to the regular rule. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ]." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:157 msgid "Add/Replace rules to be used for beaming in the current movement. With no selection gets the beat for beams to be divided for the prevailing time signature at the cursor. If a there is a selection this will be used as the set of rules. In this case indicate the beaming desired using the manual beam commands [ and ], giving all the beaming rules wanted using several measures if needed (no other rules are used). Repeat with different selections to add further rules." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:158 msgid "Inserts a time signature with indication for how to beam the notes. Insert at beginning of staff in order to replace the initial time signature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:160 msgid "Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation" msgstr "Een bascijfer toevoegen aan de huidige noot. Gebruik het | teken om de duur van een noot te splitsen om zo meerdere cijfers op één noot te kunnen plaatsen. Raadpleeg de Lilypond-documentatie voor andere notaties" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:161 msgid "Sets the height of the bass figure above the note. The unit is the distance between adjacent lines in the staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:163 msgid "Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:167 msgid "Mensural Notation" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:168 msgid "Set this staff to use mensural notation (on/off)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:169 msgid "Inserts a whole measure rest in mensural notation." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:170 msgid "Hides dots on the current chord/rest. Makes it conditional on the current layout." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:171 msgid "Chord Symbols or Fake Chords" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:172 msgid "Attach a chord symbol to the note at the cursor position. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation" msgstr "Een akkoordsymbool toevoegen aan de noot op de cursorpositie. Bijv. cis:dim7 voor Cis verminderde septiem. Raadpleeg de documentatie bij Lilypond voor de notatie" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:173 msgid "The current staff becomes a chord symbol staff. The music on this staff will be typeset as chord symbols. Normally you will make this staff a voice on the melody staff, so that the chord symbols print on the melody staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:174 msgid "Midi Import" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:175 msgid "Opens a MIDI file for transcribing. Load each track in turn and insert the MIDI notes by playing the durations." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:176 msgid "Starts playing the score from the playhead start (green marker bar) and simultaneously records your playing from MIDI in. You can stop the playback at any time and then the first MIDI note you entered is marked. Entering duration keys now enters the notes you played into the score. If you have no click track at the top one is created." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:178 msgid "Creates a staff (a click track) at the top of this score from the imported MIDI using tempo and time signature information (if present). The measures are filled with drum beats so that pitches in the MIDI tracks can be displayed above them. When you have finished the import you can delete this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:179 msgid "Creates a staff below the click track for the MIDI track selected. The staff is empty except for time signature and tempo changes. The MIDI pitches from the track are displayed above the click track and notes can be inserted by double-clicking on a MIDI pitch and entering the rhythm." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:185 msgid "Moves to the next MIDI note onset in the current recorded or imported MIDI track. Inserted durations will take their pitch from this note." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:186 msgid "Inserts the marked MIDI note from the current track, using the duration suggested. Use duration keys to insert the same note with a different duration." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:187 msgid "Ties" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:188 msgid "Gives a choice of shape modifications to make to the following tie." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:189 msgid "The note at the cursor ends a tie that has begun elsewhere, usually in a first time bar. That is it is a repeat of the tie ending." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:190 msgid "Places a tie after the note at the cursor, tying to nothing. Use for laissez vibrer or when a tie comes at a final repeat." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:196 msgid "Corrects for the slur/tie error common in imported scores. Scans entire score for pairs of identical notes slurred together as a pair. Changes these to a tied note. Do not use in the unusual case of identical notes slurred (e.g. across strings)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:197 msgid "Custom Ornaments" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:198 msgid "Allows the user to create a customized ornament (or load one previously created) into this score's definitions. Ornament names should be start in lower case and have no numerals. If a standard ornament is used, e.g. trill, then this will replace the standard ornament throughout the score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:199 msgid "Edit the definition (size or appearance) of a custom ornament definition. The definition must already have been created in this score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:200 msgid "Typesets a custom ornament on the current note/chord. Removes that ornament if already present." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:201 msgid "Inserts an ornament (or other LilyPond Definition) as a separate object (it will appear on the previous note)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:202 msgid "Chord Charts" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:203 msgid "Prints Chord symbols separated by bar lines. Repeats, time signatures and text are also printed for this staff." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:204 msgid "Insert a previously created barline. (Any other LilyPond definitions - see Score->LilyPond Definition - are here too)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:205 msgid "Start a new line at this measure." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:207 msgid "Typeset the chord at the cursor larger or smaller than normal." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:209 msgid "Adds a bass note to a chord, while keeping the current lowest note as the root of the chord. Use this on Chord Symbol staffs to create an inversion of the chord entered." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:210 msgid "Use in appending position to flatten the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:211 msgid "Use in appending position to sharpen the bass note of the next chord (extra to what it would be)." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:212 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:213 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:214 msgid "Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥 (subsequent chords entered will have this duration)" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:215 msgid "Insert a repeated chord sign." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:216 msgid "Inserts an arbitrary mark in the score at the cursor. Any size, font, effect can be chosen. The text position can be dragged in the print view if needed. Avoid placing one at the start as it clashes with the time signature - place it after the first note and drag it into position." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:217 msgid "Specify the number of lines you want on the page." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:218 msgid "Inserts a non-printing whole measure after the current measure with a directive to omit the barline. This gives a one measure spacer." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:220 msgid "Turn the chord at the cursor into an alternate chord, typeset above and colored. This appears in the display as small notes (a grace note). Edit the position with the offset chord button." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:223 msgid "Mutes the current staff. Affects only playback." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:226 msgid "Plays all staffs for the duration of the selection or from the current cursor position to the end of the movement if no selection." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:227 msgid "Gregorian Chant" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:228 msgid "Starts a new Gregorian score." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:229 msgid "Inserts a Do1 clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:230 msgid "Inserts a Do2 clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:231 msgid "Inserts a Do3 clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:232 msgid "Inserts a Fa1 clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:233 msgid "Inserts a Fa2 clef." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:234 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma start." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:235 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a melisma end." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:236 msgid "Starts a ligature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:237 msgid "Ends a ligature." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:238 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a flexa." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:239 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) a pes." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:240 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an ictus." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:241 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem initium." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:242 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an episem finis." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:243 msgid "Inserts (or deletes) an augmentum dot." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:244 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Minor." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:245 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maior." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:246 msgid "Inserts a Divisio Maxima." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:247 msgid "Inserts a finalis." msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:248 msgid "Insert or Append Chords" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:249 msgid "c e g" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:250 msgid "c e♭ g" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:251 msgid "c e g a" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:252 msgid "c e g b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:253 msgid "c e g b" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:254 msgid "c e g♭ b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:255 msgid "c e♭ g a" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:256 msgid "c e♭ g b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:257 msgid "c e♭ g♭ b𝄫" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:258 msgid "c e♭ g♭ b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:259 msgid "c e a d'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:260 msgid "c e g b♭ d'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:261 msgid "c e g b♭ d♭'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:262 msgid "c e g b♭ d♯'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:263 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:264 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f♯'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:265 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f' a'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:266 msgid "c e g b♭ d' f' a♭'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:267 msgid "c e g♯ b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:268 msgid "c f b♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:269 msgid "c e♭ b♭ d'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:270 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d' f'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:271 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d' f' a'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:272 msgid "c e♭ g b♭ d♭'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:273 msgid "c e♭ g b" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:274 msgid "c e♭ g♭" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:275 msgid "c e g♯" msgstr "" #: ../actions/palettes.xml.h:276 msgid "c e g d'" msgstr "" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:8 msgid "Score Check: Error in this measure" msgstr "" #: ../actions/Simple.scm:9 msgid "Print Anyway" msgstr "" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Create Music Scores" msgstr "" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Denemo is a music notation program that lets you rapidly enter notation. Music can be typed in at the PC-Keyboard, or played in via MIDI controller. The typesetting is done in the background by LilyPond while you work, and is generally flawless publication quality. Any final tweaks to can be done on the final typeset score with the mouse if needed. This represents an enormous practical improvement over the most programs which require you to re-position colliding notation constantly as you enter the music." msgstr "" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Unique to Denemo are methods to enter music in a musical, rather than mechanical, manner. You play in a phrase or two of the music using the number keys to indicate the note durations. Audible feedback lets you hear what you have entered; playing the phrase a second time on a real instrument adds the pitches to the rhythm. Again, Denemo gives you audible feedback so that you don’t enter E-flat when you meant D-sharp etc." msgstr "" #: ../org.denemo.Denemo.appdata.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Another great feature is the ability to put links in the score to the original source document that you transcribed from. Clicking on such a link opens the document for you and highlights the bar you are looking at. You can use this to continue work from where you left off, or for looking back at the source to check a doubtful bar." msgstr "" #~ msgid "Print History" #~ msgstr "Afdrukgeschiedenis" #~ msgid "Stop playing first" #~ msgstr "Eerst stoppen met spelen" #~ msgid "MIDI Recording" #~ msgstr "MIDI-opname" #~ msgid "Tempo:" #~ msgstr "Tempo:" #~ msgid "Set the (initial) tempo of the movement" #~ msgstr "Het (aanvankelijke) tempo van de beweging instellen" #~ msgid "Audio Lead In " #~ msgstr "Audio-invoer" #~ msgid "" #~ "Set the number of seconds to clip from the audio, or if negative number of seconds silence before audio plays.\n" #~ "This is useful when the audio track does not begin on a barline." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Het aantal seconden instellen dat van het begin van de audio moet worden weggeknipt, of indien negatief, het aantal seconden stilte dat moet worden toegevoegd voordat de audio wordt afgespeeld.\n" #~ "Dit is nuttig als het geluidsspoor niet begint op een maatstreep." #~ msgid "Delete the MIDI recording you have made." #~ msgstr "De MIDI-opname die u gemaakt heeft, verwijderen." #~ msgid "Convert the MIDI recording you have made to notation." #~ msgstr "De MIDI-opname die u gemaakt heeft, omzetten naar notatie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Starts playing and simultaneously records from MIDI in.\n" #~ "Once a recording is made it is played back with the score when you press Play.\n" #~ "It can be deleted with the Delete button or converted to notation with the Convert button.\n" #~ "A MIDI recording is not saved with the Denemo score." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Begint met spelen en neemt tegelijkertijd op van de MIDI-ingang.\n" #~ "Zodra een opname is gemaakt, wordt deze afgespeeld met de partituur wanneer u op Afspelen drukt.\n" #~ "De opname kan worden verwijderd met de knop Verwijderen of geconverteerd naar notatie met de knop Omzetten.\n" #~ "Een MIDI-opname wordt niet opgeslagen met de Denemo-partituur." #~ msgid "" #~ "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, and others.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "http://www.denemo.org\n" #~ "\n" #~ "This program is licensed under the terms of the GNU\n" #~ "General Public License and is provided with absolutely\n" #~ "NO WARRANTY; see the file COPYING for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "(c) 1999 - 2010 Matthew Hiller, Adam Tee, en anderen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "http://www.denemo.org\n" #~ "\n" #~ "U heeft dit programma onder licentie verkregen onder de voorwaarden\n" #~ "van de GNU General Public License. Het wordt geleverd met absoluut\n" #~ "GEEN GARANTIE; zie het bestand COPYING voor details. " #~ msgid "" #~ "This moves the audio to synchronize the start with the score.\n" #~ "You can use the Leadin button for this too." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit verplaatst de audio om het begin ervan te synchroniseren met de partituur.\n" #~ "U kunt hiervoor ook de knop Invoer gebruiken." #~ msgid "Right Drag Note Onset" #~ msgstr "Rechts slepen Nootaanzet" #~ msgid "" #~ "This changes the tempo of the score.\n" #~ "Use this to synchronize the beat after setting the start" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit verandert het tempo van de partituur.\n" #~ "Gebruik dit om de maat te synchroniseren na het instellen van het begin" #~ msgid "Pitch Spelling Program" #~ msgstr "Programma voor toonhoogtespelling" #~ msgid "Click Track" #~ msgstr "Klikspoor"